Ы m Zen — —a => —— —— — — — gun c= a pk s en Begun in 1895 VOLUME 108, NUMBER 348 MARCH 5, 1996 Pliensbachian (Lower Jurassic) Ammonites of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia by Paul L. Smith and Howard W. Tipper Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road т Ithaca, New York, 14850 U.S.A. PALEONTOLOGICAL RESEARCH INSTITUTION Officers РЕВОПОВМИЕ RSS NCC БЕТ en ur а а aS JoHN C. STEINMETZ VICES RESIDENTIE А EE S Su рл КҮ LS RICHARD E. PETIT SSE ОКВИРА ОУН ес e ORE HENRY W. THEISEN SEREAS КЕК С GU $e Б eL ce аа PT E PAMELA WAIT DIRECTORA Pr A ee cise NIKE WARREN D. ALLMON Trustees R. TUCKER ABBOTT (to 6/30/96) RICHARD E. PETIT (to 6/30/96) BRUCE M. BELL (to 6/30/96) EDWARD B. Picou (to 6/30/98) CARLTON E. BRETT (to 6/30/98) GARY ROSENBERG (to 6/30/96) WILLIAM L. CREPET (to 6/30/97) CONSTANCE M. SOJA (to 6/30/97) J. THOMAS DUTRO, JR. (to 6/30/96) JAMES E. SORAUF (to 6/30/97) SHIRLEY K. EGAN (to 6/30/98) JOHN C. STEINMETZ (to 6/30/97) ANTON J. EGNER (to 6/30/97) SUSAN B. STEPHENS (to 6/30/96) M. G. HARASEWYCH (to 6/30/98) HENRY W. THEISEN (to 6/30/98) HARRY G. LEE (to 6/30/97) MARY KANE TROCHIM (to 6/30/98) Аму R. MCCUNE (to 6/30/97) PAMELA WAIT (to 6/30/96) SAMUEL T. PEES (to 6/30/98) THOMAS C. WHITELEY (to 6/30/97) Trustees Emeritus HARRY A. LEFFINGWELL ROBERT M. LINSLEY RAYMOND VAN HOUTTE WILLIAM P. S. VENTRESS BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY and PALAEONTOGRAPHICA AMERICANA WARREN ВО ONG EE ее MERE LE кысу а EDITOR Reviewers for this issue RussELL L. HALL AXEL VON HILLEBRANDT A list of titles in both series, and available numbers and volumes may be had on request. Volumes 1-23 of Bulletins of American Paleontology are available from Periodicals Service Company, 11 Main St., Germantown, New York 12526 USA. Volume 1 of Palaeontographica Americana has been reprinted by Johnson Reprint Corporation, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, NY 10003 USA. Subscriptions to Bulletins of American Paleontology may be started at any time, by volume or year. Current price is US $62.50 per volume. Numbers of Palaeontographica Americana are priced individually, and are invoiced separately on request. for additional information, write or call: Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, NY 14850 USA (607) 273-6623 FAX (607) 273-6620 @ This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permonence of Paper). c —eÁ— a À— o J we -o ed -+ Jæ | | . | имепио Y | Ф | | т | ology | Begun in 1895 | | VOLUME 108, NUMBER 348 MARCH 5, 1996 Pliensbachian (Lower Jurassic) Ammonites of the Queen Charlotte Islands, | British Columbia | | —< | Paul L. Smith | апа ) | Howard W. Tipper | ) | | ! Paleontological Research Institution 1259 Trumansburg Road Ithaca, New York, 14850 U.S.A. ISSN 0007-5779 ISBN 0-87710-439-5 Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 95-71053 Printed in the United States of America Allen Press, Inc. Lawrence, KS 66044 U.S.A. к M + — —— nn CONTENTS BAGO WIS описао A ER P RE BREIT 25 Бей о с» ажы wir TE Ооа un ode mas ШИШИЙ БУК dal et arate ae SPEC, Euer co PAS ER DAL Io A p A Mutant POTERO e en etn e rt ou помни ups ПРИВОЛИ ТОЛКИН Ол e Mte erate et СС EMIT O SN ET AS AA IUS Pati POS ЕН ОСИ o bus топо АНИ АЕ ын бош SOLA SOU dd ОО ПО Е yE e Ne ШИК SISA pha Ө tacere су Ann cce piis esce us Тан а qoum m Ie лалы ака Das iaa eredi МИТА РОО eren Са Pro ы we asp qug vade (ESSA Q rct Ie кн амы алма хара ШИ utn eet а СЕ, oci ет ДВА А ИВА ERO IERI, ct RAUM. DIT tures Бой тео Dn ШЕПП A И voie say: TOUS. Pe атаға 2 coe ch Ho ға Los von dcn BOSE TE IUE OD ео ftus ыт сағ міс I O НЕ Pos «ini dead: lo orar ЕБРР as УМ EOM p MID VS OS Cana QD АИО a QE T EO S ДАТА EAT Cc NUN TENUES EMEN TRE ЕД ы VRR EN nun A mE voe ue ive ee XS Да кла sor i Mirage m. Ре Е A A я о оо SE TM cH amr GYMNASIUM КАМЕН (Врата бана а MEE Cm ТОРЫ ЫТЫ ТР МТЛ ас NAUSEAS S н ОО oy wine КК Du Т cen t s n. ООО e OU RO TOM ATO АСТ A КЕСЕ ITUR TN OE MT e (ОБШО КОЛИ КУ Pp PEP ET HAN екен DIM um du Su M БОУТПОТРИНЕВВ КККК EE gud mora eei S ys; s qn НО a an КИЛ I ВИНЕ qucd т ORDER ORE OU NE EET TIAE DM EE аи ИО Е eere. Sp ЧИТА quM BE ЖОЮШ PATOS er СУ CO N ЛИТ се ELENA dere olea S PON Е Y UON О MEM ТМ УК ТЕ О ОО ОО аян p ИРА НЕ а TE WEM uM I TUNE КОККЕ ЛОР r Eun E CORE CE ТС y y u APPS S ТАР db pa ИН uci cr. ut ЕЯ ООСО Ца A кетер О MD T na cae Mos m NL Mm оон пас D МКМ MEE ICONE DUI ее Aa au Q A sb ТТ БА OMM ссу ее Md Bere КК ТИЛГЕ ТҮГЕЛ re ГА ОЕ E са ни шыс» T EIE о EAE BAN da ео пеон нар а е Etu pas s u S А CD I E ED uM Oistoceras EIE ERR MM RN PENNE ECL tc a A RE ERA IL ыт 1 DUREE bray e aaa Sa И ИОА. eiserne gan ныл алаған cool dere a ТТС оао qu e ео EDEN RE НТ... E C EU P а И tei ee dale NACL Hr n dae НЕ Не МӘЛІ... TM RU I UU I ла pu оон Тізе е ен АҢҒАЛ ТТТ е Teile CACC a ERE Lucr QUID SLT A E c | о ЛА m | > T ШОТ... p A c lum M i uu E Appendix: asia И n e prede A ~ | A References cited LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Text-figure Page 1. The Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, and the location Gt measured sections A through EC soos ere er ruaspa 8 2. The central Queen Charlotte Islands showing the location of measured sections A ple egt ооо, 9 3. South-central Graham Island with the location of measured sections F and G; borehole Н; and isolated localities 101 through 117 .. 10 4. The lithostratigraphic units of the Maude and upper Кипра groups .......................+ НЯ 11 5. Standard Pliensbachian zones of North America utilized in this study and approximate correlation with primary standard zona- "ion of nortiiwestern EUTODO er eren CER река е C Ee CI иез LC У 11 6. Legend for the stratigraphic columns and faunal charts of Text-figures 7 to 14, and 16 to САН и ет сна ИК 12 7. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section A, southeastern Кипра Island .............................................. 13 8. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section B, northern Louise Island ......................................22222 13 9. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section C, north shore of Cumshewa It. OE ТЫ ТТС E ON, s 14 10. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section D, Whiteaves Bay ..........................................22200еее--- 14 11. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section E, Fannin Bay, southeast Mancs ТАО REEL n ae 1» 12. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section F, the Forest Service Road 19 Quarry ....................................... 19 13. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section С, Rennell Junction ................... n 16 14. Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of Well Core Н ..........................................2242 6 еден nnne 16 15. Correlation of Pliensbachian units in the Queen Charlotte Islands ....................................................1.1. 1. 10. 17 16. Тһе ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section А ................................... ernennen nennen nennen 18 17. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section B .,..... екон веб вв nre 19 18. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section С.....................................4%. hehehe hne 19 19. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section D ...........................‹ hehehe ree ihe ret 19 20, The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section Е.....................................4%4%4 nn fold-out inside back cover 21. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section Е... er et re eee ten аа 20 22. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section G ...................................8699998 К EEE EEE e ret kn 21 23. The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of well core Н....................................%46 EEN еее ексек екені 21 24. The ammonite fauna found at isolated localities on southern Graham Island ............................................ .... 22 25. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Phylloceratidae and Cymbitidae .............................................. 49 26. Traces of the septal suture for species of the Phylloceratidae, Cymbitidae, Polymorphitidae and Dactylioceratidae .............. 24 27. A specimen of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini broken open to show the A Ие A O Aerie 25 28. The ontogeny of whorl shape in Fanninoceras (F.) fannini, the type species of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) showing the charac- teristic change from depressed inner to compressed outer whorls еее enn 26 29. Typical combinations of volution and ornamentation for species of Fanninoceras at shell diameters greater than 20 mm ........ 27 30. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of Fanninoceras ..........................................а. о еее 29 31. Traces of the septal suture for species of Fanninoceras ................. иен ие еее hehehe hene 30 32. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Polymorphitidae ........i nnn 3 33. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Eoderoceratidae ................................................... 0... 44 34. Traces of the septal suture for species of the Eoderoceratidae ........ nen 45 35. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Dactylioceratidae .................................................2 1. 10. 48 36. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Amaltheidae and ОН Е ЛЫС ТТ” 52 37. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Arieticeratinae .......................................1...2..222..2....... ІШ Ш Ше. 29 38. Traces of the septal suture for species of the Hildoceratidae ............................................1.2.222.2.......6Ш Ше. 62 39. Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Harpoceratinae .................................................2. 2.0. 65 LIST OF TABLES Table Page јео АЙ а SUO GTC SOLI UU. ки oho (~ = | 23 КООШО qta Saip ТТТ е 23 AA A ORO POS AS new # ОКТ in 23 ШАМА ТЕТЕП ОГ СРР ОШ Oppia ШЕКЕ ec a сал e ORUM 22222... 24 РОШ О СОЕ a (1, ds C сјају пху LM _____ 26 Gy Measurements OD Lanninoceras L'anningceras) bogegae МІСТ сато, 1934 dae ce cer rr aeree eir er (4. 11. ЊЕ 7. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense McLeatn, 1930... eh esee sees .... 28 $, Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) crassum McLearn, 19320... ............. a... 44.” 29 9. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini McLearn, 1930 ............................................2 1 2..... 30 10. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae McLearn, 1930 ....................................-..-...... 31 11. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum McLearn, 1930 cn 31 12. Measurements of Fanninoceras CR A Wo ТЕСЕ cec m S qu c nS d rede 32 13. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, new species .................................12.2. esl 2. 32 14. Measurements of Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) maudense, new ЕШ dicet Oxo To aaah ¿k ве 33 15. Measurements of Gemmellaroceras Ме о Еби ке а а БРУК cedens DA қалынған Er ya DÀ QU cen сын соз ibit 34 Mea re mente ог POL Mmorpiites бони (@uenstedt 1856). (oc teen a 35 17. Measurements of ИО СОТОК thomsoni ПВ Проба oc dare eph | su t ее жо 36 ШЕХУ O peperere tea oit al Hil) ОН ee 38 19. Measurements of Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini (Dumortier, LS GD) inte aad vot iai poko yanata ыс ата dir Aie A 38 20. Measurements of ДОО ОТЕ АЗ ОСИ ТОС EOT 1893) ~" = ice -- des > > 39 21. Measurements of ТОО ДАРА mi DOS S ВОТ О era дайлы re ағас ee cunda Lae yt un ка 39 22. Measurements of МЕЛЕ ОО ДЕ ИО ОТОТ ЈА ВТО NAAA ran QU aia eoe ence dioe casus ыла. 47 23. Measurements of AR LS ae) О АЛА ОН ПР A ee Та a cada ко 48 24. Measurements of "ОНА А АРВ ASA ДИС СОС ЕРЕ О ЕДЕ о ак кб изн невина 50 25. Measurements of Кел ОПО ТОСОТ ТОНИ (Monoghini, 7 9) -s iras er ers a a aR dead ne Seres азат EVE 50 26. Measurements of Amaltheus stokesi (салса ТАЛЫ ТТ oo cedido deem 06500 51 27. Measurements of Amaltheus ЇЇ ӨХ ШОШ oot A LN M. 51 28. Measurements of ОВС) apel О ВУ БУ, Ge iW кот eem I _ ee 53 29. Measurements of Oistoceras CORTES DAS sc | 54 30. Measurements of Arieticeras AR МЕГЕ cL MK nd M ы 55 31. Measurements of Arieticeras оно E 56 32. Measurements of Arieticeras cf. ruthenense (хана ОШ S Oe ede een 56 33. Measurements of ТЕЛЕ ПОР Е ROCA (Каш, LOOT): нь о ор ее 57 34. Measurements of ШЕП ЗОВИ маја ићи ју ОЛОВО, Пос ma eo CIERTO ~ | 57 35. Measurements of А C eee ree eto eec oer m CUORE. бау dorm cu nsu 58 36. Measurements of Fontanelliceras DE ое Боос ое o ads S IAE е admit 59 37. Measurements of CITA ASA MGW О rb ee лье сво A ks 59 38. Measurements of VANA ЛӨК КЕР A o мен CM as e ss ree creen САИ 61 39. Measurements of MARIS SEUA A ЕО SO Ou Cu c ce cec и Ра 61 40. Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900) ................................... 64 41. MICHELE elite oi ОРИ ИОС (Protogrammotergsy 8р. а _ ___ 225215 1222220 64 42. Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Pratogrammoceras) mann ООО 186] oso eee c rw EL enit aa 66 43. Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, new species ......................................... 66 44. Measurements of Lioceratoides (GaIOCETALGIAES ) üo tense een. ПУ па зна и нешто ирске J... o нь, 68 45. Measurements of Lioceratoides EE anae НОА IND ПКА ОШЕН ee een 69 46. Measurements of Lioceratoides (Аоф ое) ә ане (Маны, ТО Шу DURS CEPI || 69 47. Measurements of Lioceratoides (СРЕЋИ ШШ ВУ қызда oc. REED А Spa S ae dO Ls 70 48. Measurements of Lioceratoides (22000100704) ansionus (UIDI, 1931 ооо о ори pel 49. Measurements of Lioceratoides AE ASA DERE s A ee 72 30. Measurements of Tiltoniceras йене ннен ОШ S SG) CUN. ELO T l в DE Rees rore E RE 13 PLIENSBACHIAN (LOWER JURASSIC) AMMONITES OF THE QUEEN CHARLOTTE ISLANDS, BRITISH COLUMBIA PAUL L. SMITH AND HOWARD W. TIPPER Department of Geological Sciences, University of British Columbia, 6339 Stores Road, Vancouver, British Columbia, V6T 1Z4 CANADA Sedimentary and Cordilleran Geoscience Branch, Geological Survey of Canada, 100 West Pender Street Vancouver, British Columbia, V6B IR8 CANADA ABSTRACT The lower Maude and upper Kunga groups in the central Queen Charlotte Islands provide the most complete and fossiliferous Pliensbachian sequences in North America. Outcrops on Maude Island and at Whiteaves Bay serve as either type or reference sections for the Imlayi, Whiteavesi, Freboldi, Kunae and Carlottense zones of the standard North American zonation. The Sandilands Formation of the Kunga Group is mostly pre-Pliensbachian in age but exposures on Kunga Island are as young as Whiteavesi Zone. The Sandilands Formation and the succeeding Ghost Creek Formation of the Maude Group were deposited in fairly deep, euxinic waters subjected to diminishing pyroclastic and volcaniclastic input, the latter by turbidity currents. Shallowing culminated in the deposition of the coarser sediments of the Fannin Formation which were laid down in higher energy, well oxygenated waters. Most of the Ghost Creek Formation is assignable to the Imlayi Zone with its upper 10 m or so as young as the Whiteavesi Zone; at one level in the Whiteavesi Bay section, it is as young as the Freboldi Zone. The Fannin Formation ranges in age from the Whiteavesi to the Carlottense zones and locally into the Toarcian. This report is the first comprehensive, stratigraphically controlled study of the Pliensbachian ammonoids ofthe Queen Charlotte Islands. Seven hundred and fourteen localities have yielded at least 1600 specimens assignable to approximately 85 species representing 32 genera or sub-genera and 11 families of ammonoids. Charlotticeras is established as a new subgenus of Fanni- noceras and Pacificeras (Repin, 1970) is recognized as a subgenus of Lioceratoides. The following new species are established (in alphabetical order): Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni, Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, F. (C.) maudense, Lioceratoides (Lio- ceratoides) involutum, Oistoceras compressum, Oregonites? dawsoni, Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, and Reynesocoeloceras grahami. INTRODUCTION The Queen Charlotte Islands, known to the native people as Haida Gwaii, form a 280 km long archipelago Offthe central coast of British Columbia, Canada (Text- fig. 1). The Islands are part of the Wrangell tectono- Stratigraphic terrane which constitutes the greater part ofthe Insular Belt, the region west ofthe Coast Plutonic Complex. Richardson (1873) published the first geological ac- Count of the Queen Charlotte Islands but it was not until the work of Sutherland Brown (1968) that a de- tailed geological map was produced. A comprehensive Study of the Jurassic stratigraphy published by Cam- €ron and Tipper (1985) was followed іп 1987 by a three-year multidisciplinary project under the auspices Of the Geological Survey of Canada's Frontier Geo- Science Program addressing the hydrocarbon potential ofthe Queen Charlotte basin (Woodsworth, 1991). An Important focus of this multidisciplinary study, of Which this report is a component, was the Lower Ju- Tassic part ofthe stratigraphic column whose thermally RA Geological Survey of Canada Contribution Number 41493 mature, organic-rich shales form potential hydrocar- bon source rocks (Vellutini and Bustin, 1991a, 1991b). The only existing paleontological reports on the Queen Charlotte Islands containing illustrations of Pliensbachian ammonites are those of Whiteaves (1884), McLearn (1932), Frebold (1970), and Smith et al. (1988). Whiteaves and McLearn did not recognize the Pliensbachian age of their fossils; Frebold's report lacked stratigraphic information and, as with Smith ef al.’s regional study, it was less than comprehensive with respect to the Queen Charlotte Islands. The need to rectify this lack of detailed biostratigraphic and sys- tematic information concerning the Pliensbachian am- monites of the Queen Charlotte Islands can be justified on four grounds: (i) There is no other place in North America that offers such relatively continuous stratigraphic sequenc- es yielding well preserved and often abundant am- monites. The Queen Charlotte Islands will serve as the type area for much of the North American Lower Ju- rassic ammonite zonation (Smith et a/., 1988, 1994; Jakobs et al., 1994a, 1994b; Pälfy et al., 1994) and will therefore be central to precise correlations between 133 132 131° DIXON ej ENTRANCE Kennecott Le Pk 54 —{ у ~ GRAHAM % > У _ m "C. 4 : Text-fig.3 a 5. — ER Pr HECATE STRAIT | | | | LON | QUEEN CHARLOTTE CITY a c2 SANDSPIT 3577 Sect. C Cumshewa - LS me Inlet 53 — 2 Sect. B ~ Ав Louise Island | Sect. A 4 Skidegale Inlet < М 5 Š & с: y 0 BRITISH 90 СА ¡COLUMBIA CANADA U.S.A. " bee o d 5z-—-4 5. 0 400 0 40 É 5° | | Text-figure 1.—The Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia, and the location of measured sections A through C. the allochthonous terranes, as well as between the ter- ranes and the craton. (ii) The Queen Charlotte Islands will also be the center of a web of circum-Pacific and ultimately global correlations because of their unique biogeographic set- ting where Tethyan, east Pacific and scattered Boreal forms may be found in the same beds. Pliensbachian ammonite biogeography has already been used to con- strain the Early Jurassic position of Wrangellia and details of ammonite paleontology are essential in as- sessing the relative importance of the Hispanic Cor- ridor as a biogeographic link between the western Te- thys and Pacific oceans during the Early Jurassic (Smith and Tipper, 1986; Smith, 1988; Smith and Wester- mann, 1990). (iii) Lower Jurassic sequences in the Queen Charlotte Islands are yielding microfossils as well as ammonites (Carter et al., 1988; Bown, 1991; Tipper et al., 1991; Smith et al., 1994). This offers opportunities (a) to calibrate macrofossil and microfossil zonations pro- BULLETIN 348 viding more accurate and precise correlations over a broader range of geological and sampling conditions, and (b) indirectly to correlate microfossil sequences with the northwest European standard zonation. (iv) Because of the hydrocarbon potential of the Queen Charlotte Islands, accurate correlation of the lithostratigraphic units is important as an aid to un- derstanding the geological and sedimentological his- tory of the region. The fossil illustrations will also be of use to those engaged in producing more detailed geological maps. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank the many geologists and paleontologists of the Geological Survey of Canada and the Frontier Geoscience Program who collected material and shared their stratigraphic information with us. Of particular importance have been Bruce Cameron, formerly of the Geological Survey of Canada, and Beth Carter, Giselle Jakobs, and Jozsef Pálfy, all former graduate students at the University of British Columbia. The following helped at various times in the labo- ratory and in preparing the manuscript: Joanna Beyers, Myles Gao, David Handel, and Robin Manley. Pho- tography was by Kate Gordanier-Smith, drafting by Tonia Williams, and Bev Vanlier typed the manu- script. Sincere thanks are extended to all these people. Over the years we have had valuable discussions with the following ammonite paleontologists: John Callomon and Desmond Donovan (University Col- lege, London); Jean-Louis Dommergues and Christian Meister (University of Dijon); Michael Howarth (Brit- ish Museum); Axel von Hillebrandt (Technische Uni- versität, Berlin); and René Mouterde (Facultés Cath- oliques, Lyon). The manuscript benefitted from the critical com- ments and helpful suggestions of Warren Allmon (Pa- leontological Research Institution), Jim Haggart (Geo- logical Survey of Canada), Russell Hall (University of Calgary), and Axel von Hillebrandt. LITHOSTRATIGRAPHY The Pliensbachian rocks of the heavily forested Queen Charlotte Islands crop out from Kunga Island in the southeast, across Louise and Moresby Islands to southern Graham Island in the northwest, a distance ofapproximately 90 km (Text-figs. 2 and 3). Shorelines and streams offer the best exposures but on southern Graham Island logging road cuts and road-metal quar- ries have increased rock exposure and improved ac- cessibility. Pliensbachian ammonites have been collected from the Kunga and Maude groups (Text-fig. 4) which to- gether range in age from the Carnian to the Aalenian. JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 9 QUEEN CHARLOTTE CITY BAY > MORESBY 132° 30 RENNELL SQ YAKOUN LAKE GRAHAM ISLAND l 53» 1s' SANDILANDS 15. DN, E. soi edi 0 10 ы ымыны km ШЕТ 132930 132900 1917327 SKIDEGATE INLET SAN озю 28715 == WHITEAVES $3*00' — LOUISE ISLAND ISLAND 132°00' 131°30' Text-figure 2.— The central Queen Charlotte Islands showing the location of measured sections A through E. See Text-figure 1. As a result of early Middle Jurassic contractional de- formation, the Maude Group is missing in some areas ànd the Bajocian Yakoun Group rests with marked àngular unconformity on Sinemurian parts ofthe Kun- ва Group (Lewis and Ross, 1991; Thompson et al., 1991), The formations of interest are the Sandilands, Ghost Creek, and Fannin formations as defined by Cameron and Tipper (1985) to which the reader should refer to supplement the brief descriptions of lithology and depositional setting given below. The Sandilands Formation consists of several hun- dred meters of thinly bedded dark grey to black silt- stone interbedded with graded, lithic sandstones and grey to white tuffs; volcanic breccia is present locally but bioturbation is conspicuous by its absence. Most of the unit is Sinemurian in age (Pälfy et al., 1990; BULLETIN 348 132921 yA N = rent es. 1 2 3 4 ee L L 1 1 KILOMETRES LEGEND e Isolated fossil locality @ Drill site I Measured stratigraphic section or unmeasure stratigraphic section Oo" 20 1 | — 132910" JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 11 PHANTOM CREEK FORMATION WHITEAVES FORMATION MAUDE FANNIN FORMATION 25 RENNELL JUNCTION MEMBER GROUP GHOST CREEK FORMATION KUNGA SANDILANDS FORMATION GROUP Text-figure 4.— The lithostratigraphic units of the Maude and up- per Kunga groups. Pálfy et al, 1994) but the boundary between the Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations is diachron- ous, such that outcrops of the Sandilands in the south- ern part of the islands are as young as Early Pliens- bachian (Pálfy et al., 1990; Smith et al., 1990; Tipper et al., 1991). The tuff and graded lithic sandstone beds are also thicker to the south, suggesting that the San- dilands Formation was deposited in a quiet, fairly deep- Water, possibly euxinic setting that was periodically Subject to deposition of air-fall tuff and turbidites whose Source was to the south or southwest. The Ghost Creek Formation is a recessive unit reach- ing a thickness in excess of 60 m. It contrasts markedly With the underlying Sandilands Formation in having more shale and only rare ash or tuffaceous beds. The Shales are dark and pyritic. Occasional sandstones and nodular limestones are present and the top of the for- mation becomes locally glauconitic in the north. Oil Stains and bitumen are pervasive. Benthic fossils and bioturbation are not common but are more frequent in the upper part of the unit generally and throughout the unit in more southerly exposures. The Ghost Creek Formation was deposited in fairly deep water that shallowed and perhaps became less Cuxinic both to the south and upsection. The setting appears to be similar to that of the Sandilands For- mation except that volcanic activity had waned leading STAGE NORTH AMERICAN ZONES | | NORTHWEST EUROPEAN ZONES TOARCIAN CARLOTTENSE SPINATUM KUNAE MARGARITATUS PLIENSBACHIAN FREBOLDI а WHITEAVESI IBEX IMLAYI JAMESONI SINEMURIAN Text-figure 5.—Standard Pliensbachian zones of North America utilized in this study and approximate correlation with the primary standard zonation of northwestern Europe. to only minor pyroclastic and coarse volcaniclastic in- put. The Fannin Formation is a coarsening upward se- quence that rests conformably on the Ghost Creek For- mation. The transitional beds were initially named the Rennell Junction Formation by Cameron and Tipper (1985) but as the unit proved to be unmappable, it was included within a redefined Fannin Formation by Tip- per et al. (1991) and is here referred to as the Rennell Junction Member. The Rennell Junction Member typically ranges in thickness from 15 to 40 m but may locally reach a thickness of up to 75 m. It consists of fine grained sandstone, siltstone, and shale with irregular limestone beds and nodules. The upper part of the Fannin For- mation consists of coarser, more resistant, and thicker bedded sandstones compared with the Rennell Junc- tion Member. This interval is fairly heterogeneous, however, and concretionary limestones, tuffs, breccias, and conglomerate lenses are locally developed. Cham- osite ooliths can be abundant in the uppermost part ofthe unit where trace fossils, sparsely present through- out, become slightly more common. REGIONAL SETTING AND CORRELATIONS Zones indicated on measured sections are the North American Pliensbachian ammonite zones described by ~ Text-figure 3. — South-central Graham Island with the location of measured sections F and G; borehole H; and isolated localities 101 through 117. See Text-figure 1. BULLETIN 348 LEGEND | of the Fannin Formation G = Ghost Creek Formation S = Sandilands Formation OTHER T = Toarcian Stage f = possible fault een) Limestone Limy concretions and lenses in siltstone and fine sandstone Covered Text-figure 6.— Legend for the stratigraphic columns and faunal charts of Text-figures 7 to 14, and 16 to 24. Smith et al. (1988). These zones and their approximate European correlatives are illustrated in Text-figure 5. Details of lithology and lithostratigraphy for mea- sured sections A through G and well core H are illus- trated in Text-figures 6 through 14 which also show the zones present and the stratigraphic position of each fossil locality. Regional correlations are summarized in Text-figure 15. As previously mentioned, limited exposures on Kunga Island demonstrate that a small portion of the Sandilands Formation is Pliensbachian in age. The unit is therefore at least partly coeval with the Ghost Creek and Fannin Formations. The bulk of the Ghost Creek Formation is Imlayi Zone in age but at most localities the upper part is as young as Whiteavesi Zone. The transition from the Ghost Creek to the Fannin Formation occurs within the Whiteavesi Zone at most localities where control is good; the exception is in Whiteaves Bay (section D) where it occurs in the lowest Freboldi Zone. The transition from the Rennell Junc- tion Member to the coarser sandstones of the upper Fannin Formation occurs near the boundary between the Freboldi and Kunae zones, usually within the Fre- boldi Zone. Although there is variation in the thickness of individual zones, there are no persistent lateral trends that might point to the relative proximity of sediment sources. Taken together, these observations argue for fairly uniform conditions across the sampled area dur- ing the deposition of the Ghost Creek and Fannin for- mations; perhaps the sections are arranged along de- positional strike. The lithologic, stratigraphic, trace fossil, and micro- paleontological evidence suggests that the Pliensba- chian part of the stratigraphic sequence represents à regressive event (Cameron and Tipper, 1985). The lower Ghost Creek and Sandilands formations accu- mulated in a stable back-arc setting in fairly deep, pre- dominantly euxinic waters. Evidence for shallowing begins in the upper Ghost Creek Formation and cul- minates in the uppermost Fannin Formation where sediments were laid down in higher energy, well oxy- genated waters. As has been noticed elsewhere in the world and, incidentally, in rocks of similar age, cham- osite ironstones and sediments rich in chamosite oo- Шз characteristically occur near the top of regressive sequences. They formed in shallow seas near low lying, well vegetated land in a warm humid climate (Hallam and Bradshaw, 1979), In summary: (i) the top of the Sandilands Formation is locally as young as the Whiteavesi Zone; (ii) the bulk ABBREVIATIONS SYMBOLS | ZONE O = ex situ collection C = Carlottense Ф = in situ collection | K = Kunae A Á Á A . F = Freboldi SIA - беге | W = неа | = Imlayi ИМИШ Sandstone | обооовоово | LITHOLOGIC UNIT === Siltstone and mudstone | Fa = Fannin Formation sandstones ЫШТЫШ | R - Rennell Junction Member II | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 13 Ds N DB ul LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC | 2 & ЕЕ 6 | UTHOLOGY | o = ZONE => z о ES 9 LLL FREBOLDI A13 50 A12 FANNIN FORMATION : i RENNELL 40 | JUNCTION MEMBER " А11 > 30 mee A10 A09 SSS A08 WHITEAVESI 20 A07 A06 GHOST АОВ СВЕЕК dbi FORMATION 40 | A03 SANDILANDS [S FORMATION o E= SECTION A : KUNGA ISLAND Text-figure 7.— Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section A, Southeastern Kunga Island. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text- figure 16 for the fauna present. of the Ghost Creek Formation is assignable to the Im- layi Zone, its upper 10 m or so assignable to the Whit- favesi Zone and at one level in the Whiteaves Bay Section it is as young as the Freboldi Zone; (iii) the Rennell Junction Member of the Fannin Formation Predominantly ranges in age from the Whiteavesi to the Freboldi Zone; (iv) the sandstones of the upper Fannin Formation range in age from the Freboldi to the Carlottense Zone. BIOSTRATIGRAPHY . Our approach to zonations and the naming of zones 18 as follows (Callomon, 1984; Smith et al., 1988; Thomson and Smith, 1992; Jakobs et al., 1994): (1) No zonation can be worldwide in extent and some ?Onations may be restricted to a particular facies. For regionally extensive, biogeographically distinct areas, Owever, a standard zonation may be erected for a 8lven group of organisms. (ii) Standard zones are recognized on the basis of co- Occurrences of species that are distinct from superja- Cent and subjacent assemblages. These stratigraphi- cally distinct co-occurrences maintain their superpo- Sitional relationships throughout the geographic area 11 question. oO. [^] шш SË |% ha Et LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC | Z | тноову | 5 3128 А gu 20 | 5< r= < oO > = p 999999 OF pos CARLOTTENSE D O O O O O O O| | 120 WW WWWWWw KUNAE FANNIN FORMATION WHITEAVESI FANNIN FORMATION : RENNELL JUNCTION MEMBER о O O O O O O ој 40 М вог 30 GHOST Е==== Г = EUM IMLAYI Vae =I FORMATION | 20 65555505 ES B01 10 SECTION В: LOUISE ISLAND Text-figure 8. — Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section B, northern Louise Island. See Test-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 17 for the fauna present. Base of section is faulted. (iii) Standard zones are characterized by type sec- tions, where the superpositional relationships are most clearly demonstrated and where zonal boundaries may be drawn. The base ofa zone automatically defines the top of the subjacent zone. (iv) By convention, standard ammonite zones are named using the non-italicized, capitalized trivial name of a species that is characteristic of that zone although not necessarily restricted to it. It is, of course, not necessary to collect the zonal ammonite to demon- strate the presence ofthe zone. The typography of stan- dard zones distinguishes them from the full, italicized names of less formal zones, e.g., provisional assem- blages, zones used for local correlation, single taxa ranges. (v) One standard zonation is selected as the primary standard to which all secondary standards are corre- lated with as much precision as possible. In the case 14 BULLETIN 348 22 әШ-| ty ЕЕ g LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC | SE | но ову | 55 | 3& ZONE NIT < z Uu бш < == 29| FG => о Ф P> =} г А AAAAAAAN FANNIN FORMATION KUNAE FREBOLDI FANNIN FORMATION : RENNELL JUNCTION MEMBER WHITEAVESI == жи» «98 er onn je 40 - C01 GHOST CREEK FORMATION IMLAYI G QS Шо Шо] CT1 0 SECTION C : CUMSHEWA INLET Text-figure 9. — Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section C, north shore of Cumshewa Inlet. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 18 for the fauna present. Base of section is faulted. of the Lower Jurassic ammonites discussed in this re- port, the Northwest European zonation (Dean et äl., 1961) is the primary standard and the North American zonation (Smith et al., 1988) is the secondary standard (Text-fig. 5). The collections on which this report is based were made by the authors and numerous other geologists over the course of many years. The collecting began at the end of the last century and in some cases the same locality has been visited several times by different ge- ologists. To bring some order to this situation we have, where possible, assigned the localities to a standardized labelling system where the letter prefix indicates, from south to north, the measured stratigraphic section and the number indicates, in ascending order, the strati- graphic position of the locality as illustrated in Text- figures 6 to 14. Where specimens were not in place or where there was uncertainty as to stratigraphic position in the case of old collections, the section letter prefix is followed by the letter “Т” denoting talus. We have shown in Text-figures 6 to 13 the approximate strati- o o DO ju ul шш ЕЕ ы AREE ЕБ штноһовү | ва | 25 ZONE 73 z & Е 6 = ad KANENSE FANNIN CARLOTTENSE FORMATION KUNAE FANNIN FORMATION : E RENNELL mt JUNCTION MEMBER FREBOLDI lo 0000000 | Жин ит pem pen тт Do sp WHITEAVESI GHOST [- D05 Wi CREEK FORMATION 1 EEE | IMLAYI [- 001 SECTION О: WHITEAVES BAY Text-figure 10.—Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section D, Whiteaves Bay. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 19 for the fauna present. graphic interval from which these collections origi- nated. A complete listing of the standardized locality numbers and the original locality numbers is given in the Appendix together with the precise geographic po- sition of the measured stratigraphic sections (A through G), the drilling site (H), and isolated fossil localities (I). Text-figures 16 through 24 indicate the ammonite fauna at each locality and the North American am- monite zones present. The relationship of the Imlayi Zone to underlying faunal assemblages is the subject of continuing re- search. It appears that the T'etraspidoceras assemblage of Pálfy et al. (in press) spans the Sinemurian-Pliens- bachian boundary and consequently the base of the Imlayi Zone does not correspond to the base of the Pliensbachian. The Imlayi Zone is the thickest of the Pliensbachian zones recognized in the Queen Charlotte Islands but its fauna is amongst the least diverse. Pseu- doskirroceras and Miltoceras are restricted to the zone whereas species of Tropidoceras, that are more char- acteristic of the upper part of the zone, range upwards JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 15 0 — o O о ШШ >E [ош 29 Ш | ош pM em 5 Е LITHOLOGY I5 E zi š ZONE LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC = Е LITHOLOGY š 3 š ZONE I3 55 |F“ š 23 i-a. ре - = d E65-68|—ET5 с... КЕ FANNIN та pintas CARLOTTENSE FORMATION KUNAE -Е61 40 5 30 FANNIN yer FREBOLDI FORMATION FANNIN Let FORMATION : KUNAE RENNELL JUNCTION MEMBER WHITEAVESI Fot ph FREBOLDI GHOST ? CREEK FORMATION 0 SECTION F : ROAD 19 QUARRY FANNIN Text-figure 12.— Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section ЫНЫ F, the Forest Service Road 19 Quarry. See Text-figure 6 for legend JUNCTION ЕУ and Text-figure 21 for the fauna present. MEMBER again to levels comparable with the Imlayi Zone but, в. шашынан a Pr ——— 4 in marked contrast to the Imlayi Zone, the Freboldi 40 = Zone is amongst the thinnest Pliensbachian zones rec- ss ЕТ! ognized in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Dubariceras NEL freboldi occurs throughout the zone and in the upper — = E09 part of its range it frequently occurs with species of к Өтек am кырс ав. . . GHOST Reynesoceras, most of which range up into the Kunae CREEK ILI TT IMLAYI FORMATION BR E08 Zone. er The similarly thin Kunae Zone is remarkable for its as quantum jump in diversity to the highest level seen in 10 . . . . the Pliensbachian. Some of the increase is accom- |-Eo! plished by the appearance of a diverse suite of Fan- o В ninoceras species but most is caused by the appearance SECTION E : MAUDE ISLAND and rapid diversification of the hildoceratids and a Text-figure 11.— Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section E, Fannin Bay, southeast Maude Island. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 20 for the fauna present. Into the overlying Whiteavesi Zone. The long-ranging genus Metaderoceras is represented by the distinctive M. evolutum with its long spines and often looped, Striate ribs. ‚The Whiteavesi Zone fauna is considerably more diverse and characterized by a profusion of acantho- Pleuroceratids, the first appearance of Dubariceras (D. Silviesi) and the occurrence of coarse ribbed, robust forms of Metaderoceras. In the Freboldi Zone, above the range of the acanthopleuroceratids, diversity drops proliferation of dactylioceratids ranging up from the Freboldi Zone. The upper part of the Fannin Formation yields three faunal associations that represent the Pliensbachian- Toarcian transition. Species of Lioceratoides and Pro- togrammoceras are present throughout. The lowest as- sociation (Carlottense Zone, Sections B and E) is con- sidered Pliensbachian based on the presence of species of Amaltheus, Arieticeras and Fanninoceras; the anom- alous presence of the typically Toarcian Tiltoniceras marks the earliest known occurrence ofthis genus. This association is not thought to be the result of condens- ing, in spite of its stratigraphic position at the top of a coarsening upwards sequence, because it occurs at different levels over a significant stratigraphic interval, BULLETIN 348 = Фе @ в. gu РЕ | = LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC | 2 imiorogv | 52 | 2 ZONE 9% zo | 2 25 о = = ad a = |-- 274 РАМММ РМ. | 100 |: FREBOLDI die в к жинин ым : 90 610 [-GT3 FANNIN FORMATION: RENNEL JUNCTION MEMBER WHITEAVESI 60 PL0o0000 = | 605 50 === rr 40 |- G03 aHosr |, [E CREEK |- 30 FORMATION IMLAYI 20 G01 10 SECTION G: RENNELL JUNCTION Text-figure 13.—Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of section G, Rennell Junction. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 22 for the fauna present. both here and elsewhere in North America (Thomson and Smith, 1992). A middle association consisting only of species of Lioceratoides and Protogrammoceras is of uncertain position but is included within the Carlottense Zone of the Pliensbachian because of the absence of Dac- tylioceras (localities D24, D25 and 103). The highest association (localities D26 and D27) includes species of Lioceratoides, Protogrammoceras and Tiltoniceras; itis unequivocally Toarcian since it also includes Dac- tylioceras and, slightly higher, in the uppermost Fannin Formation, a representative of Taffertia (Jakobs et al., 1994b). 58 "IT LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC ZE | uriotoov | 35 ZONE ш < es Fo Ë 90 00909090000 ооороооо |оооооооо! на 2 p222229 онт ; |000 ° FANNIN во 99000000 FORMATION : г TATEN RENNELL 29000000 на JUNCTION 0000 MEMBER оссо 0000 70 000000090 00000000 00000000 |o 0 o o o o o o| 0 000 rer L I I I I Fa қылы EBERT I I I I I L so P= HO EE Hoe WHITEAVESI 40 ———=— ЕЕ GHOST € CREEK 30 FORMATION 15 20 oJ 10 ELIL-—--j H01 ? —M' SECTION H : WELL CORE Text-figure 14.— Lithostratigraphy and fossil localities of Well Core H. See Text-figure 6 for legend and Text-figure 23 for the fauna present. SYSTEMATIC PALEONTOLOGY INTRODUCTION Taxonomic groups are held to have a common an- cestry (Donovan, 1994). Ammonoids are notorious for heterochronous homeomorphy and therefore it is im- portant that before a specimen is identified, its age 15 constrained as closely and confidently as possible by co-occuring and stratigraphically subjacent and super- jacent assemblages. For Jurassic ammonoids, septal sutures are of utility at high taxonomic levels, notably in the case of the Queen Charlotte Islands’ fauna for distinguishing phylloceratids with their phylloid lobes; from the ammonites proper. Families represent dis- tinct changes in morphology, usually involving shel geometry and features of the venter. Genera are inter- JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 17 SECTIONS | ZONES | SECTIONS A B C D KANENSE 10m CARLOTTENSE| KUNAE FREBOLDI WHITEAVESI IMLAYI | ERRARE LEGE ND X COVERED | UPPER FANNIN | -| FORMATION |---| RENNELL = JCT. MEMBER == F= GHOST CREEK І---| FORMATION SANDILANDS FORMATION Text-figure 15.—Correlation of Pliensbachian units in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Correlation lines are drawn at the incoming of faunas And question marks indicate no, or poor biostratigraphic control. Preted to represent lineages; they are characterized by their shell geometry, whorl shape, ornamentation and Consistent patterns of ontogenetic change. Subgeneric Status is accorded to derivative forms showing new or 'NCipient features that lead to new taxa. The recogni- Поп of Species usually requires a large enough sample to demonstrate discontinuous variation, particularly volving whorl shape and ornamentation. When ex- tr eme variations are stratigraphically or geographically Imited they may be designated as subspecies. We do os recommend the use of this taxonomic level even Ough we have occasionally employed subspecies erected by others. We suspect that widespread sam- pling would demonstrate a morphological spectrum that is more continuous in space and time than is pres- ently evident. Our use of open nomenclature essentially follows Bengston (1988). The term “af” denotes a new species that we cannot name because of small sample size, stratigraphic uncertainties, or other ambiguities. “Con- fer" meaning “to compare" and abbreviated “сј“, is used to denote a provisional identification when poor preservation precludes confidence. We use a question mark to denote uncertainty, usually at the genus-level. SECTION A: KUNGA ISLAND BULLETIN 348 Dubariceras freboldi LOCALITIES TAXA 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10-| 11 | 12 | 35 Reynesoceras italicum e Metaderoceras spp. e © Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Metaderoceras? spp. Tropidoceras cf. flandrini flandrini Tropidoceras spp. Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni Tropidoceras actaeon ee e Metaderoceras evolutum e- Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum e Acanthopleuroceras cf. whiteavesi Tropidoceras cf. masseanum rotunda 9 ZONE W | W | W ү | ТИМ |? J E E Text-figure 16.— The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section A. See Text-figure 7 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the legend. Throughout the systematics section under “Оссш- rence" there is a summary of the age of a species in other parts of the world using the European primary standard zonation (Dean et al., 1961). Occurrences in North America other than in the Queen Charlotte Is- lands are also listed and referred to the North Amer- ican standard zonation (Smith et al., 1988). The sec- tions headed “Localities” and “Age” only list locality numbers and North American zone assignments for the Queen Charlotte Island ammonites described in this report. It is not always possible to be precise about the num- ber of specimens representing a species because earlier collections sometimes contain fragments of inner and . outer whorls that may or may not belong to the same specimen. On several occasions we have been able to assemble an individual from fragments collected by different people at different times. In spite of this im- precision, the data give a reasonably accurate impres- sion of the relative abundance of species in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Terminology and Abbreviations The morphologic terminology used in the systematic descriptions follows that of Smith (1986). All mea- surements are in millimeters with approximate figures preceded by “с” (circa). The abbreviations denoting the measurements used are defined as follows: D shell diameter lI UD = umbilical diameter at diameter D (UD/D) x 100 Ú WH = whorl height at diameter D WHD (WH/D) x 100 WW whorl width at diameter D WWD = (WW/D) x 100 WWWH = (WW/WH) x 100 lI The following parameters are counted on the half whorl terminating at the shell diameter or umbilical diameter indicated: PRHW = primary ribs per half whorl SRHW = secondary ribs per half whorl THW = tubercles per half whorl. The mean and standard deviation are given for stan- dardized measurements (U, WWD, WHD and WWWH) unless there is a marked change during on- togeny or the dataset is small. Approximate figures are not used in the calculations. All fossil material referred to in this report is housed in the type collection of the Geological Survey of Can- ada in Ottawa, hence each specimen is assigned а Geo- logical Survey of Canada (GSC) type number. SYSTEMATICS Class CEPHALOPODA Cuvier, 1797 Order AMMONOIDEA Zittel, 1884 Suborder PHYLLOCERATINA Arkell, 1950 Family PHYLLOCERATIDAE Zittel, 1884 Genus PHYLLOCERAS Suess, 1865 Туре species. — Ammonites heterophyllus J. Sowerby: 1820, pl. 226 designated by Suess (1865, p. 76). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER SECTION B: LOUISE ISLAND SECTION C: CUMSHEWA INLET : Text-figure 17.— The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of sec- lion B. See Text-figure 8 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the legend. Remarks. — Compressed involute forms with very fine ornamentation that is not visible on internal molds. Age and distribution. — A long-ranging genus (Sine- murian to Valanginian) that is cosmopolitan in its dis- tribution but becomes locally abundant in the circum- Mediterranean region. Phylloceras bonarellii Bettoni, 1900 Plate 1, figure 1; Text-figures 25c, 26b SECTION D: WHITEAVES BAY LOCALITIES LOCALITIES TAXA ШЕЕ И ДЕШ ЕЕ: ТАХА MrT e Tiltoniceras antiquum e Еапий as (Fi as) fannini Protogr as (P.) aequiondulat e Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei e- e Fanninoceras (Fe as) carlottense e Metaderoceras talkeetnaense e Reynesoceras mortilleti e Dubariceras freboldi e Reynesoceras spp. e Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda e Polymorphites confusus e A hopleuroceras cf. whi і e G llaroceras aenig m ө Acanthopleuroceras sp. © Dubariceras silviesi e Tropidoceras spp. oje Acanthopleuroceras th Ф Pseudoskirroceras imlayi e Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi e Miltoceras sp. = Miltoceras aff. sellae O Miltoceras aff. sellae ° Metaderoceras spp. ° ZONE Ll. l W WIERE C Metaderoceras evolutum о : š 3 Pseudoskirroceras imlayi ele o Text-figure 18.—The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of sec- ZONE LLL КСС tion C. See Text-figure 9 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the legend. Phylloceras n. sp. indet. Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 176, pl. 2, figs. 11, lids Phylloceras zetes d'Orbigny. Fucini, 1900, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 4. Phylloceras bonarellii Bettoni, 1900, p. 41, pl. 3, fig. 9; Fucini, 1901b, p. 38, pl. 6, fig. 3; Pia, 1913, p. 364, pl. 13, fig. 4. Phylloceras cf. bonarellii Bettoni. Monestier, 1934, p. 13, pl. 9, figs. 20, 22; pl. 11, fig. 21. Zetoceras bonarellii (Bettoni). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 22, pl. 6, fig. 2. Description. —Involute, compressed form with a rounded umbilical shoulder, flat subparallel flanks, and a broadly rounded venter. The figured specimen is completely septate so that a fairly large size was reached. LOCALITIES TAXA ae EE ELA МО ЕМЕ 10 П | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 16 | 17 | 18 | 19 | 20 | 21 | 22 | 23 | T1 | 12] 24 Tiltoniceras antiquum Lioceratoides (L.) sp. juv. Dactylioceras kanense | Protogrammoceras (Р.) skidegatense Proto rammoceras (P.) kurrianum Protogrammoceras (P.) cf. paltum | Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum 99 Ф Ф ee Lioceratoj, des (Pacificeras) angionus еее? Lioceratoides (L.) allifordense * ојо | Lioceratoides (L) maurelli Re Mesoceras ragazzonii |drieticeras lupheri Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti ојојо Аней! п п leliceras cf. micrasterias R Cynesoceras colubriforme P у л | p; товгаттосетах (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Le laleoceras sp, “Ontanelliceras sp. ° Fann; | 7 л у посета Fanninoceras) fannini “іпіпосеғаз (Charlotticeras) maudense 4 еје ео еје —eldingiceras pseudo jeldingii Me | y aderoceras talkeetnaense | ibariceras freboldi 4 4 Фо Hhvlloceras bonarellii °° Tyo |7722100сетах masseanum rotunda e. Оо 5 | Bidoceras flandrini Jlandrini е D °pidoceras actaeon М #faderoceras evolutum °°. °° 4 Ф000 6 Ф ө 4 с 2 @nthopleuroceras whiteavesi e ы idoceras sp. | Морі, idoceras flandrini obtusa Y ZONE WIW|W|W|W|W|W|W WO P pep und mm НК СКОК К СТЕ т Ба | Text-figure 19.— The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section D. See Text-figure 10 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the “Bend. SECTION F: ROAD 19 QUARRY BULLETIN 348 LOCALITIES TAXA 1 TI 2 3 4 5 6 т Т2 8 9 10 11 12 Fuciniceras? sp. ojo e Leptaleoceras? sp. Revnesocoeloceras? sp. Revnesocoeloceras mortilleti Revnesoceras sp. Dy, o J ~ Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) sp. Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Phvlloceras bonarellii Genus and species indet. Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei Fieldingiceras sp. Fieldingiceras pseudofieldingii Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae Arieticeras sp. Amaltheus stokesi Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini ојојојојојојојојојојојојо Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) spp. e © Dubariceras freboldi Reynesocoeloceras cf. incertum Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Metaderoceras mouterdei Reynesocoeloceras grahami Phylloceras spp. Oistoceras compressum Gemmellaroceras spp. Dubariceras silviesi O O O|o O OO 1 ° Tropidoceras actaeon e ZONES Wales ep? ЕР МОРУ Be ОК К КТК |-- Text-figure 21.— The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section F. See Text-figure 12 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the legend. Type material. — Lectotype: Bettoni, 1900, pl. 3, fig. 9 designated by Fantini Sestini, 1974, p. 226. Material.— Approximately 14 specimens, only one of which is well preserved, in siltstone and fine grained calcareous sandstone of the Ghost Creek and Fannin formations. Measurements. —See Table 1. Occurrence. —In the Old World this species occurs in the Tethyan faunas of southern Europe where it ranges from the Jamesoni to the Spinatum Zone (Fan- tini Sestini, 1974; Wiedenmayer, 1977; ). Localities.— DO8, D20, E27, ET4, FT2, GT3, G02, I14. Age. —Imlayi to Kunae Zone (Pliensbachian). Phylloceras sp. Plate 1, figures 2, 3; Text-figures 25a-b, 26a Partschiceras? Imlay, 1968, p. C26, pl. 1, figs. 14, 15. Phylloceras sp. Thomson and Smith, 1992, pl. 3, fig. 5. Description. — Very involute forms with a com- pressed whorl section. The flanks are gently convex to almost flat and diverge weakly towards the venter. The venter is broad and gently rounded. The specimens are all smooth internal molds. First and second lateral saddles triphyllic. Material. — Eleven internal molds in fine grained cal- careous sandstone of the Rennell Junction Member of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 2. Discussion. — This form shows some similarities to the species Phylloceras frondosum (Reynés) and P. waehneri (Gemmellaro). P. frondosum is slightly less involute with a narrower venter and P. waehneri has more rounded flanks and a narrower venter. Occurrence.— P. frondosum ranges throughout the Pliensbachian; P. waehneri has only been reported fron the Lower Pliensbachian (Fantini Sestini, 1974). Localities. —D20, ЕТІ, E27, E55, FT2, F02. Age. — Whiteavesi and Kunae zones (Pliensbachian). Family JURAPHYLLITIDAE Arkell, 1950 Genus TRAGOPHYLLOCERAS Hyatt, 1900 Phyllolobites Vadász, 1907, p. 352. ; Type species. — Ammonites heterophyllus numismal- is Quenstedt, 1845, p. 100, pl. 6, figs. 4a,b; 5a,b, bY original designation (Hyatt, 1900, p. 568). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 21 | SECTION G: RENNELL JUNCTION С LOCALITIES | | TAXA 1 2 3 4 Š ТІ 6 T 8 9 T2 10 T3 11 | Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei | Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae | Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini | Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) crassum | Arieticeras disputabile Amaltheus stokesi | Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti | Reynesocoeloceras grahami | Gemmellaroceras aenigmaticum | Dubariceras freboldi = | Metaderoceras mouterdei ° Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda | Metaderoceras talkeetnaense | Metaderoceras evolutum Reynesocoeloceras spp. | Dubariceras silviesi | Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni | | Tropidoceras actaeon Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini Polymorphites confusus Phylloceras bonarellii | | Ггоргдосетаз sp. 1 | Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum | Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Miltoceras aff. sellae 0/0/0/0/0/0|3 e Oj[O|O|0|O|O|O e eee © © e о оо Фојојојојо ө d ¿° € о W|W|W|W|W|W|Wj--| FF |— | Е | K | | Gemmellaroceras cf. alloplocum = ZONES | Text-figure 22. — The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section G. See Text-figure 13 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the egend. — e eee $66 —|6|6/6/6 I | Remarks.— Phylloceratines with compressed whorl The genus ranges from the Jamesoni to the Margari- | Sections and an open umbilicus. Constrictions are ap- tatus Zone. | Parent on internal molds. Ornamentation is flexuous | ànd strengthens ventrally. The genus has been dis- Tragophylloceras new species? | (1986) by Howarth and Donovan (1964), and Meister Plate 1, figure 6 | Age and distribution. — The family Juraphyllitidae in | чгоре is predominantly Tethyan in its distribution Description. — Involute form with a compressed whorl | With the exception of Tragophylloceras which is char- section. The umbilical wall is very low and steep, the | acteristic of, but not restricted to, northwest Europe. umbilical shoulder abrupt, the flanks flat and the venter Tragophylloceras sp. Imlay, 1968, p. C26, pl. 1, figs. 10, 11. SECTION H: WELL CORE ET LOCALITIES [ТАХА 113213 ЕТЕ w = « u ИГИ | | Metaderoceras talkeetnaense етого | | Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni ee | Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini e | Lropidoceras actaeon ee ol o o | | Polymorphites confusus e | A ZONE --- | W? | W? | W? | МУ | УҮ? | УУ? | W | W | --- | — | --- t Text-figure 23.—The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of well core H. See Text-figure 14 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for © legend. 22 ISOLATED LOCALITIES BULLETIN 348 TAXA = ~ 16 = oceras Ac Тор! Acanthopleuroceras wh 4-4 Arieticeras disputabile Arieticeras lupheri Arieticeras aff. algovianum Arieticeras aff. domarense Arieticeras cf. micrasterias Arieticeras cf. ruthenense Cymbites centriglobus Cymbites laevigatus Dubariceras freboldi Dubariceras silviesi Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) mayqan se Fieldingi dofieldi 2 as] F ‘ontaneiliceras sp. Fuciniceras aff. intumescens Fuciniceras cf. targionii Gleviceras? sp. Leptaleoceras compressum Leptaleoceras aff. accuratum Leptaleoceras sp. Lioceratoides (L.) allifordense Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum Metaderoceras evolutum Metaderoceras mouterdei Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Phricodoceras cf. taylor Phylloceras bonarellii Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Protogrammoceras (Р.) cf. paltum Protogrammoceras (P.) sp. Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Reynesoceras colubriforme Reynesoceras italicum Reynesoceras ragazzonii Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti Reynesocoeloceras spp. Tropidoceras actaeon Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini Tropidoceras flandrini obtusa Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta Tropidoceras n. sp. 1 Tropidoceras sp. 1 ZONE w c K? F+K I I I I с І LITHOLOGIC UNIT R R Fa G Fa R+Fa G G G G Fa G Fa Text-figure 24.—The ammonite fauna found at isolated localities on southern Graham Island. narrow. Weak, broad primary ribs arise low on the flank and trend gently prorsiradiately to the upper quarter of the flank where numerous fine secondary ribs arise and the ribbing flexes slightly more prorsi- radiately onto the venter. The phylloceratine septal suture line is partially exposed at the largest shell di- ameter where the shell has been removed. Material. — One specimen collected from calcareous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 3. Discussion. — This phylloceratine is placed in 174" gophylloceras because of its narrow whorl section, 15 fairly open umbilicus and its costation. This species is also known from a bed of the Kunae Zone in Oregon (Imlay, 1968). As Imlay remarked, the species shows some similarities to the European forms T. loscombi and T. undulatum. 'The differences, however, are such that the North American specimens should be tenta- JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 23 Table 1.— Measurements of Phylloceras bonarellii Bettoni, 1900. All measurements are in mm. WW- Specimen no. D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH 030 98698 516 5 97 167 394 294 55 58.8 tively regarded as a new species that can only be prop- erly described when more material has been collected. Occurrence. — т Europe, T. loscombi is the only spe- cies of Tragophylloceras to persist into the Upper Pliensbachian (Howarth and Donovan, 1964; Meister, 1989). The two specimens of Tragophylloceras now known from North America (from eastern Oregon and the Queen Charlotte Islands) are both of probable Late Pliensbachian age. Locality. —ET4. Аве. — probably Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian) Suborder AMMONITINA Hyatt, 1889 Superfamily PSILOCERATACEAE Hyatt, 1867 Family CYMBITIDAE Buckman, 1919 Genus CYMBITES Neumayr, 1878 Metacymbites Spath, 1923, 076. Type species. — Ammonites globosus Schubler in Zie- ten, 1832, p. 37, pl. 28, fig. 2 by original designation (Neumayr, 1878, p. 64). Remarks. —Small involute to midvolute forms, with depressed or rounded whorl section. Smooth Or very Weakly ornamented. The last whorl commonly egresses and the aperture may be constricted and bear a ros- trum. Septal suture simple. Age and distribution. — The genus has been reported from rocks that range in age from the Sinemurian to liensbachian. Often locally abundant at a given ho- "Zon, it has been previously reported from Great Bri- tain (Donovan, 1957), Germany (Schindewolf, 1961), Italy (Fucini, 1899), Portugal (Mouterde, Dom- mergues, and Rocha, 1983), Switzerland (Bettoni, 1900), France (Monestier, 1934), and the United States (Imlay, 1968). The genus appears to have been geo- 8raphically more widespread in the Pliensbachian than the Sinemurian. $ Table 2. — Measurements of Phylloceras sp. All measurements are In mm, WW- UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH GSC 98575 Ze lS Ol 95 424 123 $49 772 GSC 98574 15.22 he O0 058 426 104.474 0109 Specimen no. D Text-figure 25.— Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Phylloceratidae and Cymbitidae. Figures are natural size unless oth- erwise indicated. a-b. Phylloceras sp. (a. GSC 98574; b. GSC 98575); c. Phylloceras bonarellii Bettoni, 1900 (GSC 98693); d. Cymbites laevigatus (J. de Sowerby, 1827) (GSC 98580) (x 1.3); e. Cymbites centriglobus (Oppel, 1862) (GSC 98577) (x1.3). Cymbites centriglobus (Oppel, 1862) Plate 1, figures 7-9, Text-figures 25e, 26d Ammonites globosus Oppel, 1853, p. 95, pl. 3, fig. 7; Quenstedt, 1856, p. 172, pl. 21, figs. 8, 9; 1885, p. 336, pl. 42, figs. 29, 30, 32-36. Ammonites centriglobus Oppel, 1862, p. 140. Cymbites centriglobus (Oppel). Fucini, 1900, p. 19, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6; Schindewolf, 1961, p. 216, pl. 31, figs. 1-18; Schlegelmilch, 1976, p. 52, pl. 22, fig. 3; Mouterde, Dommergues, and Rocha, 1983, p. 194, pl. 12, figs. 11—13; Meister, 1986, p. 64, pl. 11, fig. 5; 1989, p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 9. Agassiceras centriglobum (Oppel). Bettoni, 1900, p. 52, pl. 8, fig. 4; Monestier, 1934, p. 27, pl. 3, figs. 4-11. Metacymbites centriglobus (Oppel). Spath, 1938, p. 95, pl. 10, fig. 8; pl. 11, figs. 6-8; Howarth, 1957, p. 196, pl. 17, figs. 3, 4. Metacymbites? cf. M. centriglobus (Oppel). Imlay, 1968, p. C27, pl. 1, figs. 1-6. Description. —Small, involute smooth forms with a depressed whorl section. At shell diameters of approx- imately 8 mm, the last whorl begins to uncoil and becomes slightly compressed. The body chamber, which occupies about half a whorl at maturity, terminates in a constriction and a broad rostrum. Type material. — Quenstedt (1862) established this species referring to the material figured by Oppel (1853, pl. 3, fig. 7) which subsequent workers took as the type (Schindewolf, 1961); this specimen is now considered lost. Quenstedt (1862) also referred to material figured by Quenstedt (1856, pl. 21, fig. 9; refigured in Quen- stedt, 1885, pl. 42, fig. 30) when he established the species and this specimen was refigured and designated as the neotype by Schlegelmilch (1976). Table 3.— Measurements of Tragophylloceras new species? All measurements are in mm. WW- D UD U WW WWD WH ИНЬ WH (05595291. 207 4 193 47 227 102 493 461 specimen no. BULLETIN 348 Table 4. — Measurements of Cymbites centriglobus (Oppel, 1862). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX | DPHRAG D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH | GSC 98577 11.4 ё д 10.6 3 28.3 4.9 46.2 4.6 43.4 106.5 | GSC 98576 - - 9,8 2.4 24,5 4.8 49 4.6 46.9 104.3 | GSC 98578 10.9 9,0 10,9 2.9 26.6 5.0 45.9 4.5 41.2 111.1 MEAN 26.4 47 43.8 107.3 ST. DEV. 1.9 17 2.9 3.5 | Material.—Sixteen internal molds in calcareous | sandstone of the Fannin Formation. | Measurements. —See Table 4. | Discussion. — Cymbites centriglobus can be distin- I guished from C. laevigatus, with which it co-occurs, a b | by its globose shell with its broad venter and depressed whorl section. Occurrence. —' The species is widely distributed in both southern and northwestern Europe where it rang- es in age from the Obtusum to the Margaritatus Zone with its acme in the Margaritatus Zone. Outside Eu- rope, the species has only been reported from the Late Pliensbachian Nicely Formation in east-central Ore- gon (Imlay, 1968). Localities. ЕТА, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Cymbites laevigatus (J. de C. Sowerby, 1827) Plate 1, figures 4, 5; Text-figure 25d Ammonites laevigatus J. de C. Sowerby, 1827, p. 135, pl. 570, fig. 3. Cymbites subcostulatus Spath, 1926, p. 170, pl. [1,09 5, Cymbites laevigatus (J. de C. Sowerby). Donovan, 1957, p. 413, figs. 1-8; Schindewolf, 1961, p. 208, pl. 29, fig. 17; pl. 30, figs. 1-7; Schlegelmilch, 1976, p. 52, pl. 22, fig. 4. Description. —Small forms with equant to slightly depressed whorls that become compressed as the last whorl egresses. The body chamber is probably a little over half a whorl although last sutures are not clearly preserved. The mature body chamber terminates in a narrow, fairly deep constriction followed by a rostrum. Type material. — Holotype: Ammonites laevigatus J. de C. Sowerby, 1827, p. 135, pl. 570, fig. 3. Material.—' Three internal molds with some shell material, preserved in calcareous sandstone of the Fan- nin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 5. Discussion. — Differs from C. centriglobus by its more compressed whorl section, deeper terminal constric- tion and a more developed rostrum. Text-figure 26.— Traces of the septal suture for species of the Phyl- loceratidae, Cymbitidae, Polymorphitidae and Dactylioceratidae at whorl heights (WH) indicated. a. Phylloceras sp. (GSC 98575, wH = 12.3 mm); b. Phylloceras bonarellii Bettoni, 1900 (GSC 98693, WH = 15 mm); c. Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Smith and Tipper, 1988 (Paratype GSC 87791, WH = 15 mm); d. Cymbites centriglobus (Oppel, 1862) (GSC 98578, WH = 3 mm); e. Gemmellaroceras aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro, 1884) (GSC 98632, WH = 2.3 mm); f. Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti (Meneghini, 1875) (GSC 98673, wH = 8 mm). Occurrence. — C. laevigatus arises in the Turneri Zone and is most common in the Upper Sinemurian but it ranges as high as the Margaritatus Zone. It is charac teristic of Northwest Europe. The Queen Charlotte 15- lands occurrence represents the first report of this spe“ cies in the circum-Pacific region. Localities. — ЕТА, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Family OXYNOTICERATIDAE Hyatt, 1875 Genus FANNINOCERAS McLearn, 1930 Subgenus FANNINOCERAS McLearn, 1930 Type species. — Fanninoceras fannini McLearn, 1930, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 3. Text-figure 27.—A specimen of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini broken open to show the inner whorls. Whorl shape changes fr 15. As these changes occur, the umbilical wall becomes progressively more depressed, globose inner whorls to compressed, oxyconic outer whor om the undercut and the ribbing commonly disappears. The scale at the bottom of the photograph is in millimeters. — JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 25 i OXYCONIC NO | OUTER UNDERCUT ROUNDED UMBILICAL GLOBOSE | ға” WHORL UMBILICAL WALL VENTER У awe MO L \ = | ттт 26 BULLETIN 348 Table 5. — Measurements of Cymbites laevigatus (J. де C. Sowerby, 1827). All measurements are in mm. specimen DM- WW- no. AX D UD U WW WWDWHWHD WH GSC 93579 139 13% 4.5.323 45 309,43 524 95.6 lb 2 41952 «42 3851343 9 GSC 98580. 10.7 10,7 52 32.7 4 37.4 4 37.4 100 GSC 99015 105 105 25 23,5 4 38.1 4.4 41.9 90.9 MEAN 26.8 36.1 377 96 ST. DEV. : 7 3.5 4 3.9 Remarks. — Fanninoceras has been considered а syn- onym of Radstockiceras Buckman, 1918, by Donovan and Forsey (1973), Donovan et al. (1981), and Meister (1986) but not by those workers who have actively studied eastern Pacific Lower Jurassic faunas (Frebold, 1967; Imlay, 1968, 1981; Hillebrandt, 1981, 1987; Smith, 1986; Smith and Tipper, 1986; Thomson and Smith, 1992). The reasons for its retention are based primarily on morphology but also on stratigraphic range. Fanninoceras undergoes a marked change in mor- phology during its ontogeny (Text-figs. 27 and 28). Early whorls are depressed, with a rounded venter and commonly ornamented with either coarse or fine rib- bing depending on the species. At this stage the um- bilical wall is low and grades evenly into the flanks. As the ribbing disappears, the whorls become com- pressed with a sharp venter, an undercut umbilical wall, and an acutely angled umbilical shoulder. Frebold (1967) has pointed out that the external suture of Fan- ninoceras is wider than in Radstockiceras and the lat- eral lobe consequently occupies a position nearer the middle of the flank. Radstockiceras is a Lower Pliensbachian genus that ranges as high as the Davoei Zone in northwest Europe. The exact age of Fanninoceras has long been uncertain but it is now known to be characteristic of the entire Upper Pliensbachian with the first occurrence in beds that correlate approximately with the upper Davoei Zone (Smith et al., 1988) and its last occurrence (one locality) in the lowest Toarcian of Chile (Hillebrandt and Schmidt-Effing, 1981, p. 30; Hillebrandt, oral commun., 1987). We have suggested (Smith and Tipper, 1986) that Fanninoceras evolved from Radstockiceras with its or- igins in a form similar to R. gemmellaroi (see Wie- denmayer, 1977). Hillebrandt (oral commun., 1987), however, has sequences in South America that suggest an origin within the endemic genus Eoamaltheus. He recently figured a specimen (of Eoamaltheus) from the Meridianus Zone of Argentina described as interme- diate between Eoamaltheus and Fanninoceras (Hille- WWWH 8 | 40 — 0) қ Text-figure 28.— The ontogeny of whorl shape іп Fanninoceras (F.) fannini, the type species of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras), show- ing the characteristic change from depressed inner to compressed outer whorls (from Smith, 1986). brandt, 1990a, fig. 4.4). It is evolute and keeled, a com- bination of features reminiscent of the new species described herein as Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) car- teri and F. (Charlotticeras) maudense. These two spe- cies, however, do not have the tuberculate inner whorls typical of Eoamaltheus, they more commonly have secondary and bifurcated ribs, and they occur strati- graphically higher than species of Eoamaltheus. The two species are here placed in Fanninoceras (Charlot- ticeras) but it is conceivable that they belong instead to a separate genus that had its origins within Foam- altheus in the south Pacific and migrated to North America in the Late Pliensbachian. In summary, the generic features of Fanninoceras are the generally compressed, involute shell with an undercut umbilical wall with the shell undergoing sig- nificant morphologic changes during ontogeny. The ten species currently recognized are characterized by the combination of volution and costation as illustrated in Text-figure 29. Age and distribution. — Fanninoceras is endemic to the eastern Pacific occurring from Chile and Argentina JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 27 1. Fanninoceras (F.) carlottense 2. b, (Fu dlsóitorme мы, (F, eni 4. F. (F.) behrendseni S F. (F. kunas Br P, ҮР, atum Па” P, (Pay orassum 8. F. (F.) bodegae (Charlotticeras) maudense 10. F. (C.) carteri UU Ж Weakly ribbed, weakly projected 2 mostly smooth Ribbed, weakly аала becoming smooth Dense fine ribs, projected Coarse ribs, projected Striae, projected 0-9 Dense, projected ribs, fasciculated, %%o bifurcated or intercalated Text-figure 29.— Typical combinations of volution and ornamentation for species of Fanninoceras at shell diameters greater than 20 mm. U is the ratio of umbilical diameter to shell diameter as a percentage. Fanninoceras (F.) carlottense includes F. (Е.) охусопит; Е. (F.) fannini includes F. (Е) dolmagii; F. (F.) kunae includes F. (F.) lowrii. in the south to southern Alaska in the north. In North America its first appearance is taken to mark the base of the Upper Pliensbachian and its range spans the Kunae and Carlottense zones (approximately equiva- lent to the uppermost Davoei to Spinatum Zone of the Northwest European succession). The genus has not been reported from the Boreal craton faunas of the Fernie Group and the Arctic but it is widespread in the allochthonous Canadian terranes, the Blue and Wallowa Mountains (Oregon), and Sonomia (Nevada) (Smith and Tipper, 1986). Most species of Fanninoceras, particularly the less Table 6. — Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) bodegae McLearn, 1932. All measurements are in mm. Specimen DM- WW- no. AX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH GSC 6518 29.2 27.7 7.0 25.3 5.4 19.5 12.7 45.8 42.5 19.0 5.3 273 40 210, 86 45.3 465 involute and more strongly ribbed forms, occur in the Kunae Zone and its equivalents. The earliest species appears to be the South American F. behrendseni which is a large, relatively evolute form with strong ribbing in its early ontogeny; it appears to predate the Kunae Zone. The very involute, characteristically smooth forms such as F. carlottense and F. disciforme are more characteristic of the Carlottense Zone and its equiva- lents. F. carlottense, F. fannini, F. kunae, and F. latum are widely distributed along the eastern Pacific. F. cras- sum and F. bodegae are only known in North America whereas F. behrendseni and F. disciforme appear to be endemic to South America. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) bodegae McLearn, 1932 Plate 2, figure 2 Description. —Evolute for the genus (U > 25); whorls compressed. The umbilical wall is low and slightly undercut and the flanks gently convex. The striations, 28 BULLETIN 348 Table 7.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense McLearn, 1930. All measurements аге іп mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 4878 66.5 66.5 кы 9.95 12.3 18.5 39.6 59.6 31.1 GSC 98585 Se epi. е2 C355 14.6 29:3 36.3 62.9 40.2 GSC 98586 c71.6 c71.6 59 cy) 15 c20.9 c44 c61.5 c34.1 GSC 87807 40.8 40.8 2 4.9 10.4 20.9 24.8 60.8 41.9 which characterize the species, аге visible on the upper third of the flank where they are seen to be dense and strongly projected into the venter. Type material.—Holotype: Fanninoceras bodegae McLearn, 1932, p. 80, pl. 9, figs. 7-9; GSC 6518. Material. — One specimen from the Fannin Forma- tion. Measurements. —See Table 6. Discussion. — McLearn (1932) erected this species based on a single specimen that differed from all other species of Fanninoceras by being only moderately in- volute and showing striations instead of being smooth or showing costation. In terms of volution it is similar to Fanninoceras latum with which it could be conspe- cific. F. latum differs by having a sharper venter and ribbing which is stronger but has the same trend. The material from Oregon identified by Imlay (1968) as Fanninoceras cf. bodegae appears to be more strong- ly ribbed than the type material and in many respects is similar to Tragophylloceras sp. described both from Oregon (Imlay, 1968) and the Queen Charlotte Islands (herein). Unfortunately a trace of the septal suture, which would settle the matter, is not available for study. Occurrence. — Only known with certainty from the Queen Charlotte Islands; possibly present in Oregon. Locality. — ETA. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense McLearn, 1930 Plate 2, figures 3-7; Text-figures 30j, 31d Sphenodiscus requienianus? d'Orbigny. Whiteaves, 1884, p. 248, pl. 22, fig. 4. Fanninoceras carlottense McLearn, 1930, p. 4; 1932, p. 76; Frebold, 1967, pl. 1, fig. 1, (holotype refigured); 1970, p. 435, pl. 2, fig. 3 (holotype refigured); Blasco, Levy and Nullo, 1978, p. 425, pl. 1, fig. 4; Smith et al., 1988, pl. 5, figs. 9-11. Fanninoceras cf. carlottense McLearn. Imlay, 1968, p. C44, pl. 8, figs. 23, 24; 1981, p. 36 (not figured). non Fanninoceras cf. carlottense McLearn. Hillebrandt, 1981, pl. 6, fig. 11. Fanninoceras oxyconum Hillebrandt, 1981, p. 513, pl. 6, figs. 12- 14; pl. 7, fig. 7; pl. 8, figs. 1, 2; pl. 10, figs. 9-12; Quinzio, 1987, р. >, ñ$, 1, Fanninoceras aff. disciforme Hillebrandt. Pérez, 1982, pl. 18, fig. 8. Description. — Very involute, rapidly expanding form with a compressed whorl section and an acute venter. Ornamentation is very weak consisting of broad, some- times striate ribs that are prorsiradiate, gently flexuous on the flanks and only weakly projected onto the ven- ter. Up to shell diameters of approximately 1 cm, the ribbing 1s slightly stronger and the venter more round- ed than acute. At shell diameters in excess of 3 cm, the shell is usually smooth. The species reached a large size (diameters in excess of 15 cm), as suggested by many large fragments found and the fact that the ho- lotype is completely septate. Hillebrandt (1981) figures a specimen of F. oxyconum (considered here a syn- onym of F. carlottense) that is completely septate at a shell diameter of 14 cm and has an expansion rate of approximately 3 suggesting a complete diameter of ap- proximately 24 cm assuming a body chamber of half a whorl. Type material.— Holotype: Sphenodiscus requieni- anus? d'Orbigny, Whiteaves, 1884, p. 248, pl. 22, fig. 4 by original designation (McLearn, 1930); GSC 4878. Material. —Sixteen specimens in calcareous sand- stone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 7. Discussion. — Fanninoceras carlottense is the most involute, the least costate, and stratigraphically the highest ranging species of Fanninoceras in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Occurrence. — Reported from Argentina (Blasco ef al., 1978), Chile (Hillebrandt, 1981; Perez, 1982), Ne- vada (Smith and Tipper, 1986), Oregon (Imlay, 1968; Smith ef al., 1988), and Alaska (Imlay, 1981). It is characteristic of the Upper Pliensbachian, particularly the highest parts. Localities. — 806, ET4, ЕТ5, E63, E66, 106. Age.—Kunae (rare) and Carlottense zones (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) crassum McLearn, 1932 Plate 4, figures 1-4; Text-figure 30c Fanninoceras kunae var. crassum McLearn, 1932, p. 78, pl. 9, figs. 1-4; Frebold, 1964b, pl. 9, fig. 4. Fanninoceras kunae McLearn. Imlay, 1981, p. 36, pl. 7, fig. 11. Fanninoceras crassum McLearn. Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 4, fig. 5, 6. Description. — Rapidly expanding and evolute. The venter is rounded on the nucleus (pl. 4, fig. 3c). The JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 29 Text-figure 30.— Whorl shape cross-sections for species of Fan- hinoceras. Figures are natural size unless otherwise indicated. a-b. Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) maudense, n. sp. (a. Paratype GSC 98624, b. Paratype GSC 98619)(both x1.3); c. Fanninoceras (Fan- ninoceras) crassum McLearn, 1930 (GSC 98603); d-e. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini McLearn, 1930 (d. Holotype GSC 9054, e. Plesiotype GSC 6495); f. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum McLearn, 1930 (Type GSC 98610) (x1.3); g. Fanninoceras (Fanni- noceras) kunae McLearn, 1930 (GSC 98607); h-i. Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, n. sp. (h. Holotype GSC 98614, i.Paratype GSC 98618) (both х1.3); j. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense McLearn, 1930 (Holotype GSC 4878). Outer whorls are compressed, the umbilical wall un- dercut, the flanks flat and the venter sharp. The low density ribs are coarse, rectiradiate on the flanks and projected onto the venter. Type material. — Fanninoceras kunae var. crassum McLearn, 1932; Holotype: GSC 6496, pl. 9, figs. 1-2 (refigured herein, РІ. 4, fig. 2); Paratype: GSC 6517, pl. 9, figs. 3-4 (refigured herein, Pl. 4, fig. 1). Material. — Five specimens in calcareous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 8. Discussion. — When McLearn (1932) established the Species F. kunae he recognized two varieties, a coarsely ribbed form he called F. kunae var. crassum and an *volute, more finely ribbed form called F. kunae var. latum. Not only are these forms morphologically dis- ünct with no apparent intermediates, they have dif- ferent geographic distributions. McLearn's varieties are therefore raised to specific status. Е. crassum is one of the more evolute species of Fanninoceras (Text-fig. 29) but, as the name suggests, It is most characterized by the coarseness of its ribbing. Occurrence. —F. crassum is also known from the Ashcroft area (Arthur, 1985) of southern British Co- lumbia and the Wallowa Mountains in northeastern Oregon (Smith, 1981). The forms from east-central Oregon suggested by Imlay (1968) to be F. crassum have a whorl section that is far too wide and a broad, rounded venter; they probably represent a new species. Localities. —E55, ET4, GT4. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini McLearn, 1930 Plate 3, figures 1-12; Plate 5, figures 1, 2; Text-figures 27, 304-е, 31а-с Fanninoceras fannini McLearn, 1930, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 3; 1932, p. 72, pl. 7, figs. 7, 8; pl. 8, figs. 1-8; Frebold, 1964b, pl. 8, figs. 1, 3, 8; pl. 9, fig. 5 (type material refigured); 1967, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3 (holotype and paratype refigured); 1970, pl. 2, fig. 5 (paratype refigured); Blasco, Levi and Nullo, 1978, p. 424, pl. 1, fig. 7; Hillebrandt, 1981, pl. 6, figs. 3-5, 8-10; Pérez, 1982, pl. 18, figs. 11-13; Smith et al., 1988, pl. 4, figs. 3, 4, 7. Fanninoceras dolmagii McLearn. McLearn, 1932, p. 75, pl. 5, figs. 4, 5; Frebold, 1967, pl. 1, fig. 5 (holotype refigured). Fanninoceras sp. Blasco, Levy and Nullo, 1978, p. 425, pl. 1, fig. ІШЕ Fanninoceras cf. carlottense McLearn. Hillebrandt, 1981, pl. 6, fig. 1А Description. —Early whorls are depressed with a broadly arched venter and a low, gently sloping um- bilical wall. Ribs are simple, strong, prorsiradiate, and weakly projected onto the venter where they quickly fade. After shell diameters of 10 to 15 mm the whorls become compressed and the ribs broaden and become more densely spaced. As growth continues, whorl com- pression increases, the umbilical wall becomes marked and undercut, and the ribs disappear (Text-figs. 27 and 28). Type material. — When the species was set up it was illustrated by an inadequate sketch of the holotype (McLearn, 1930). The holotype (GSC 9054) was prop- erly illustrated by McLearn (1932, pl. 8, figs. 1-3) and it is refigured herein (Pl. 3, fig. 2). McLearn (1932) also designated the following plesiotypes: GSC 6493 (pl. 8, fig. 4; refigured herein, Pl. 3, fig. 6); GSC 6494 (pl. 7, Table 8. — Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) crassum McLearn, 1932. All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX DPHRAG D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 6517 c26 - 24 5 20.8 5.8 24.2 10.8 45 53.7 13 GSC 6496 _ - 28.3 6.7 23.8 с5.0 с17.6 13.6 48.0 с36.8 c13 = 24.0 5.8 24.2 04.5 c18.7 11.8 49.2 c38.1 = GSC 98603 24.3 24.3 24.3 5.8 23.9 5.4 222 10.9 44.9 49.5 15 GSC 87798 22.9 с16 21.5 4.8 22.3 5.6 26.0 9.4 43.7 59.6 13 iih 18 4.3 23.9 4.9 ey) 7.9 43.9 62.0 12 30 BULLETIN 348 Table 9.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini McLearn, 1930. All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD g WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 6493 IIt 380 4.7 19,3 8.7 24.7 20:9 57.8 42.9 29.8 4.3 14.4 6.8 22.8 16.8 56.4 40.5 25.8 4.6 17.8 6.0 292 13.6 52.7 44.1 GSC 6494 36.8 325 - - 7.8 24.0 17.4 54.0 44.8 14.0 33 29.9 4.5 32.0 7 50.0 64.3 759 22 29.3 2.8 MOS 3.4 45.3 82.4 GSC 6495 5 — 66.6 150 117 14.2 21.3 36.5 54.8 38.9 56.6 c - 11.4 20.1 30.4 59:7 37.5 9.4 2.8 30.0 3.6 38.2 4.8 51.0 75.0 GSC 6519! 34.1 34.1 6.1 17.9 Ji 20.8 18.3 53.6 38.8 GSC 9054? 38.5 38.5 22 Шо» 2 Ae 18.9 21 54.5 34.8 30.0 5,3 18.2 5.8 19.2 25.6 2% 0 27/54 24.2 4.8 20.0 5.0 20.6 Ld 50.8 40.7 GSC 98594 22,6 2550 2.8 1122 5.9 23.6 14.2 56.8 41.5 С5С 98596 12.4 iz 3.0 25 3.4 28.3 4.9 40.1 69.4 GSC 98597 6525 51.4 6.2 12.1 12 2270 29,5 57.4 40.7 С5С 98598 29.6 28.2 2.9 10.3 7.9 28 16.4 58.2 48.2 GSC 87799 = - - - 124). - 39.5 — 39.7 GSC 98600 22:6 22.6 oF 11.1 6.4 28.3 12.6 55.8 50.8 ! Holotype of F. dolmagii. 2 Holotype of F. fannini. figs. 7, 8; refigured herein, Pl. 3, fig. 4); GSC 6495 (pl. 8, figs. 5-8; refigured herein, РІ. 3, fig. 1). Material. — Approximately 65 specimens in calcar- eous sandstone and siltstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 9. Discussion. — At similar shell diameters, F. (F.) dol- magii (holotype refigured on Pl. 3, fig. 3) is indistin- guishable from F. (F.) fannini and the two are here considered synonyms. In terms of volution, F. (F.) fannini belongs to the intermediate group of species where U=c.15 at large shell diameters. The similarly volute F. (F.) kunae, which also occurs in the Queen Charlotte Islands, dif- fers by having sharper, more densely spaced ribs that project more strongly onto the venter. Occurrence. — F. fannini is widely distributed in the eastern Pacific where it is most characteristic of the lower part of the Upper Pliensbachian; it is used as a zonal index in South America (Hillebrandt, 1987). Localities.— C04, 020, ЕТА, ET5, E53-56, E58, E63, FT2, F07, GT4, 106, 107, I17. Age. — Kunae Zone and rare occurrences in the Car- lottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae McLearn, 1930 Plate 4, figures 5-8, 11, 12; Text-figure 30g Fanninoceras kunae McLearn, 1930, p. 5, pl. 2, fig. 4; 1932, p. 77, pl. 8, figs. 11, 12; Frebold, 1967, fig. 4 (holotype refigured); Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2 (holotype refigured). Fanninoceras lowrii McLearn, 1930, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 6; 1932; p. 79, pl. 9, figs. 10, 11. non Fanninoceras kunae McLearn. Imlay, 1968, p. C44, pl. 8, fig. 25-32. non Fanninoceras kunae McLearn. Imlay, 1981, p. 36, pl. 7, fig. 11. Fanninoceras cf. lowrii McLearn. Hillebrandt, 1981, pl. 6, figs. 15- 17, Protogrammoceras(?) or Fanninoceras(?) sp. Pérez, 1982, pl. 18, fig. 4. Description. — An involute form with an undercut to vertical umbilical wall and flat flanks. The fine ribbing is flexuous and projects onto the venter. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 4876c figured as an inadequate sketch (McLearn, 1930, pl. 2, fig. 4); prop- erly figured by McLearn in 1932 (pl. 8, figs. 11, 12) and refigured herein (Pl. 4, fig. 6). McLearn (1932) үл”, ЎЫ аты Text-figure 31.— Traces of the septal suture for species of Fan- ninoceras at whorl heights (WH) indicated. a-c. Fanninoceras (Fan- ninoceras) fannini McLearn, 1930 (a. GSC 98594, WH = 6.8 mm, b. Plesiotype GSC 6495, WH = 36 mm, c. Holotype GSC 9054, WH = 14.5 mm); d. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) carlottense McLearn, 1930 (Holotype GSC 4878, WH = 36.3 mm). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 31 Table 10.—Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae McLearn, 1930. All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 4876c! - 29:9 4.8 18.8 9:9 20.8 13.0 51.0 40.8 c19 GSC 66702 - 9949 5.5 16.4 8.6 25.7 Аб 52.2 49.1 c22 GSC 9055? — 21.4 3d 14.5 4.9 23.0 11.6 54.0 42.2 _ GSC 98607 27 2 c3.5 c13.0 6.8 wore 19:7 58.1 43.3 c24 GSC 98608 22.4 22.4 32 14.3 - — 13.3 59.4 - 25 ' Holotype of F. kunae. * Plesiotype of F. kunae. * Holotype of F. lowrii. described but did not figure a plesiotype (GSC 6670) Which is figured herein (Pl. 4, fig. 5). Material. — Теп specimens in calcareous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 10. Discussion. — Е. lowrii is placed in synonymy with F. kunae because the only notable difference between the holotypes (Pl. 4, figs. 6 and 11) is that F. /owrii is more involute and the ribbing slightly less sharp. These differences, however, are not considered significant enough to warrant separation at the specific level as there are now specimens that are intermediate between these two forms both in volution and costation (PI. 4, figs. 7 and 8). The species Fanninoceras kunae and F. lowrii were erected in the same publication (McLearn, 1930) but the name F. kunae has priority by virtue of being the first described in the text. Occurrence. — F. kunae, the zonal index ofthe Kunae Zone, is known from the eastern Pacific where it char- acterizes the lower part of the Upper Pliensbachian (Smith et al., 1988). Localitites. —ET4, E55, E58, ЕТ2, GT4, 106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum McLearn, 1930 Plate 4, figures 9, 10; Text-figure 30f Fanninoceras kunae var. latum McLearn, 1930, p. 5, pl. 2, fig. 3; 1932, p. 78, pl. 9, figs. 5, 6. Fanninoceras kunae latum McLearn. Hillebrandt, 1981, p. 513, pl. 6, fig. 6; pl. 10, fig. 6. Fanninoceras sp. Pérez, 1982, pl. 20, fig. 10. anninoceras cf. kunae McLearn. Hillebrandt, 1990a, pl. 4, fig. 1. Fanninoceras latum McLearn. Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 33, pl. thew, figs. 10, 11. Description. —Evolute with a compressed whorl sec- tion, a low, slightly undercut umbilical wall, gently convex flanks and an acute venter. The ribbing is in- termediate in coarseness between Fanninoceras kunae and F. crassum; it is gently prorsiradiate, slightly flex- uous on the flanks and weakly projected. Sutures are not evident. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 9058 figured as an inadequate sketch (McLearn, 1930, pl. 2, fig. 3); prop- erly figured by McLearn in 1932 (pl. 9, figs. 5, 6) and refigured herein (Pl. 4, fig. 9). Material. —Six specimens in calcareous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 11. Discussion. — McLearn's (1932) variety Fanninocer- as kunae var. latum is here raised to species status because of its morphological differences compared to F. kunae as summarized in Text-figure 29; the two forms also have different geographic distributions. The outer whorls on both specimens of F. latum available for study appear to be egressing slightly and the ribs become slightly more projected indicating that it may represent a microconch. Occurrence. — F. latum has been reported from the Pliensbachian of north-central British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992) and Atacama, Chile (Hil- lebrandt, 1981). Localities. —E50 and ЕТА. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) sp. 1 Plate 4, figure 13 Description. — Specimen GSC 98589 is small and in- complete but its early whorls show the characteristic Table 11.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum McLearn, 1930. All measurements are in mm. | Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW | GSC 9058 24.5 24.5 62 25.9 MET 8152 10.5 42.8 49.5 18 19.5 ne 26.6 3.8 25.3 9.2 47.2 41.3 v GSC 98610 18.8 18.8 5 26.6 c4.4 23.4 7.8 41.5 56.4 17 32 BULLETIN 348 Table 12.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) sp. 2. All measurements are in mm. Table 13.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) car- teri, new species. All measurements are in mm. DM- WW- specimen no. AX D UD U WW WWD ИН ИНЬ WH specimen no. DMAX D UD U WH ОС 99015 290825. y gle 7 Us “Us suit 519 ontogenetic development of Fanninoceras passing from a globose nucleus to a compressed stage with an un- dercut umbilical wall. Ribs are simple, moderately densely spaced and projected. The specimen differs from other species of Fanninoceras in being fairly evo- lute and, more significantly, in the outer non-septate whorl fragment, which has a fastigate whorl section and ribs that project onto the venter to form weak chevrons. The specimen either represents a new species or perhaps a microconch. Material. — One specimen from the Fannin Forma- tion. Locality. — ET5. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) sp. 2 Plate 4, figure 14 Description. — Specimen GSC 98613 is a small, com- pletely septate specimen that is involute and com- pressed with a vertical umbilical wall and fairly flat flanks. It differs from other species of Fanninoceras in its venter which is relatively broad and blunt. Except for weak, prorsiradiate lirae visible on one part of the specimen, there is no evidence of ornamentation. Material. — One specimen from the Fannin Forma- tion. Measurements. —See Table 12. Locality. —E63. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Subgenus CHARLOTTICERAS, new subgenus Type species. — Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) car- teri, n. Sp. Remarks. — Forms that undergo an ontogenetic change from stout inner to compressed outer whorls like other species of Fanninoceras but which differ in having an incipient, irregular keel and ribs divided irregularly into primaries and secondaries. It is possible that this group is derived from finely and densely ribbed forms such as F. (F.) kunae and F. (F.) latum, partic- ularly the latter which is suitably evolute (Text-fig. 29). As discussed above, however, it is also possible that Fanninoceras and Charlotticeras had separate origins within Eoamaltheus, a genus endemic to the latest early Pliensbachian of South America. Age and distribution. — This subgenus is restricted to the Kunae Zone of North America. GSC 98614 22 20 SERE) 45 012 7025 GSC 98615 — c23,5 16 4452075 с85 6531 (0142 027 GSC 98617 — 10 447 255 Was 11 18 GSH98618 - АИО I ee da О ООО 6 Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, new species Plate 5, figures 13-15; Plate 6, figures 1—5; Text-figure 30h-i Description. — A midvolute form with a compressed whorl section. Until umbilical diameters of approxi- mately 3-4 mm, the umbilical wall rounds evenly into the gently convex flanks and the venter is broadly rounded. At larger umbilical diameters the umbilical wall becomes abrupt, the flanks more flattened and the sharp venter bears a weak keel that is irregular or ser- rated as a result of being crossed by the ribs. Ribs are fairly sharp, irregularly fasciculated on the lower third of the flank and projected onto the venter; some in- tercalated ribs are evident. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 98614 (Pl. 6, fig. 1). Paratypes: GSC 99029 (Pl. 5, fig. 13), GSC 99028 (Pl. 5. fig. 14), GSC 99026 (PI. 5, fig. 15), GSC 98615 (PI. 6, fig. 2), GSC 98616 (Pl. 6, fig. 3), GSC 98617 (Pl. 6, fig. 4), GSC 98618 (Pl. 6, fig. 5). Material. — Approximately 26 specimens in calcar- eous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 13. Derivation of name. — This species is named in honor of Elisabeth Carter, a micropaleontologist who has made valuable contributions to our understanding of the Jurassic biostratigraphy of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Discussion. — Fanninoceras carteri differs from other species of Fanninoceras by the fasciculation and in- tercalation of ribs, and the presence of a weak keel. Occurrence. —This species is known unequivocally only from the Queen Charlotte Islands. It may also бе represented in an Upper Pliensbachian ammonite as- semblage from the Tulsequah area of northwestern British Columbia (Ammonite gen. et sp. indet. 1, Fre- bold, 1964a, p. 22, pl. 2, figs. 7-9) but the material i$ too poorly preserved to be confident. Localities. — E51, E55, E57, 106, 107, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) maudense, new species Plate 6, figures 6-11; Text-figure 30a—b JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 33 Table 14.— Measurements of Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) mau- dense, new species. All measurements are in mm. WW- specimen no. DMAX D UD U WWWWD WH WH GSC 98619 405272097 ТО 286 50522047 10 50 GSC 98620 Loud 61:312 4555 7,9” 60.8 GSC 98622 с24 19 265267 = - 80 — GSC 98623 lae О д7 294 3:5 те Lo) ul GSC 98624 l9 ¿1609 5.9. 23110375 = 7.9 46.9 non Fanninoceras maudense (Whiteaves). Frebold, 1970, pl. 2, fig. 4. Description. —The most evolute species of Fanni- noceras yet recognized, this form possesses a smooth Blobose nucleus that rapidly changes its whorl shape to compressed with flat flanks and an arched venter that bears an incipient keel. The umbilical wall is low and vertical, and the umbilical shoulder is angular. Ribs are flexuous and gently prorsiradiate. They often bifurcate or are intercalated in an irregular manner forming 18 to 22 ribs per half whorl in total. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 98620 (PI. 6, fig. 7). Paratypes: GSC 98619 (Pl. 6, fig. 6), GSC 98621 (PI. 6, fig. 8), GSC 98622 (Pl. 6, fig. 9), GSC 98623 (Pl. 6, fig. 10), GSC 98624 (Pl. 6, fig. 11), GSC 99029 з, fig. 13), GSC 99028 (РІ. 5, fig. 14), GSC 99026 (PI. 5, fig. 15). Material. — Thirty-four specimens in calcareous Sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 14. Derivation of name. — Named after Maude Island in Skidegate Inlet where some of the type material orig- Inated. The specimen Sphenodiscus maudensis Whi- leaves, 1884 figured as Fanninoceras maudense (Whi- leaves) by Frebold (1970, pl. 2, fig. 4) is not a Fan- Ninoceras but a Cretaceous aconeceratinid (J.A. Je- letzky, written commun., 1984). Discussion. — F. maudense differs from all other spe- Cies of Fanninoceras except F. carteri by being more evolute, having an incipient keel and having the ribs irregularly differentiated into primaries and second- aries, F. maudense is slightly more evolute than F. Carteri, its flanks flatter, the umbilical shoulder more Angular and the ribs coarser. Occurrence. — This species is only known from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Localities. —D20, E56, E57, ЕТА, 106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus GLEVICERAS Buckman, 1918 Glevumites Buckman, 1918, p. 289. V'ictoriceras Buckman, 1918, p. 293. Guibaliceras Buckman, 1918, p. 293. Tutchericeras Buckman, 1919, pl. 137A. Riparioceras Schindewolf, 1962, p. 490. Type species. — Gleviceras glevense Buckman, 1918, p. 289, by original designation. G. glevense is a sub- jective junior synonym of G. subguibalianum (Pia, 1914) (Bremer, 1965; Donovan and Forsey, 1973; Geczy, 1976). Remarks. — Large forms that are closely related to Oxynoticeras. The venter becomes rounded with a sharp keel that is often lost on outer whorls. Whorl egression and coarsening of the ornament marks the mature state. The septal suture is complex. Age and distribution. — Upper Sinemurian and Low- er Pliensbachian of Europe, Turkey, and the east Pa- cific. Gleviceras? sp. Plate 2, figure 1 Description. — This poorly preserved, septate whorl fragment appears originally to have had a compressed whorl shape. The venter is keel-less. The simple ribs are broad and of low relief; they trend rursiradiately from the umbilical seam to the umbilical shoulder, rectiradiately across the middle of the flank and are weakly projected on the upper flank where they fade. Material. — One fragment in sandstone of the Ren- nell Junction Member. Discussion. — This specimen cannot be identified with confidence because of its poor preservation. It shows some resemblance to large coarsely ribbed species of Gleviceras which are most common in the Sinemurian but are known to occur as high as the Lower Pliens- bachian (Géczy, 1976). Locality. — 102. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Superfamily EODEROCERATACEAE Spath, 1929 Family POLYMORPHITIDAE Haug, 1887 Subfamily POLYMORPHITINAE Haug, 1887 Genus GEMMELLAROCERAS Hyatt, 1900 Tubellites Buckman, 1924, pl. 491. Leptonotoceras Spath, 1925, p. 170. Type species.— Aegoceras aenigmaticum Gemmel- laro, 1884, pl. 3, figs. 12, 14, 15, by original designation (Hyatt, 1900, p. 574). Remarks. —Small, evolute forms with a compressed whorl section and a rounded, featureless venter. Or- namentation is either subdued or the shell is smooth. Age and distribution. — Gemmellaroceras has been reported most frequently from circum-Mediterranean countries where it is characteristic of the Jamesoni and Ibex zones (Géczy, 1976; Braga, Comas-Rengifo, Goy 34 BULLETIN 348 Table 15.— Measurements of Gammellaroceras senigmaticum (Gemmellaro, 1884). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 98631 ILO 11.0 52 47.3 2.6 23.6 2.6 23.6 100 GSC 98632 15:0 121 6.5 5347 25 20,7 2.8 23.1 89.3 GSC 98630 16.0 16.0 8.0 50 33 20.6 4.4 27,2 75 GSC 98633 14.8 14.8 7:0 51.4 T 18.3 dio 23.6 IE? GSC 95575 cl] 12,5 6.0 48 2,9 20 3.6 29 69.4 MEAN 50.1 20.6 25.4 Sp ST. DEV. } 2.6 1.9 2 12.3 and Rivas, 1982; Dommergues, Ferretti, Géczy and Mouterde, 1983). Leptonotoceras is a morphologically similar form sometimes included as a subgenus of Gemmellaroceras. It is more cosmopolitan in its dis- tribution and restricted to the uppermost Sinemurian. Hillebrandt (1973a, 1981) reports Gemmellaroceras from the Lower Pliensbachian of Argentina, although it is not figured. Gemmellaroceras aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro, 1884) Plate 6, figures 19-23; Text-figure 26e Aegoceras aenigmaticum Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 189, pl. 3, figs. 12, 14 and 15; pl. 4, fig. 10; pl. 7, fig. 20. Gemmellaroceras aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro). Braga, Comas-Ren- gifo, Goy, and Rivas, 1982, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3. Gemmellaroceras aff. aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro). Dommergues, Ferretti, Géczy, and Mouterde, 1983, p. 475, pl. 1, figs. 1-12. Description. — The largest specimen available for study is 20 mm in diameter but most are between 10 and 15 mm in diameter. The shell is very evolute and slowly expanding with a rounded whorl section that becomes more compressed with growth. The rounded venter is featureless. The shell is generally smooth with coarse, simple ribs arising irregularly at larger dia- meters. Type material. — Holotype: Gemmellaro, 1884, pl. 3, figs. 12, 14, 15 (Hyatt, 1900, p. 574). Material. — Eighteen specimens preserved in sand- stone and siltstone of the Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 15. Discussion. — The Canadian material consists of in- dividuals that are small compared to the Sicilian ho- lotype which reaches a diameter of almost 30 mm. There is no evidence that the Canadian specimens are mature and some are completely septate so that this size discrepancy is not considered significant. Occurrence. — This is a Tethyan species reported from the Iberian Peninsula (Dommergues et al., 1983; Braga et al., 1982), Morocco (Dubar and Mouterde, 1978), and Italy (Gemmellaro, 1884) where it is characteristic of the Jamesoni and Ibex zones. Localities. —B04, ЕТІ, E43, GT3. Age. — Whiteavesi and lowest Freboldi zones (Early Pliensbachian). Gemmellaroceras cf. alloplocum (Gemmellaro, 1884) Plate 10, figures 5, 6 cf. Aegoceras alloplocum Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 187, pl. 4, figs. 17- 20:917, Bg. 245 Description. —Мету evolute (U=c50), slowly ex- panding forms that reach shell diameters of 30 to 35 mm and bear weak, simple ribs that become slightly stronger with growth. The ribs, whose densities are typically 18 to 22 ribs per half whorl, project onto the venter which is angular but apparently does not bear B keel, Material.— Approximately 25 poorly preserved molds in siltstone and rarely, fine sandstone mostly from the Ghost Creek Formation with one occurrence in the basal Fannin Formation. Discussion. —Аз far as preservation permits com- parison, these forms most closely resemble Gemmel- laroceras alloplocum whose close affinity to early forms of Tropidoceras such as T. erythraeum has been noted by Braga and Rivas (1985). Occurrence. — G. alloplocum in Sicily occurs in beds that correlate approximately with the Jamesoni and Ibex zones. This species may also be present in the Hall Formation of southern British Columbia as dis- cussed under Miltoceras cf. sellae. Localities. — E08, E13, E14, E16, E19, GOI, G03, G04. Age. — Characteristic of the Imlayi Zone with one occurrence in the basal Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliens- bachian). Gemmellaroceras sp. Plate 6, figures 12-14 Description. — Extremely evolute and slowly expand- ing form with a slightly wider than high whorl section. There is no keel. Ribs are densely spaced, simple and coarse; they begin to project but fade quickly at the ventro-lateral shoulder leaving the venter featureless. | | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 35 Table 16.— Measurements of Polymorphites confusus (Quenstedt, 1856). All measurements are in mm. WW- PR- specimen no. D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH HW GSC 98626 25.511.9 46.7 6.3 24.7 7.8 30.6 80.8 23 GSC 98595 17.1 8.0 46.8 5.7 33.3 64 374 89.1 17 GSC 98628 23.0 9.2 40 64 278 7.3 31.7 87.7 17 GSC 98627 21.6 10.3 47.7 5.6 25.9 6.1 28.2 91.8 21 MEAN 45.3 21,9 32 874 ST. БЕУ. 3.6 3.8 22.8.7 On two of the specimens (Plate 6, figs. 12 and 13) the ribbing fades and disappears. Material. — Three specimens from the Rennell Junc- tion Member. Discussion. — The specimens are too small to make meaningful measurements and their small size makes them difficult to identify to the species level. They differ from other species of Gemmellaroceras by their Very low expansion rate, their stout whorl section and their coarse ribs. Locality. —FT1. Age. — Associated with ammonites of the Freboldi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Genus POLYMORPHITES Haug, 1887 Type species. — Ammonites polymorphus quadratus Quenstedt 1845, pl. 4, fig. 9, by subsequent designation (Roman, 1938, p. 103). Remarks. —Small, evolute forms with a subquadrate Whorl section and simple ribs that are commonly tu- berculate. Ventral features are disturbingly variable in- Cluding plain, keeled, and keel-less with transverse rib- bing. Age and distribution. — Polymorphites is a wide- Spread genus with most of its species occurring in Northwest Europe. It is restricted to the Jamesoni Zone. The genus has been previously but only tentatively Tecognized in western North America and South r а (Hillebrandt, 1987; Thomson and Smith, 992). Polymorphites confusus (Quenstedt, 1856) Plate 6, figures 15-18; Text-figure 32c Ammonites confusus Quenstedt, 1856, p. 127, pl. 15, figs. 8-10; 1885, P. 247, pl. 30, figs. 54-62. P olymorphites confusus (Quenstedt). Schlegelmilch, 1976, p. 62, pl. 28, figs. 9, 10. P olymorphites ( Uptonia?) confusus (Quenstedt). Hoffmann, 1982, p. 189, pl. 19, figs. 1-5. Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding forms with a Compressed, subquadrate whorl section. The low um- bilical wall rounds evenly into the gently convex flanks; the keel-less venter is gently arched but becomes flat with growth. No suture lines are visible so that the length of the body chamber is not known. Ornamentation consists of dense, simple ribs that bear weak tubercles at the ventro-lateral shoulder. The ribs arise on the umbilical wall, trend rectiradiately to gently prorsiradiately across the flanks to the ventro- lateral shoulder where they project weakly onto the venter and fade very rapidly. Material. — Seven specimens and several whorl frag- ments preserved in limestone and one mold preserved in siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 16. Discussion. — These specimens differ from the inner whorls of Dubariceras and Metaderoceras with which they may be associated, in being more evolute and more slowly expanding, in having a less compressed whorl section and in having ribs that project onto the venter. Occurrence. — This species is known from Germany (Hoffmann, 1982) and Portugal (Mouterde, 1967) where it occurs in the Jamesoni Zone. Localities. — BO4, E02, E03, E08, E17, G02, G03, G05, G09, H01. Age. —Imlayi to lowest Freboldi Zone (Early Pliens- bachian). Subfamily ACANTHOPLEUROCERATINAE Arkell, 1950 Genus ACANTHOPLEUROCERAS Hyatt, 1900 Type species. — Ammonites valdani d'Orbigny, 1844, pl. 42, by subsequent designation. Hyatt (1900, p. 578) designated Ammonites natrix Schlotheim, 1820, as the type species but he based this on Zieten's illustration (1830, pl. 4, fig. 5) of Ammonites natrix, the only rep- resentation of the species available at the time. As pointed out by Quenstedt (1849) and later Jaworski (1931), who was the first to figure the holotype, Schlotheim's species is in fact an echioceratid. Acan- thopleuroceras was therefore based on a misidentified type species. Bremer (1965, p. 185) renamed Ammon- ites natrix sensu Zieten as Acanthopleuroceras pseu- donatrix, and this was accepted as the type species by Frebold (1970, p. 439), although Bremer had pointed out its unsuitability in this respect. The type material is lost and there is some doubt as to the accuracy of Zieten's figure so that Getty (1970) finally proposed Ammonites binotatus Oppel, 1862 as the type species. Getty considered Ammonites binotatus as the new name for Ammonites valdani d'Orbigny, 1844, a homonym of Ammonites (“Turrilites”) valdani d'Orbigny, 1842. D'Orbigny's 1844 species was upheld (ICZN Opinion BULLETIN 348 Table 17.— Measurements of Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni, new species. All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U ww WWD WH WHD | WWWH РЕН GSC 98637 c37 27.6 12 43.5 8 29.0 8.6 31.2 93.0 19 - 6 - - - - - = 20 GSC 98639 = Ж 11 = 6.3 - 7 - 90.0 19 GSC 98638 28.4 28.4 11.4 40.1 8.3 29.2 9.6 33.8 86.5 19 ies 72 > - - < - = 19 GSC 98635 42 42 19.8 47.1 = = 13.5 32.1 = 20 MEAN U 43.6 32.4 89.8 ST. DEV. 3.5 1.3 3.3 996, 1973), however, and it now becomes the type species of Acanthopleuroceras. Remarks. — The whorl section is quadrate to subquadrate and the venter bears a conspicuous blunt keel. Secondary ribs are rare but one or two rows of tubercles are common. The suture line has a trifid lat- eral lobe. Age and distribution. — Cosmopolitan and restricted to the Ibex Zone and its correlatives. Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni, new species Plate 7, figures 1-5; Text-figure 32d,f Paltechioceras cf. P. harbledownense (Crickmay). Imlay, 1981, p. 34, pl. 4, figs. 18-21 only. Acanthopleuroceras aff. stahli (Oppel). Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, Text-figure 1; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 1-4. Description. —Evolute forms with an oval whorl sec- tion that becomes rectangular and compressed at um- bilical diameters greater than approximately 10 mm. The flattened venter bears a low keel that is sometimes weakly sulcate. Ornamentation consists of densely spaced, rursiradiate ribs that swell or bear small round- ed tubercles at their ventral ends. The nucleus is smooth but the ribbing, once established, maintains a density of approximately 19 or 20 ribs per half whorl through- out ontogeny. The suture line is not known. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 9863 (Pl. 7, fig. 4). Paratypes: GSC 98635 (Pl. 7, fig. 1), GSC 98636 (PI. 7, fig. 2), GSC 98637 (Pl. 7, fig. 3), GSC 98639 (Pl. 7, fig. 5). Material. — Approximately 50 specimens in lime- stone, fine sandstone and siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 17. Derivation of name. — The species is named in honor of Mr. R. Thomson (Chevron Canada Ltd.) for his work on the Jurassic of northern British Columbia. Discussion. — This form differs from A. whiteavesi with which it is commonly found and is closely related, by its denser, more rursiradiate ribbing, the presence of tubercles, and the weakly sulcate keel. It differs from A. stahli by its single rather than double row of tuber- cles. Two specimens identified as Tropidoceras sp. by Frebold (1970) are tentatively considered as variants of A. thomsoni. 'The first (Frebold, 1970, pl. 1, fig. 17) almost certainly belongs to A. thomsoni since it is iden- tical to the holotype except for the ventral ends of the ribs which are not tuberculate or notably swollen. The second specimen (Frebold, 1970, pl. 2, fig. 16) differs from A. thomsoni by its more rectiradiate, more dense- ly spaced ribs. The inclusion of some specimens of Paltechioceras cf. harbledownense from southern Alaska identified by Imlay (1981) is based on examination of the material which shows the presence of ventral tubercles on the ribs; tubercles are unknown in the echioceratidae. When preservation is poor, this form can superfi- cially resemble species of Arieticeras seen higher in the section but the presence of tubercles on Acanthopleu- roceras thomsoni serves as a readily distinguishable character. Occurrence. — A species apparently endemic to the northeastern Pacific where it has been recorded from Alaska, British Columbia, Nevada and Oregon (Imlay, 1981; Smith, 1981; Thomson and Smith, 1992). Localities. — A06, A08, A10, B04, E27, E33-37, E41, СТІ, GT3, Н08, Н09, 101, 102, 116. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Smith and Tipper, 1988 Plate 7, figures 6-10; Text-figures 26c, 32g-h Tropidoceras actaeon (d'Orbigny). Frebold, 1970, p. 440, pl. 2, figs. 13-15. Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Smith and Tipper in Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, p. 1519, pl. 2, figs. 1-4. Acanthopleuroceras cf. whiteavesi Smith and Tipper. Hillebrandt i” Westermann, 1992, pl. 11, fig. 3a,b. Description. —This species was erected using type material from the Queen Charlotte Islands and fully described by Smith et al. (1988) to which the reader Is referred. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 87790 (Smith et al., JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER $7 e f^ Text-figure 32. — Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Po- lymorphitidae. Figures are natural size. a. Tropidoceras n. sp. (GSC 98648); b. Tropidoceras actaeon (D'Orbigny, 1844) (GSC 98645); c. Polymorphites confusus (Quenstedt, 1856) (GSC 98626); d,f. Acan- thopleuroceras thomsoni, n.sp. (d. Holotype GSC 98638, f. Paratype GSC 98637); e. Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda (Futterer, 1893) (Holotype GSC 95573); g-h. Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi Smith and Tipper, 1988 (g. GSC 98653, h. Holotype GSC 87790). 1988, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2; refigured herein, Pl. 7, fig. 7). Paratype: GSC 87791 (Smith et al., pl. 2, figs. 3, 4; refigured herein, РІ. 7, fig. 6). Material. — Forty-three specimens preserved in limestone, sandstone, and, rarely, in siltstone of the Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations and the Ren- nell Junction Member. Occurrence. — This species is the zonal index for the Whiteavesi Zone to which it is restricted. Apart from the Queen Charlotte Islands, the species is also known from the Hurwal and Keller Creek formations of Or- egon, information inadvertently omitted from the orig- та! species description by Smith and Tipper (in Smith el al., 1988, p. 1521). Localities. — A01, A02, A06, ВОЗ, C02, 202, D07, D11, ET1, E27, E34, E35, G04, 116. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Genus TROPIDOCERAS Hyatt, 1867 Type species. — Ammonites masseanum d'Orbigny, 1844, pl. 58, by subsequent designation (Haug, 1885, P. 606). Remarks. —Fairly evolute forms with a compressed Whorl section bearing a sharp keel. Ribbing is often Weak and sometimes divided into primaries and sec- Ondaries. Species аге non-tuberculate or weakly bitu- erculate. The suture line is complex with a bifid lateral lobe. Most workers have concluded that Tropidoceras and Acanthopleuroceras are closely related (e.g., Dom- Mergues and Mouterde, 1978, but see Wiedenmayer, 977) and some species such as A. stahli and A. rur- Sicosta are difficult to assign to either genus with con- dence. In addition, Braga and Rivas (1985) have Pointed out that Tropidoceras lies morphologically and chronologically between the genera Gemmellaroceras and Acanthopleuroceras. Age and distribution. — Widely distributed but most diverse in the Jamesoni and Ibex zones of the Medi- terranean region (Schlatter, 1980; Braga and Rivas, 1985). Tropidoceras actaeon (d'Orbigny, 1844) Plate 8, figures 1—3, 6; Text-figure 32b Ammonites actaeon d'Orbigny, 1844, p. 232, pl. 61, figs. 1-3. Cycloceras actaeon Futterer, 1893, p. 329, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2. Tropidoceras aff. actaeon (d'Orbigny). Spath, 1928, p. 228, pl. 16, fig. 7. Tropidoceras actaeon (d'Orbigny). Spath, 1928, p. 229, pl. 17, fig. 9; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 175, fig. 54a-c; Imlay, 1981, p. 37, pl. 8, figs. 1-9; Meister, 1986, p. 53, pl. 8, fig. 5. Tropidoceras actaeon orientale (d'Orbigny). Bremer, 1965, p. 189, pl. 16, fig. 9; Text-figure 3. non Tropidoceras actaeon (d'Orbigny). Frebold, 1970, p. 440, pl. 2, figs. 13-15 (=Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi). Acanthopleuroceras actaeon (d'Orbigny). Mouterde and Dom- mergues, 1978, fig. 25; Dommergues and Mouterde, 1978, fig. 2, no. 6; pl. 3, figs. 6-8. Acanthopleuroceras cf. actaeon (d'Orbigny). Dommergues and Mou- terde, 1951, p. 95, PL 1, ng. 17. Description. — Moderately evolute form with an oval whorl section. On early whorls the venter is angular but not sharp and there is an indistinct keel. On outer whorls, no keel is evident. Ribs are simple, not densely spaced and trend rectiradiately to gently rursiradiately towards the venter where they project weakly before quickly fading. Type material. — Holotype: Ammonites actaeon d’Orbigny, 1844, pl. 61, figs. 1-3. Neotype designated and figured by Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 175, Text-figure 54a-c. Material. — Approximately 50 specimens mostly preserved as molds in siltstone and mudstone with a few in calcareous sandstone. Collected from the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 18. Discussion. — This species is placed in Tropidoceras rather than Acanthopleuroceras because of its whorl shape and ventral features. A lectotype, which is slight- ly more evolute and more densely ribbed than the holotype of d'Orbigny (1844), is figured by Wieden- mayer (1980). The North American material most closely resembles d'Orbigny's holotype. Occurrence. — T. actaeon is a widely distributed spe- cies characteristic of the Ibex Zone and its equivalents in Europe. In North America it is known from British Columbia and Alaska. Localities. — A04, A05, DO3, DOS-08, D10-12, ET2, E10, E13, E18, E20-27, E30, E34, F01, СТІ, GOS, G09, HO2, НОЗ, HO5-07, 102. BULLETIN 348 Table 18.— Measurements of Tropidoceras actaeon (d'Orbigny, 1844). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98645 48 21 44 (11152 с0.24 12,2 31.7 675.7 17 - 10 — — - - - - 15 - 4.1 — - - - - — 15 Аре. — Upper Imlayi and Whiteavesi zones (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum (Gemmellaro, 1884) Plate 10, figures 4, 7 cf. Harpoceras erythraeum Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 40, pl. 5, figs. 10- 16. cf. Tropidoceras erythraeum (Gemmellaro). Levi, 1896, p. 274, pl. 8, fig. 10; Fucini, 1896, p. 248, pl. 25, fig. 22; Bremer, 1965, p. 187, text-fig. 2c; Braga and Rivas, 1985, p. 576, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2. Tropidoceras aff. erythraeum (Gemmellaro). Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 9. Description. — An evolute form that becomes more involute with growth. The whorl section was probably compressed and a sharp keel 1s evident. Early whorls are smooth or very weakly ornamented. At umbilical diameters of between 1 and 2 cm, broad, distantly spaced ribs are evident on the lower part of the flank. Type material. — Lectotype: Gemmellaro, 1884, pl. 5, figs. 10, 11 designated by Bremer (1965, p. 187). Material. —Twenty-five poorly preserved molds in siltstone and shale of the Ghost Creek Formation. Occurrence. — T. erythraeum is the earliest occurring species of Tropidoceras (Jamesoni Zone). The species is circum-Mediterranean in its distribution (Turkey, Italy, Spain) and its affinities have been discussed by Braga and Rivas (1985). Localities. – А02, EO1, ЕО5, EO7, E10, СО1-3, 108-11. Age. — Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini (Dumortier, 1869) Plate 9, figures 1, 2, 4 Ammonites flandrini Dumortier, 1869, p. 72, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2. Tropidoceras flandrini (Dumortier). Fucini, 1900, p. 24, pl. 5, fig. 2; Braga and Rivas, 1985, p. 572, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 2, fig. 1; Meister, 1986, p. 43, pl. 8, fig. 6; Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 2, fig. 6. Tropidoceras cf. flandrini (Dumortier). Géczy, 1976, p. 92, pl. 17, figs. 8, 9. Tropidoceras flandrini densicosta (Dumortier). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 64, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2. Tropidoceras flandrini cf. obtusum (Futterer). Hillebrandt, 1987, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5. Description. — Evolute form bearing weak ribs that become stronger, more densely spaced and bituber- culate with growth. Primary ribs are fine and bear nu- merous fine secondary ribs that project onto the venter where a low keel is evident. Type material. — Holotype: Dumortier, 1869, pl. 14, Ц u Material. — Nine specimens in dark siltstone and fine sandstone of the Ghost Creek Formation. Measurements. —See Table 19. Discussion. — There are three subspecies of 7. flan- drini recognized by various workers, the other two be- ing T. f. densicosta (Futterer, 1893) and T. f. obtusa (Futterer, 1893). T. f. densicosta is compressed with densely spaced, weak costation; 7. f. obtusa has a subquadrate whorl section with strong, coarser, slightly less dense costation and T. f. flandrini sits between these extremes. These subspecies probably reflect co- variation within a single species although 7. f. densi- costa has not been recognized in the Queen Charlotte Islands collections to date. Occurrence. — This form is common in the Mediter- ranean region of the Tethyan Realm as far north as southern France and southern Germany where it ap- pears in the Jamesoni Zone and ranges into the Ibex Zone (Schlatter, 1980; Dommergues, Mouterde, and Phelps, 1984). In South America it is known from the " Tropidoceras" zone in Argentina (Hillebrandt, 1987). Localities. — A08, DO4, DO7, СОЗ, GO4, НО4, 108. Age. —Imlayi and lower Whiteavesi zones (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras flandrini obtusa (Futterer, 1893) Plate 8, figure 5; Plate 9, figures 3, 5 Cycloceras flandrini Dumortier var. obtusa Futterer, 1893, p. 334, pl. 13, fig. 1. Tropidoceras cf. flandrini (Dumortier). Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. О ples, geo f Description. — Evolute form that expands fairly rap- idly compared to many other species of Tropidoceras. Table 19. — Measurements of Tropidoceras flandrini flandrini (Du- mortier, 1869). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WH WHD PRHW GSC 87793 DORE по За нади к йй GSC 95574 б Si 27 44220058 _ 125 18 SA 16 = ныл = 11 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 39 Table 20.— Measurements of Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda (Futterer, 1893). All measurements are in mm. Table 21.— Measurements of Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta (Buck- man, 1918). All measurements are in mm. Specimen | DM- WW:- PR- no. AX D UD U WW WH WHD WH HW 95005578 5005 79122055. 36.5 15:027 DUO ^. tI — c20 -- 14 20.4 - 68.6 11 Whorls are compressed with a low keel and, for much of ontogeny, bear only coarse, widely spaced primary ribs that are rursiradiate in trend. At umbilical di- ameters of approximately 35 mm, the primary ribs become strongly bituberculate with an average of four Secondaries arising per primary. The secondary ribs project onto the venter. Type material. —Holotype: Futterer, 1893, pl. 13, fig. 1. Material. —Seven specimens in dark siltstone, only moderately well preserved. Collected from the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. — This variant differs from T. flandrini Jlandrini recognized herein, by its much sparser and Coarser ribbing. Occurrence. — This form is known from the Ibex Zone of southern Germany (Schlatter, 1980) and the Whi- teavesi Zone of northern British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992), Localities. —DO1, DOS, 108. Age. —Imlayi and Whiteavesi zones (Early Pliens- bachian). Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda (Futterer, 1893) Plate 10, figures 1, 2; Text-figure 32c Cycloceras masseanum d'Orbigny var. rotunda Futterer, 1893, p. 330, pl. 12, figs. 3, 4. Tropidoceras masseanum (d'Orbigny) rotunda (Futterer). Schlatter, 1980, p. 138, pl. 19, fig. 4; pl. 20, figs. 1, 2; fig. 11, g-i. Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda (Futterer). Meister, 1986, p. 45, bl. 6, fig. 6; pl. 7, fig. 1. Description. — Large specimens (Pl. 10, fig. 1 is com- Dletely septate) that are moderately evolute and have à compressed whorl section bearing a low keel. The ribs are robust and tubercles are not present. The rib- bing is rectiradiate to gently rursiradiate and projects onto the venter. The umbilical wall is high and round- ed, the flanks weakly convex. Type material. —Holotype: Futterer, 1893, pl. 12, figs, 3, 4, Material. — Twenty-five specimens preserved in silt- Stone and calcareous concretions; mostly fragments and external molds. Collected from the Sandilands and Ghost Creek formations and Rennell Junction Mem- ег. WH WHD РЕН GSC 98650 80 40 50 24 30 с14 specimen no. D UD U Measurements. —See Table 20. Discussion. — This form differs from Tropidoceras masseanum masseanum (d'Orbigny, 1884) by its stouter whorl section, coarser ribbing and slightly more evolute coiling. Occurrence. — T. m. masseanum is widely distrib- uted and particularly common in the Tethyan area of southern Europe. 7. masseanum rotunda has been re- ported from southern Germany and southern France where it is characteristic of the lower Ibex Zone. Localities. — A01, C02, 206-08, 210, D11, ЕТІ, ETZ, Els) 521, 25, E23, 5217-31; E37, E39, GT3, G06, I02. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta (Buckman, 1918) Plate 8, figure 7 aff. Ammonites valdani d'Orbigny. Quenstedt, 1885, p. 278, pl. 35, fig. 4. aff. Acanthopleuroceras rursicosta Buckman, 1918, p. 286, pl. 26, fig. 4. aff. Tropidoceras rursicosta (Buckman). Schlatter, 1980, p. 147, pl. 22, fig. 4. Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding forms, the largest specimen of which is figured. No sutures are visible so that the length of the body chamber is un- known. The whorl section is probably subquadrate bearing a low, blunt keel. The umbilical wall is low and rounds evenly into the gently convex flanks. There is no ribbing on the inner whorls until an umbilical diameter of 8 to 10 mm at which point broad, weak primary ribs arise that are rursiradiate and com- monly swollen near the umbilicus. On larger whorls, the strength of the ribbing increases and three or four secondary ribs per primary rib project onto the venter. Type material. —Holotype for Tropidoceras rursi- costa: Buckman, 1918, pl. 26, fig. 4. Material. —Four specimens, poorly preserved in mudstone and siltstone ofthe Ghost Creek Formation. Measurements. —See Table 21. Discussion. — This material represents a new species related to the large form Tropidoceras rursicosta which is characterized by its strongly rursiradiate, commonly tuberculate primaries and projected secondary ribs. The state of preservation of the material, however, does not warrant the establishment of a new species name. A large specimen held in the collections of the Nat- ural History Museum, London (number C22346) was referred to 7. rursicosta by Spath (1922, p. 124). It was labelled as originating from Vancouver Island (Hector collection) and included in a collection of Cretaceous age. Spath (1922) believed the specimen misplaced and suggested that it originated, like Buckman's specimen of Acanthopleuroceras rursicosta, from the Carixian (Lower Pliensbachian) of Gloucestershire. The possi- bility of it originating from the Insular Belt of British Columbia (and perhaps representing the species 7. aff. rursicostata described here), however, cannot be dis- counted. Jurassic and Cretaceous faunas were com- monly confused by early workers in this area (see Whiteaves, 1884). Occurrence. — T. rursicosta is known from the Ibex Zone of Britain and the Valdani subzone of the Ibex Zone in Germany. Localities. — E01, 108, I11, 113. Age. —Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras new species 1 Plate 8, figure 4; Text-figure 32a Description.—Midvolute form with a compressed whorl section. The umbilical wall is fairly high and steeply inclined, the venter angular bearing a low keel. Ribbing is coarse and rursiradiate with rounded tu- bercles at the ventro-lateral shoulder. The ribs weaken dramatically at the ventro-lateral shoulder and can barely be seen projecting onto the venter. No sutures are visible. Material. — One moderately well preserved, slightly distorted internal mold and two whorl fragments pre- served in sandstone of the Rennell Junction Member. Discussion. — A somewhat similar specimen is known from southern Germany (Schlatter, 1980, p. 148, pl. 22, fig. 5) but it does not bear well marked tubercles and its inner whorls are not preserved making com- parisons difficult. More material is needed before this probable new species can be properly documented. Occurrence. — This form is only known from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Localities. — E34, I02. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras new species 2 Plate 10, figure 3 Description. — Because of the incomplete nature of this material it is not possible to make measurements but the shell was moderately evolute with a compressed whorl section (WWWH —c63) bearing a weak keel. The umbilical wall is steep but rounds rapidly into the flat- tened flanks. The ribs are flexuous and strongly rur- siradiate. A few ribs swell at their ventral ends and all the ribs fade as they project onto the venter where very weak striations can be seen. BULLETIN 348 Material. —'Two fragments of specimens іп calcar- eous sandstone of the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. — The volution and whorl shape of these specimens are reminiscent of more finely ribbed forms of T. masseanum but the rursiradiate trend of the rib- bing sets this material apart. It cannot be established as a new species, however, until more material is col- lected. Localities. —ET1, E14. Age. —Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Tropidoceras species 1 Plate 11, figures 1—3 Description. — Very evolute, slowly expanding forms with weak simple ribs that become stronger at umbil- ical diameters of 15 to 20 mm. A keel is evident on some of the fragments. Material. — Nine poorly preserved molds in siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Discussion. — The volution and expansion rate of this form are reminiscent of those seen in Gemmellaroceras although the presence of a keel and, to a lesser extent, the large size of the specimens leave no doubt that it should be assigned to Tropidoceras. Better preserved material must be collected before a confident identi- fication can be made. Localities. —DO1, E18, E20, СОТ, 104, 108, 111. Age. —Imlayi and Whiteavesi zones. Family PHRICODOCERATIDAE Spath, 1938 Genus PHRICODOCERAS Hyatt, 1900 Hemiparinodiceras Géczy, 1959, p. 143. Type species. —Ammonites taylori Sowerby, 1826 (pl. 514, figs. 1, 2), by original designation (Hyatt, 1900, p. 587). Remarks. — Early ontogenetic stages have a rounded or depressed whorl section, are strongly ribbed and bear marked lateral and paired ventral tubercles. Outer whorls are compressed with weak or obsolete orna- mentation. Age and distribution. — Phricodoceras is known from the Jamesoni Zone of the Northwest European Prov- ince where the rare P. taylori is a subzonal index (Dean et al., 1961). During the course of the Pliensbachian, the genus became widely distributed, from the Medi- terranean region to as far east as Roti in Indonesia (Krumbeck, 1922). Outside Northwest Europe the ge” nus is much longer ranging (Géczy, 1976; Fantini Ses- tini, 1978; Dubar and Mouterde, 1978; Bremer, 1965; Dommergues and Meister, 1990) particularly in Italy where it ranges from the Raricostatum to the Margar- itatus zone. The genus is not, as yet, recorded from JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 41 South America but it is previously recorded from cra- tonal North America by Frebold (1970). Phricodoceras cf. taylori (J. de C. Sowerby, 1826) Plate 15, ñgure 2 cf. Ammonites taylori J. de C. Sowerby, 1826, p. 23, pl. 514, fig. 1; d'Orbigny, 1844, p. 323, pl. 103, figs. 3, 4; Quenstedt, 1856, p. 125, pl. 16, fig. 8; Hauer, 1861, p. 413, pl. 1, figs. 21-22. cf. Ammonites lamellosus d'Orbigny, 1844, p. 283, pl. 84, figs. 1, 2. cf. Aegoceras taylori (J. de C. Sowerby). Wright, 1880, p. 348, pl. 31, figs. 5-7; Bettoni, 1900, p. 78, pl. 8, figs. 18, 19. cf. Phricodoceras taylori (J. де C. Sowerby). Del Campana, 1900, p. 587, pl. 5, figs. 45-47; Bremer, 1965, p. 175; Dommergues, 1978, p. 41, figs. 1-3. cf. Phricodoceras lamellosum (d'Orbigny). Buckman, 1920, pl. 149A-D. Phricodoceras cf. taylori (J. de C. Sowerby). Frebold, 1970, pl. 2, figs. 11, 12; Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 10. Phricodoceras cf. lamellosum (d'Orbigny). Dubar and Mouterde, 1978, p. 51, pl. 3, fig. 3. Phricodoceras aff. taylori (J. de C. Sowerby). Dommergues and Meis- ter, 1990, p. 299, pl. 2, fig. 3. Description. —'This specimen had an estimated di- ameter of 40 mm and was midvolute with U at ap- Proximately 35-40 mm. The umbilical wall rounds evenly into the rounded flanks. Ribbing is fairly dense (PRHW=13 at UD=15 mm). The ribs are simple, gent- ly prorsiradiate and sharper on the inner whorls. Two rows of tubercles are present, one on the upper third of the flank, the other on the lateral part of the venter. The venter itself is not visible. Type material. — Holotype: J. de C. Sowerby, 1826, pl. 514, fig. 1. Material. — One moderately well preserved external mold in siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. — Ав far as preservation permits com- Parison, this specimen is similar to P. /amellosum which IS common in circum-Mediterranean countries. This Species has been synonymized with P. taylori by Bre- mer (1965), Wiedenmayer (1977), and Dommergues (1978), Dommergues considers the two species to be Sexual dimorphs. Occurrence. — P. taylori is cosmopolitan and char- Acteristic of the Raricostatum in the Sinemurian to as high as the Ibex zone in the Pliensbachian (Dom- Mergues and Meister, 1990; Fantini Sestini, 1978). Locality. — 108. Age. — Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Family EODEROCERATIDAE Spath, 1929 Genus PSEUDOSKIRROCERAS Wiedenmayer, 1980 Type species. — Coeloceras mastodon Fucini, 1935, D. 166, pl. 40, figs. 3, 4, by original designation (Wie- denmayer, 1980, p. 172). Remarks. —Evolute, slowly expanding forms that can reach large shell diameters. The whorl section is com- pressed elliptical to rounded, and a row of tubercles is present, usually in the middle of the flank. Uniform secondary ribbing bifurcates from the tubercles and is sometimes accompanied by intercalated ribs. Wieden- mayer (1980) has noted that this genus which, as the name indicates, isa homeomorph ofthe Bajocian Skir- roceras, is closely related to Miltoceras. Age and distribution. — A Tethyan genus that Wie- denmayer (1980) states is characteristic of the Davoei and Margaritatus zones in Europe. It also occurs in the Upper Sinemurian or basal Pliensbachian of Chile (Hillebrandt, 1981) and the lowest Pliensbachian of North America (Smith et al., 1988). Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Smith and Tipper, 1988 Plate 13, figures 1—4; Plate 14, figures 1—4; Plate 15, figure 1 Description. — Large, evolute forms with a slightly compressed whorl section and a gently rounded venter. Primary ribs are strong and prorsiradiate, bearing tu- bercles just above the middle of the flank. Weaker secondary ribs arise in pairs or threes from the tuber- cles; some intercalated ribs are present. Within the sample there is some variability shown in the strength of the ornamentation but at shell diameters of ap- proximately 100 mm, ribbing weakens and the tuber- cles fade or disappear for approximately one half whorl followed by two or three coarse ribs (Pl. 13, fig. 2; Pl. 14, fig. 4). Type material. — Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Smith and Tipper in Smith et al., 1988, p. 1519, pl. 1, figs. 1-5; Holotype: GSC 87783; Paratypes: GSC 87784, 87785. Material. —Approximately 135 molds and frag- ments preserved in mudstone and siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. — A full discussion of this species was given by Smith and Tipper (in Smith et al., 1988). This species was included in Pseudoskirroceras rather than the closely related Miltoceras on grounds of: (i) its ev- olute, slowly expanding shell bearing regularly spaced ribs and tubercles, and (ii) its stratigraphic position which falls within the range of Pseudoskirroceras as known from elsewhere in the world. It should be noted, however, that the occurrence of Pseudoskirroceras and Miltoceras low in the Pliensbachian appears to be char- acteristic of the Americas. The ranges of the two genera in the Mediterranean area, where they are uncommon, overlap at a higher stratigraphic level within the Pliens- bachian (Davoei Zone). Further work is required to finely document this difference and to explore its phy- logenetic and biogeographic implications. Occurrence.—This species is characteristic of the 42 BULLETIN 348 Imlayi Zone of western North America (Smith et al., 1988). Localities. —BT1, ВОІ, B02, C01, ЕТІ, E04, E07, E09, E16, G01-03, I08-11. Age. — Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Genus MILTOCERAS Wiedenmayer, 1980 Type species. — Aegoceras sellae Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 179, pl. 3, figs. 1-5 by original designation (Wie- denmayer, 1980, p. 172). Remarks.— Miltoceras was created as a subgenus of Apoderoceras by Wiedenmayer (1980) and elevated to generic status by Hillebrandt (1981). It is characterized by coronate early whorls that quickly become com- pressed with subparallel flanks and an arched venter. The ribbing, which is often irregular, is characterized by dense prorsiradiate primary ribs with secondary ribs arising from tubercles on the upper half of the flank. The genus is similar to Pseudoskirroceras which differs by being more evolute, more slowly expanding and having more regular ribbing. Age and distribution. — A Tethyan genus ranging from the Jamesoni to the Davoei zones (Wiedenmayer, 1980). In Chile and Argentina it is known from lowest Pliensbachian rocks (Riccardi, 1984; Hillebrandt, 1987, 1990b) and in rocks of the same age in northern British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992). Miltoceras aff. sellae (Gemmellaro, 1884) Plate 11, figures 4—6 aff. Aegoceras sellae Gemmellaro, 1884, p. 179, pl. 3, figs. 1-5. non Coeloceras Sellae (Gemmellaro). Monestier, 1934, p. 101, pl. 4, figs. 6, 7, 19, 20. Apoderoceras (Miltoceras) cf. sellae (Gemmellaro). Hillebrandt, 1987, pl. 1, figs. 12-14; Hillebrandt in Westermann, 1992, pl. 11, fig. 1. Description. — Moderately evolute form with a com- pressed whorl section and an arched, keel-less venter. The prorsiradiate primary ribs are gently flexuous and bear, sometimes at irregular intervals, small tubercles a little over half way to two thirds of the way up the flank. From the row of tubercles, two or three second- aries arise per primary mostly by intercalation, and flex forward onto the venter. Ribs become coarser and less densely spaced with growth. No septal suture lines can be seen and the material is too poorly preserved to make meaningful measurements. Type material. — Lectotype of Miltoceras sellae: Gemmellaro, 1884, pl. 3, figs. 1—2 (designated herein). Material.—Seventeen poorly preserved specimens in siltstone of the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. —As far as preservation permits com- parison, this material is identical to material from Chile described by Hillebrandt (1981, 1987) as Apoderoceras (Miltoceras) cf. sellae. It differs from this species main- ly in its less regular tuberculation. Occurrence. —In the Mediterranean area, this species and its varieties (Wiedenmayer, 1980) occur in beds that correlate approximately with the Jamesoni and Ibex zones (Gemmellaro, 1884; Rosenberg, 1909; Fu- cini, 1935; Du Dresnay, 1963). In South America, it occurs in the zone of “Apoderoceras and Eoderoceras” which marks the base of the Pliensbachian (Hille- brandt, 1987). This species might also be present in the Hall Formation of the Rossland area, southern British Columbia, amongst a poorly preserved fauna initially thought to be post-middle Bajocian in age (Frebold and Little, 1962) but subsequently assigned to the Pliensbachian by Tipper (1984). Amongst the forms initially assigned in that publication to Peris- phinctes? appear to be Miltoceras cf. sellae (Frebold and Little, 1962, pl. 4, figs. 1, 3 and 4); Metaderoceras sp. (Frebold and Little, 1962, pl. 4, fig. 2); and Gem- mellaroceras cf. alloplocum (Frebold and Little, 1962, pl. 4, fig. 5). Localities. -BT1, СТІ, ЕТІ, E09, E11-14, G01-G03. Age. —Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Genus DUBARICERAS Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984 Type species. —Dubariceras dubari Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas (1984, p. 382, pl. 1). Remarks. — The characteristics of this genus and the taxonomic problems resulting from its convergence with certain polymorphitids have been discussed by Dommergues et al. (1984) and Thomson and Smith (1992). Dubariceras is thought to have evolved from Metaderoceras. Age and distribution. — Dubariceras is characteristic of the western Mediterranean and the eastern Pacific. In Europe it is characteristic of beds correlative with the Ibex and Davoei zones; in North America it occurs in the Whiteavesi and Freboldi zones. Dubariceras freboldi Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984 Plate 16, figures 1, 2; Text-figure 33e Uptonia dayiceroides Mouterde. Frebold, 1970, p. 438, pl. 1, fig. 9. Uptonia cf. U. dayiceroides Mouterde. Imlay, 1981, p. 36, pl. 9, figs: 1-4, 8, 12-16. Uptonia cf. U. angusta (Oppel). Hillebrandt, 1981, p. 509, pl. 5, fig. 3. Dayiceras dayiceroides (Mouterde). Smith, 1983, p. 86, fig. 2а-с. Dubariceras freboldi Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984, fig. 3-A3; Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 3, figs. 1-3; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 27, pl. 11, figs. 1—7. Dayiceras? sp. Hillebrandt, 1987, pl. 2, figs. 11, 12. Dubariceras cf. freboldi Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas. Hille brandt, 1990a, fig. 4.10, 24.11. t —-—————————— — i | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 43 Description. — Evolute with a compressed whorl sec- tion and a flat to gently arched venter that has no keel. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the umbilical Shoulder abruptly rounded, the flanks flat and the ven- tro-lateral shoulder abruptly rounded. Ribs are densely spaced, rursiradiate on the umbil- ical wall, and rectiradiate to gently prorsiradiate on the flanks. Ribs terminate at the ventro-lateral shoulder With small, elongate tubercles. Type material. — Holotype: Frebold, 1970, pl. 1, fig. 9. Material. — Approximately 190 specimens, many of them fragments, preserved in siltstone and calcareous Sandstone. Primarily from the Rennell Junction Mem- ber of the Fannin Formation with some occurrences in the Fannin sandstone and rare occurrences in the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. — Full descriptions and discussions of the taxonomic position of this widespread and biostrati- graphically useful species have been published by Fre- bold (1970), Imlay (1981), Smith (1983), Thomson and Smith (1992), and Dommergues ef al. (1984). Occurrence. — D. freboldi is endemic to the eastern Pacific where it occurs from Argentina and Chile in the south (Hillebrandt, 1981, 1990) as far north as Southern Alaska (Imlay, 1981). In South America the Species occurs in the Meridianus Zone, in North Amer- ica in the Freboldi Zone, intervals that correlate in part With the Ibex and Davoei zones of the Northwest Eu- Topean zonation. There is one locality in the Queen Charlotte Islands (F06) where the uppermost part of the range of Dubariceras freboldi overlaps with the lowermost part ofthe range of Fanninoceras sp. so that the two forms occur in the same bed. These genera are normally mutually exclusive and a total of only three Such overlapping occurrences is known in North America (Smith et al., 1988). At all three of these lo- calities (F06 in the Queen Charlotte Islands; the Taseko Lakes area, British Columbia; the Hurwal Formation, Northwestern Oregon) D. freboldi is common or abun- dant and Fanninoceras (F. fannini and F. sp.) is rare and condensing cannot be ruled out. D. freboldi will Only be considered as ranging into the Kunae Zone When there is significant stratigraphic overlap dem- Onstrated between D. freboldi and an assemblage of Fanninoceras spp. and hildoceratids which normally Characterizes the Kunae Zone. Localities. — ^12, A13, СОЗ, D13-15, D18, ЕТІ, ET3, Е42-49, ЕТІ, F05, F06, GT2, GT3, G10, 011, 101, 107, 115. Age. — Freboldi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Dubariceras silviesi (Hertlein, 1925) Plate 15, figures 3, 4 Uptonia Silviesi Hertlein, 1925, p. 39, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2, 5. Crucilobiceras cf. C. submuticum (Oppel). Imlay, 1981, p. 33, pl. 7, figs. 1-3. Uptonia cf. U. obsoleta (Simpson). Hillebrandt, 1981, p. 509, pl. 5, figs. 1, 2, 5: 1987, pl. 2, hgs. 1, 5. Dubariceras silviesi (Hertlein). Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 2, fig. 5; Smith and Tipper, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 6; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 29, pl. 10, fig. 2-5. Dubariceras cf. silviesi (Hertlein). Hillebrandt, in Westermann, 1992, pl. 11, fig. 5. Description. —Evolute shell with a subrectangular whorl section. Ribs are simple, straight to slightly sin- uous, and prorsiradiate; they terminate at the ventro- lateral shoulder in prominent tubercles. The venter is featureless except at large shell diameters where the ribs project onto the venter to form chevrons. Type material. — Holotype: Hertlein, 1925, pl. 3, figs. l ° š; Material. —Seventeen specimens in siltstone and calcareous sandstone of the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Discussion. — The holotype of this species from Or- egon reaches a large size (whorl height in excess of 45 mm) and comparable sizes are reached in the Queen Charlotte Islands although only whorl fragments have been collected. The species appears to have affinities with both Metaderoceras and Dubariceras as discussed by Thomson and Smith (1992). It differs from D. fre- boldi which ranges stratigraphically higher, by its less dense ribbing. Occurrence. — D. silviesi is restricted to the eastern Pacific where it is characteristic of the Whiteavesi and lower Freboldi zones in North America (Smith et al., 1988) and the Meridianus Zone in South America (Hil- lebrandt, 1987, 1990) which correlate approximately with parts of the Ibex and Davoei zones of the Euro- pean zonation. Localities. —B04, E40, ЕТІ, СТІ, GT3, 101, 102, 107. Age. — Whiteavesi and Freboldi zones (Early Pliens- bachian). Genus METADEROCERAS Spath, 1925 Type species. — Ammonites muticus d'Orbigny, 1844, p. 274, pl. 8, by original designation (Spath, 1925, p. 363). Remarks. — Problems concerning the interpretation of this genus and the related genera Crucilobiceras and Eoderoceras are discussed by Thomson and Smith (1992). Age and distribution. — Metaderoceras is widely dis- tributed in the circum-Mediterranean region and the eastern Pacific. It occurs in the Jamesoni and Ibex zone equivalents in Europe and in the Imlayi to basal Kunae zone in western North America (Cólera et al., 1978; Mouterde, 1970; Rivas, 1983; Smith er al., 1988). In 44 BULLETIN 348 South America it is reported from the Meridianus Zone which correlates in part with the Ibex and Davoei stan- dard zones (Hillebrandt, 1981, 1987, 1990). Metaderoceras evolutum is the earliest species of Me- taderoceras in the Queen Charlotte Islands. In the Whi- teavesi Zone it is joined by several other species of Metaderoceras which are generally more coarsely and more densely ribbed and which may have given rise to Dubariceras. This coarse ribbed group also includes the stout-whorled, strongly tuberculate M. mouterdei and related forms which are reminiscent of the circum- Mediterranean M. venarense group that Dommergues and Mouterde (1982) interpret to be the root-stock of the Dactylioceratidae in the Ibex Zone. Metaderoceras evolutum (Fucini, 1924) Plate 16, figures 3-5, 7; Plate 18, figure 1; Text-figures 33b, 34a Deroceras evolutum Fucini, 1924, p. 50, pl. 5, fig. 14. Crucilobiceras aff. evolutum (Fucini). Du Dresnay, 1963, p. 147, pl. 2; 195, 2, 3. Crucilobiceras pacificum Frebold, 1970, p. 435, pl. 1, figs. 4-8. Crucilobiceras evolutum brutum Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 59, pl. 13, При 1, 2. Crucilobiceras evolutum evolutum (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 59, pl. 13, fig. 3; 1980, p. 48, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4. Metaderoceras evolutum (Fucini). Dubar and Mouterde, 1978, p. 44, pl. 2, fig. 1; Rivas, 1983, p. 395, pl. 1, figs. 1-8; Smith, Tipper, Taylor and Guex, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 11; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 22, pl. 9, figs. 5-6. Metaderoceras evolutum brutum (Fucini). Colera, Rivas, Sequeiros and Valenzuela, 1978, p. 311, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4. Crucilobiceras cf. pacificum Frebold. Imlay, 1981, p. 35, pl. 8, figs. 10-12, 15-17. Description. —Shell evolute and slowly expanding. Whorl section usually compressed, subquadrate with alow umbilical wall, weakly convex flanks and a slight- ly convex or flat venter. Ribs are rectiradiate to gently prorsiradiate and of low relief compared to other species of Metaderoceras. Two or three ribs merge into a large tubercle which is the base of a long spine. At large shell diameters (Pl. 18, fig. 1), ribs tend to become weakly rursiradate and terminate in individual spines rather than merging. Fine, irregular, radial lirae are evident throughout on- togeny. Type material. — Holotype: Fucini, 1924, pl. 5, fig. 14. Material. —Seventy-three specimens in siltstone and calcareous sandstone of the Ghost Creek Formation and Rennell Junction Member. Discussion.— This variable species is discussed by Rivas (1983) and Thomson and Smith (1992). Occurrence.— M. evolutum is common in the cir- cum-Mediterranean region and western North Amer- d Text-figure 33. — Whorl shape cross-sections for species ofthe Eod- eroceratidae. Figures are natural size. a. Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Thomson and Smith, 1992 (GSC 98703); b. Metaderoceras evolutum (Fucini, 1921) (GSC 95576); c. Metaderoceras sp. (GSC 98702); d. Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei (Frebold, 1970) (GSC 87797); e. Du- bariceras freboldi (Dommergues et al., 1984) (GSC 98686). ica (Wiedenmayer, 1980; Rivas, 1983; Thomson and Smith, 1992). Localities. — A03, A05, BT1, 203, D05, D07-D10, ЕТІ, ET3, E06, E15, E25, E27, E30, СТІ, G06, 108, 116. Age. —Imlayi and Whiteavesi zones (Early Pliens- bachian). Metaderoceras mouterdei (Frebold, 1970) Plate 19, figure 3 Crucilobiceras mouterdei Frebold, 1970, p. 437, pl. 1, fig. 2. non Metaderoceras mouterdei (Frebold). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 3, figs. 9, 10; Smith and Tipper, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 8 (see M.? aff. mouterdei). Description. — Ап evolute, slowly expanding form with flanks that diverge weakly towards the slightly arched venter. Ribs are simple, gently prorsiradiate and terminate at the ventro-lateral shoulder in stout tubercles. The venter is unornamented. Rib frequency decreases with growth up to umbilical diameters of 25-30 mm. Type material. — Holotype: Frebold, 1970, pl. 1, fig. 2; GSC 20337. Material. — Eight specimens in sandstone ofthe Ren- nell Junction Member. Discussion. — M. mouterdei is similar to M. venar- ense (Oppel), one of the highest ranging (Ibex Zone) species of Metaderoceras in southern Europe (Frebold, 1970; Dommergues and Mouterde, 1982). It differs, however, in its slightly narrower whorl section and in its ribbing which changes style and frequency during ontogeny. Occurrence. — M. mouterdei is restricted to the Whi- teavesi Zone of British Columbia. The similar M. ven- arense is known from the Ibex Zone of the Tethyan area particularly southern France and Portugal (Mou- terde, 1970; Meister, 1986). Localities. — ET1, E40, F02, GT3, G09, I02. Age. — Whiteavesi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 45 Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei (Frebold, 1970) Plate 16, figure 6; Plate 19, figure 4; Text-figures 33d, 34b aff. Crucilobiceras mouterdei Frebold, 197055. 037. Јоде Apoderoceras cf. A. subtriangulare (Young and Bird). Imlay, 1981, p. 35, pl. 8, figs. 14, 18-23. Metaderoceras mouterdei (Frebold). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 3, figs. 9, 10; Smith and Tipper, 1988, pl. 1, fig. 8. Metaderoceras cf. M. mouterdei (Frebold). Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 23, pl. 9, figs. 1-4; pl. 10, fig. 1. Description. —Evolute forms with whorl flanks di- verging towards the venter which is characteristically broad. The innermost whorls are densely ribbed but the decrease in frequency and coarsening of the ribbing is typically underway at umbilical diameters less than 10 mm. The ribs strengthen ventrally and terminate in large tubercles which are the bases of robust spines. Ribs are rectiradiate to gently prorsiradiate and may be locally irregular or weakly sinuous at large shell diameters (Pl. 19, fig. 4). Material. — Twelve specimens in sandstone and silt- Stone of the Fannin Formation. Discussion. —This is the stratigraphically highest ranging, and amongst the most strongly ornamented Species of Metaderoceras yet described in North Amer- Ica. We previously included this form in M. mouterdei With which it has morphological similarities (Smith et al., 1988; Thomson and Smith, 1992). It 1s difficult, however, to demonstrate that M. mouterdei and M.? aff. mouterdei represent variants, particularly as there I$ à discrepancy in stratigraphic range. In fact the ex- Ceptionally broad, Eoderoceras-like venter of M.? ай. Mouterdei makes it difficult to unequivocally accom- modate this form in the genus Metaderoceras. Eod- roceras-like forms are known in the eastern Pacific but they characterize the lowest Pliensbachian (Hille- brandt, 1981, 1987). Occurrence. — This form is apparently indigenous to North America where it characterizes the Whiteavesi to basal Kunae zones. Localities. —C03, C05, ET3, E38. Age. — Whiteavesi to Kunae Zone (Pliensbachian). Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Thomson and Smith, 1992 Plate 17, figures 2, 3; Text-figures 33a, 34c Crucilobiceras cf. C. muticum (d'Orbigny). Imlay, 1981, p. 35, pl. 7, figs. 6-10, 12-15. Plonia cf. ignota (Simpson). Hillebrandt, 1987, pl. 2, figs. 2-4. etaderoceras aff. muticum (d'Orbigny). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 2, figs. 7-9. eladeroceras talkeetnaense Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 20, pl. 6, fig. 1; pl. 7, figs. 1-5. Description, — Evolute with a quadrate to com- Pressed to subquadrate whorl section. The ornamen- Je us с Text-figure 34. — Traces of the septal suture for species of the Eod- eroceratidae at whorl heights (WH) indicated. a. Metaderoceras ev- olutum (Fucini, 1921) (GSC 98689, WH = 5.8 mm); b. Metadero- ceras? aff. mouterdei Frebold, 1970 (GSC 87797, WH = 10.8 mm); c. Metaderoceras talkeetnaense Thomson and Smith, 1992 (GSC 98703, WH = 7.7 mm). tation consists of simple ribs that terminate in tubercles at the ventro-lateral shoulder. Ribbing is sharp on the innermost whorls becoming coarser with growth. Rib frequencies range from 15 ribs per half whorl up to 20 on outer whorls. Type material. — Holotype: Imlay, 1981, pl. 7, figs. 12, 13. Paratypes: Imlay, 1981, pl. 7, figs. 6-10, 14, 13. Material. — Fifty-two specimens in siltstone, mud- stone and sandstone of the Ghost Creek and Fannin formations. Discussion. — Compared with M. talkeetnaense, M. mouterdei is more evolute, has a somewhat more com- pressed whorl section, and stronger, less densely spaced ribs which tend to be less prorsiradiate. M.? aff. mou- terdei has a much broader venter and is more coarsely and less densely ribbed throughout. M. evolutum is more evolute, has a more compressed whorl section, and commonly has two or three ribs merging into a tubercle whereas M. talkeetnaense has separate ribs which always terminate in a tubercle. The species Acanthopleuroceras sutherlandbrowni was established by Frebold (1970) based on a mod- erately well preserved holotype from Maude Island together with some unfigured, poorly preserved exter- nal molds from elsewhere which Frebold states (1970, p. 440) did not contribute to the original description. Frebold indicated the presence of a roof-like venter bearing a blunt low keel. The outer half whorl of the holotype is non-septate and has collapsed during sed- iment compaction causing the venter to arch. Exam- ination of earlier, septate whorls shows that the whorl section is compressed but the venter is nevertheless much broader than in the outer half whorl and is gently convex rather than “roof-like”. A keel is not evident on any of the whorls. The assignment of Frebold's species to the genus Acanthopleuroceras is therefore not appropriate. It may be related to Metaderoceras talkeetnaense because it has similar volution and or- namentation although the whorl shape is more com- pressed, the expansion rate somewhat higher, and the costation sharper than is usually the case for this spe- cies. It may be a variant of M. talkeetnaense but more and better preserved material is needed before the issue can be resolved; should it prove to be the case, the name sutherlandbrowni would have priority. Occurrence. — M. talkeetnaense is known from the Whiteavesi and Freboldi zones of Alaska, British Co- lumbia, and Oregon (Imlay, 1981; Smith et al., 1988; Thomson and Smith, 1992). It has also been collected from the Meridianus Zone in Argentina (Hillebrandt, 1987, 19902). Localities.— All, C03, D16-18, ЕТІ, ET2, E28, E35, E38, E40, E42, ЕТІ, F02, GT1-3, G06-09, Н10-12, 102, 107, 115. Age.— Whiteavesi and Freboldi zones (Early Pliens- bachian). Metaderoceras sp. Plate 17, figure 1; Text-figure 33c Metaderoceras sp. 1, nov. Cólera, Rivas, Sequeiros, and Valenzuela, 1978, p. 311, pl. 1, 82.1. Description. — Large, extremely evolute, slowly ex- panding form. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the flanks flat and the venter broad and weakly arched producing a subquadrate whorl section. The ribs are strong, rectiradiate to gently prorsiradiate and termi- nate ventrally in tubercles that are weakly elongated in a spiral direction. The tubercles are situated at the angular ventro-lateral shoulder; the venter is feature- less. The figured specimen is large and completely sep- tate. Although the specimen is somewhat corroded, the septal suture is fairly simple. Material. — Two poorly preserved specimens in coarse, calcareous sandstone occurring within the Ghost Creek Formation. Discussion. —As far as preservation permits com- parison, this form is identical to a new but unnamed species of Metaderoceras collected in Zaragoza Prov- ince, Spain (Cólera et al., 1978). Unfortunately there is not enough well preserved material either in Spain or North America to formalize a species name. In the Queen Charlotte Islands this rare species is distinguish- able from the other species of Metaderoceras by its extremely evolute, slowly expanding and densely ribbed shell. Occurrence. — The Spanish material originates from the upper part of the Ibex Zone. Although not in place, both of the Queen Charlotte Island specimens were collected some distance below localities yielding acan- thopleuroceratids characteristic of Ibex Zone correla- BULLETIN 348 tives. They were associatated with both in place and ex situ specimens indicating the Imlayi Zone. Locality. —BT1. Age. — Probably Imlayi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Family DACTYLIOCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1867 Genus REYNESOCERAS Spath, 1936 Aveyroniceras Pinna and Levi-Setti, 1971, p. 64. Bettoniceras Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 80. Type species. —Ammonites ragazzonii Hauer, 1861, p. 415, pl. 1, figs. 16, 17, by original designation (Spath, 1936, p. 444). Remarks.— The tuberculate innermost whorls are Coeloceras-like, whereas the outer whorls are non-tu- berculate and rounded in section. Whorls may egress and ribbing become irregular in microconchs. Avey- roniceras is included in this genus because the type species of Aveyroniceras and Reynesoceras constitute a macroconch-microconch pair as argued by Fantini Sestini (1975), Braga (1983), and Meister (1989). Age and distribution. —A Tethyan form ranging through beds that correlate with the Davoei and Mar- garitatus zones. Reynesoceras colubriforme (Bettoni, 1900) Plate 17, figures 4, 5; Text-figure 35b Coeloceras colubriforme Bettoni, 1900, p. 75, pl. 7, fig. 10; Fucini, 1905, p. 294, pl. 47, figs. 13, 14; Parisch and Viale, 1906, p. 161, pl. 9, figs. 5-8. Reynesoceras aff. fallax (Fucini). Du Dresnay, 1963, p. 151, pl. 2, fig. 1. Prodactylioceras cf. colubriforme (Bettoni). Pinna, 1966, p. 348, pl. 10; fig. 6; Prodactylioceras colubriforme (Bettoni). Fischer, 1971, p. 112, pl. 2, fig. 10; Cantaluppi and Montanari, 1971, p. 65, pl. 12, fig. 2. Indunoceras (Bettoniceras) colubriforme (Bettoni). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 81, pl. 16, figs. 8-10. Reynesocoeloceras (Bettoniceras) cf. colubriforme (Bettoni). Hille- brandt, 1981, pl. 7, fig. 9. Aveyroniceras colubriforme (Bettoni). Smith and Tipper, 1986, fig. 2.6; Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 3, figs. 5, 6. Description. — An evolute form that has a depressed nucleus and a broadly rounded venter to umbilical diameters of approximately 7 mm. At this point the prorsiradiate, tuberculate ribs are replaced by more densely spaced, sharper ribs that are non-tuberculate, and the whorl section becomes rounded and less de- pressed. Type material. — Holotype: Bettoni, 1900, pl. 7, fig- 10. Neotype: Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 81, pl. 16, fig. 87 10. Material. — Twenty specimens in calcareous, fine grained sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 22. Discussion. —This species differs from R. асат JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 47 Table 22. — Measurements of Reynescoceras colubriforme (Bettoni, 1900). АП measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 87796 c50 44 23 52.3 142 322 1952 30 107.1 32 - - 19 -- - = = = - с29 =< E 8 “4 -- - - - — 12 GSC 98595 = 25 12 48 9,5 38 12 28.8 131.9 23 - - 5:5 _ _ - — — - 14 thoides (Reynés, 1868) by the narrower venter of its early whorls, its less rounded whorl sections in later Whorls and its ribbing which is very regular, not quite 8s dense, and stronger. Occurrence. — Reynesoceras colubriforme is a Tethy- àn species known from Italy (Wiedenmayer, 1977), Morocco (Du Dresnay, 1963), South America (Hille- brandt, 1981), and Nevada (Smith and Tipper, 1986). The species possibly arises in the Ibex Zone (Fischer, 1971) but is common in the Davoei and Margaritatus Zones, Localities. —D21, E57, 107, 114. Age. — Freboldi and Kunae zones (Pliensbachian). Reynesoceras aff. colubriforme (Bettoni, 1900) Plate 18, figure 2 Description. — A non-septate whorl fragment from àn evolute ammonite with a subrounded, depressed whorl section (WWWH =с1 18). Ribs are wiry, densely Spaced and show asymmetry. On one side of the frag- ment ribs are simple; on the opposite side ribs coalesce at intervals to form radially elongate tubercles posi- tioned near the middle of the flank. Material. — One internal mold from the Fannin For- mation, Discussion. — This specimen differs from R. colubri- forme only in the presence of radially elongate swellings Which might be pathologic considering their asym- metry, Locality. —E57. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Reynesoceras italicum (Fucini, 1901) Plate 18, figure 3 Coeloceras italicum Meneghini ¿n Fucini, 1901a, p. 98, pl. 13, fig. 4. меш italicum Meneghini. Fucini, 1905, p. 287, pl. 46, figs. 1-14, Coeloceras cf. italicum Meneghini. Schröder, 1927, p. 98, pl. 4, fig. 0, Non Prodactylioceras cf. P. italicum (Meneghini). Imlay, 1968, p. 28, » DI. 2, figs. 14-16. "odactylioceras italicum (Fucini). Fischer, 1971, p. 111, p. 2, fig. 2; Dommergues, Ferretti, Géczy, and Mouterde, 1983, p. 482, DI. 7, figs, 7-12. Prodactylioceras italicum fucinii Fischer, 1971, p. 111, pl. 2, figs. 8, Aveyroniceras italicum (Meneghini). Pinna and Levi-Setti, 1971, p. 66, pl. 1, fig. 10 only. P. (Aveyroniceras) italicum (Meneghini in Fucini). Géczy, 1976, p. 145, pl. 25, figs. 8, 9; pl. 26, figs. 1—4. P. (Aveyroniceras) italicum fucinii Fischer. Géczy, 1976, p. 147, pl. 26, figs. 5, 6. Aveyroniceras cf. italicum (Meneghini). Dubar and Mouterde, 1978, p. 54, pl. 3, fig. 2. Bettoniceras italicum (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 57, pl. 5, figs. 9, 10. Prodactylioceras italicum italicum (Fucini). Imlay, 1981, p. 38, pl. 10, fig. 3. Reynesoceras italicum (Fucini). Braga, 1983, p. 323, pl. 16, fig. 4. Description. — An evolute, slowly expanding form with a rounded whorl section. Ribs are simple, sharp and densely spaced, reaching densities of 50 to 60 per half whorl. The small nucleus is tuberculate and dense- ly ribbed. Type material. — Holotype: a museum specimen la- belled with its new name by Meneghini but not pub- lished until the work of Fucini (1901a, pl. 13, fig. 4). Material. — Five specimens preserved in dark shale, siltstone and fine sandstone of the Rennell Junction Member and upper Fannin Formation sandstones. Occurrence. — A species that is widespread in the cir- cum-Mediterranean area where it is found in beds that correlate with the Davoei and Margaritatus zones. In the North Pacific it is known in Alaska (Imlay, 1981); Oregon (Smith, 1981), possibly the Yukon (Frebold, 1970, pl. 4, fig. 1), and Japan (Hirano, 1971). Localities. — 413, 105, 106. Age. — Freboldi and Kunae zones (Pliensbachian). Reynesoceras ragazzonii (Hauer, 1861) Plate 18, figures 6, 7; Text-figure 35d Ammonites Ragazzonii Hauer, 1861, p. 145, pl. 1, figs. 16, 17. Coeloceras Ragazzonii Hauer. Fucini, 1901a, p. 92, pl. 13, figs. 6, 7; Bettoni, 1900, p. 73, pl. 7, figs. 4-7; pl. 8, figs. 15-17; pl. 9, fig. 11; Fucini, 1908a, p. 94, pl. 1, fig. 25; Monestier, 1934, p. 93, pl. 6, figs. 13, 15-17, 19 and 24 only; Fucini, 1935, p. 167, pl. 38, fig. 7. Coeloceras sub-anguinum Meneghini. Del Campana, 1900, p. 629, pl. 8, fig. 43 only. Reynesoceras cf. ragazzonii (Hauer). Cantaluppi, 1966, p. 155, pl. T7 bg, з. Reynesoceras ragazzonii (Hauer). Cantaluppi and Brambilla, 1968, p. 294, pl. 26, fig. 11; Cantaluppi and Savi, 1968, p. 229, pl. 19, figs. 7, 8; Elmi, Atrops, and Mangold, 1974, p. 28, pl. 1, fig. 7; Fantini Sestini, 1975, p. 463, pl. 52, figs. 1—4, 6, 8; Wiedenmayer, BULLETIN 348 Table 23. — Measurements of Reynesoceras ragazzonii (Hauer, 1861). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX | DPHRAG D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98714 c24.7 - с24.7 0122 49.8 с9.8 29, 7 c7 28.3 140 22 — - c18.5 c8 43.23 c10.6 =й, c5.6 30.3 189 21 GSC 87800 27 022 27 14 ТІНЕ 10 F Al 26.3 141 18 — - 22 9.8 44.5 1027 48.6 6.7 30.5 160 19 — — - i 10.2 - >) — 204 19 1977, p. 82, pl. 16, figs. 13, 14; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 61, pl. 6, figs. 1-6; Braga, 1983, p. 328, pl. 16, figs. 10-14; Meister, 1989, DEIS, PIO igs- 2, 6, 7: Reynesoceras cf. ragazzonii (Hauer). Imlay, 1968, p. C28, pl. 1, figs. 22-28 only. Reynesoceras cf. aegrum (Fucini). Imlay, 1968, p. C28, pl. 1, figs. 20-21. Description. — A midvolute form that egresses at um- bilical diameters of 8-10 mm at which point the whorl shape becomes rounded and less depressed. Sutures are unclear but specimen GSC 87800 appears to have an incomplete body chamber approaching one whorl in length. Ribs are simple, densely spaced, and pror- siradiate on the flank. Ribbing becomes less dense or is interrupted by constrictions on the outer whorl. On the inner whorls there are small tubercles at the ventro- lateral shoulder. Type material. — Lectotype: Hauer, 1861, pl. 1, figs. 16-17 designated by Wiedenmayer (1977, p. 82). Material. — Four specimens preserved in sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 23. Discussion. — This is a microconchiate form that has been paired with the species Aveyroniceras acanthoides (Braga, 1983; Meister, 1989), a species not yet recog- nized in the Queen Charlotte Islands. Occurrence. — This is a Tethyan species character- istic of the circum-Mediterranean countries where it is found in the Algovianum Zone of Spain and Mar- garitatus Zone correlatives elsewhere. Localities. — DT 1, 106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Reynesoceras sp. Plate 18, figure 5 Description. —Evolute with a subrounded, depressed whorl section (WWWH=c110). The inner whorls on the figured specimen are only moderately well pre- served but appear to be coronate. The outermost whorl fragment is non-septate. Ribs are simple, strong and prorsiradiate. Material. —Two fragments of internal molds from the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — These specimens are characterized by the coarseness of their ribbing and a relatively narrow whorl section, a combination not normally seen in the more coarsely ribbed species of Reynesoceras such as R. indunense. They could either represent a new species or be coarsely ribbed variants of R. colubriforme which also occurs at locality E57. Locality. —E57, FT2. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Reynesoceras? sp. Plate 18, figure 4 Description. — ^n evolute, slowly expanding speci- men with gently rounded flanks. The ribs, which have densities of approximately 15 per half whorl, are wiry and prorsiradiate. Just beneath the umbilical seam sev- eral of the ribs bifurcate. The venter is not visible. Material. — One slightly distorted internal mold pre- served in dark siltstone interlaminated with green sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — This specimen was not in place but was associated with other ammonites and is in rock lith- ologically similar to the Kunae Zone outcrop adjacent to where it was found. The presence of bifurcating ribs sets it apart from all other dactylioceratids found at this level. Bifurcating ribs are normally associated with Dactylioceras of the Toarcian. Wiedenmayer (1980, Aveyroniceras striatum), Imlay (1968, Dactylioceras cf. kanense, Reynesoceras cf. ragazzonii), and Hirano (1973, Dactylioceras helianthoides) report Pliensba- chian dactylioceratids with this feature but the Queen Charlotte Islands specimen appears to be most similar to two specimens of Dactylioceras? sp. reported by Bra- ga (1983) from the Algovianum Zone (equivalent to Text-figure 35. — Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Рас“ tylioceratidae. Figures are natural size. a,c. Reynescoeloceras то! tilleti (Meneghini, 1875) (а. GSC 98673, c. GSC 98675); b. Reyne soceras colubriforme (Bettoni, 1900) (GSC 87796); d. Reynesocer 45 ragazzonii (Hauer, 1861) (GSC 87800). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 49 the upper Margaritatus to lower Spinatum Zone) of Southern Spain. The Spanish material appears to have flatter flanks and finer ornamentation, however. Locality. — ETA. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus REYNESOCOELOCERAS Géczy, 1976 Indunoceras Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 75. Cetonoceras Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 79. Type species. —Ammonites (Stephanoceras) crassus Young and Bird var. indunensis Meneghini (Menegh- ini, 1881, p. 72, pl. 16, fig. 4), by original designation (Géczy, 1976, p. 123). Remarks. —Internal whorls are cadiconic and tu- berculate with tri- or bifurcating ribs and this stage Persists to large shell diameters compared with Rey- nesoceras. The outer whorls are serpenticonic with Simple, non-tuberculate ribs. A full discussion of this genus is given by Géczy (1976, p. 123) and Wieden- mayer (1977, p. 75). Age and distribution. — Restricted to the Tethyan Realm and ranging from the Jamesoni to the Margar- Itatus Zone, with most occurrences in the Davoei Zone. Reports of Sinemurian occurrences (Fischer, 1971; Wiedenmayer, 1977) were based on a misinterpreta- tion of the biostratigraphy at Monte Cetona in Italy (Wiedenmayer, written commun., 1982). Reynesocoeloceras cf. incertum (Fucini, 1905) Plate 12, figure 1 cf. Coeloceras incertum Fucini, 1905, p. 312, pl. 51, figs. 4-7. cf. Coeloceras (Coeloceras) incertum incertum Fucini. Fischer, 1971, P. 110, fig. 5j. Cf. Coeloceras (Reynesocoeloceras) incertum Fucini. Géczy, 1976, p. 131, pl. 23, figs. 4, 5. cf. Crucilobiceras dolosum Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 60, pl. 13, figs. 9: cf. Reynesocoeloceras sp. gr. incertum (Fucini). Dommergues, Fer- retti, Géczy, and Mouterde, 1983, p. 475, pl. 1, figs. 23-26. Reynesocoeloceras cf. incertum (Fucini). Thomson and Smith, 1992, P. 30, pl. 12, fig. 6. Description. — An evolute, slowly expanding form Vith a depressed whorl section and an arched venter. Densely spaced, prorsiradiate primary ribs terminate 3t the ventro-lateral shoulder in sharp tubercles from Which two strong secondary ribs arise. A fragment of the last part of the outermost whorl (Pl. 12, fig. 1b) Shows that the ribs have become stronger and simple, and the whorl section more rounded. Type material. — Fucini, 1905, pl. 51, figs. 4-7, Text- figure 131. Material. — One specimen preserved in fine grained Sandstone of the Rennell Junction Member. Occurrence. — R. incertum is a circum-Mediterra- nean form found in Hungary (Géczy, 1976), Italy (Fu- cini, 1905), and France (Dommergues et al., 1983), where it characterizes the Davoei Zone. In North America it has been reported from the Freboldi Zone of north-central British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992). Locality. —E51. Age. — Basal Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Reynesocoeloceras grahami, new species Plate 12, figures 2, 5, 6 Description. — ^ slowly expanding, evolute form whose coronate inner whorls bear stout, prorsiradiate ribs terminating ventrally in robust tubercles. Inter- mediate whorls are more rounded in cross-section, dis- play a significant increase in rib frequency and the ribs become simple. On the outermost third of a whorl of the holotype (Pl. 12, fig. 2) and one of the paratypes (Pl. 12, fig. 6) small sharp tubercles appear at the ven- tro-lateral shoulder and the venter flattens. The para- type figured on Plate 12, figure 5 is interpreted as a coarse-ribbed variant that never completely loses its tubercles although they do become less pronounced. On its outer one-eighth whorl, ornamentation coars- ens, tubercles sharpen and become more prominent, and the last rib flares and thickens. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 98671 (Pl. 12, fig. 2). Paratypes: GSC 98651 (Pl. 12, fig. 5), GSC 87809 (PL. 12, Bo. б). Material. — One external mold in fine-grained sand- stone and approximately 10 specimens in a silty lime- stone from the Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 24. Derivation of name. —' This species is named after Graham Island, the large northern island of the Queen Charlotte Islands archipelago. Discussion. — Reynesocoeloceras grahami is a large species, reaching diameters up to 65 mm. It differs from all other species of Reynesocoeloceras by the ro- bustness of its ribbing in its early whorls which persists to umbilical diameters in excess of 15 mm. Localities. —FT1, F02, GT3. Age. — Freboldi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti (Meneghini, 1875) Plate 12, figures 3, 4, 7, 8; Text-figures 26f, 35a,c Ammonites (Stephanoceras) mortilleti Meneghini, 1875, appendix, pl. 4, fig. 7; 1876, appendix, p. 21, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2. Coeloceras mortilleti Meneghini. Fucini, 1901a, p. 97, pl. 13, fig. 11; 1905, p. 288, pl. 46, fig. 10; 1908b, p. 93, pl. 3, figs. 30, 31. Prodactylioceras cf. P. mortilleti (Meneghini). Imlay, 1968, p. C29, pl. 2, figs. 11-13, 19, 20. 50 BULLETIN 348 Table 24.— Measurements of Reynesocoeloceras grahami, new species. All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 99047 c49 c49 29 59.2 — — 10 20.4 - 42 - 19 - — — — - - 22 GSC 98671 50 50 30 60 15.9 31.8 10.5 21.0 151.4 38 (holotype) - 27 60 ЕЛУ 27.8 10 222 125 40 45 16 — — — - — = 15 — 4.5 — - - = — — 9 GSC 87809 с46 c46 29 63 13 29.3 9.2 20.0 146.7 37 (paratype) | - 25 = = E — - 35 - 17 - -- — — — - 16 - 10 - — = — - — 14 — 6 — = = — - — 11 GSC 98651 М9 90 52 58.2 15:7 28.5 13 23.6 120.8 32 (paratype) 47 28 59.6 14 29.8 10 PA 140 31 — 18 - = — — — — 12 -- 10 — - - - — — 10 Aveyroniceras italicum (Meneghini). Pinna and Levi Setti, 1971, p. 66, pl. 1, fig. 11 only. Indunoceras (Bettoniceras) mortilleti (Meneghini). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 80, pl. 16, fig. 7. Reynesocoeloceras (Bettoniceras) cf. mortilleti (Meneghini). Hille- brandt, 1981, p. 512, pl. 7, figs. 10, 11. Reynesoceras mortilleti (Meneghini). Braga, 1983, p. 330, pl. 16, fig. 15; Description. — An evolute form that has a coronate whorl section until umbilical diameters of approxi- mately 15 to 20 mm. Regularly spaced tubercles occur at the angular ventro-lateral shoulder where some pri- mary ribs loop together; two or, more commonly, three secondary ribs arch gently forward from the tubercles across the venter. Between the tubercles ribs are sim- ple. As growth proceeds, the whorl shape gradually be- comes less depressed and more rounded with the tu- bercles becoming irregularly spaced and radially elon- gate. Outer whorls are simply and densely ribbed; tu- bercles are rare. Type material. —Lectotype: Meneghini, 1876 (ap- pendix), pl. 6, fig. 2 refigured by Fucini, 1908b, pl. 3, fig. 30. Paralectotypes: Meneghini, 1875 (appendix), pl. 4, fig. 7; 1876 (appendix), pl. 6, fig. 1. Material. — Fifty-eight specimens, mostly fragments, preserved in fine grained calcareous sandstone and silt- stone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 25. Occurrence. — Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti is a Tethyan species ranging from the Jamesoni Zone to the Margaritatus Zone (Wiedenmayer, 1977) in the circum-Mediterranean area. In South America it oc- curs in beds equivalent to the Margaritatus zone (Hil- lebrandt, 1981, 1987). Localities. —B5, DT1, D22, E52, FT2, GT3, 106, 115. Age. — Kunae and, rarely, the Freboldi Zone (Pliens- bachian). Reynesocoeloceras spp. Plate 11, figures 7, 8 Description. — Specimen GSC 98668 (Pl. 11, fig. 7) is a distorted external mold of an evolute form that had a depressed Coeloceras-like whorl section. Strong primary ribs terminate at the ventro-lateral shoulder in tubercles from which two or three weaker secondary ribs develop; intercalated secondary ribs also appear to be present. Specimen GSC 98869 (Pl. 11, fig. 8) also has a de- pressed, Coeloceras-like whorl section but the ventro- lateral shoulders are less sharp. Ribbing is very strong and the tubercles at the ventro-lateral shoulder are blunt and slightly radially elongate. Some ribs remain Table 25.— Measurements of Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti (Meneghini, 1875). All measurements are in mm. specimen по. РМАХ D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW SRHW THW GSC 98673 34 31 15 48.4 16.4 52.9 9.2 29.7 178.3 26 37 c8 GSC 98674 2 24.5 12 50 тті a у — — 23 32 6 = ~ 9 ~ 19,9 - 29 - 245.5 - - = GSC 98675 _ _ c29 - с20.6 Ts c14.9 _ 138.3 _ _ - С5С 99019 — - с20 — c18.1 — c12.4 - 146 24 41 с12 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 51 Table 26.— Measurements of Amaltheus stokesi (Sowerby, 1818). All measurements are in mm. Table 27.—Measurements of Amaltheus viligaensis (Tuchkov. 1954). All measurements are in mm. , Specimen no. WW WH WWWH GSC 98717 05,5 69.5 057.9 Simple while others give rise to two secondary ribs. The primary and secondary ribs are equally strong. Material. — Three external molds preserved in cal- Careous sandstone. Discussion. — These specimens are placed in Кеу- hesocoeloceras because they are moderately large and yet still retain their Coeloceras-like whorl shape and Coarse ribbing. The state of preservation does not per- mit a confident species assignment. . Occurrence. — Specimen GSC 98668 was not found In place but was associated with a Whiteavesi Zone fauna thought to originate from the Rennell Junction Member of the Fannin Formation (loc. GT1). This form may also be present at locality 102. Specimen GSC 98669 was found at locality E40 from the Whit- бауеві Zone of the Rennell Junction beds. Family AMALTHEIDAE Hyatt, 1867 Genus AMALTHEUS de Montfort, 1808 Proamaltheus Lange, 1932, p. 238. Nordamaltheus Repin, 1968, p. 111. Type species.— Amaltheus margaritatus de Mont- fort, 1808, p. 91, by monotypy. Age and distribution. — A Boreal genus characteristic of the Margaritatus and Spinatum zones. Only five Specimens (including the material described below) have been recorded from the allochthonous terrane Wrangellia (Imlay, 1981). Amaltheus stokesi (J. Sowerby, 1818) Plate 19, figure 1; Plate 20, figure 3 Text-figure 36a-b Ammonites stokesi Sowerby, 1818, p. 205, pl. 191. Amaltheus cf. A. nudus (Quenstedt). Imlay, 1955, p. 87, pl. 10, fig. 5. Amaltheus stokesi (J. Sowerby). Howarth, 1958, p. 3, pl. 1, figs. 5, 7, 12-14; pl. 2, figs. 1, 3, 10; Dean, Donovan and Howarth, 1961, Pl. 70, fig. 2; Frebold, 1964a, p. 9, pl. 2, figs. 2-6; Frebold, Mountjoy and Tempelman-Kluit, 1967, p. 14, pl. 1, figs. 1-3, 5, ТА Géczy, 1967, p. 93, pl. 25, fig. 1; Frebold, 1970, p. 3, fig. 1; Repin, 1974, p. 55, pl. 1, figs. 4—9; Frebold, 1975, p. 10, pl. 4, figs, 3, 4; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 51, pl. 2, fig. 11; Sey and Ka- lacheva, 1980, p. 71, pl. 1, figs. 4, 6-8, 11, 13; Imlay, 1981, p. 37, pl. 10, figs. 23, 24, 27, 28; Braga, Comas-Rengifo, Goy, and Rivas, 1985, pl. 1, figs. 6-7; Poulton, 1991, p. 18, pl. 8, figs. 1-8. ia cf. A. stokesi (Sowerby). Frebold, 1966, p. 2, pl. 1, figs. тга cf. margaritatus de Montfort. Repin, 1968, p. 108, pl. “maltheus cf. A. stokesi (Sowerby). Hirano, 1971, p. 101, pl. 17, figs. a,b. specimen WW- PR- no. D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH HW GSC 87803 24.9 6:9 27.7 09 27.7" 103 414 ^67 DB Amaltheus (Amaltheus) stokesi (Sowerby). Schlegelmilch, 1976, p. 70, pl. 34, fig. 7. Amaltheus (Proamaltheus) stokesi (Sowerby). Dagis, 1976, p. 21, pl. 10, figs. 5-7. Description. —Involute form with an ellipsoidal whorl section. The low umbilical wall rounds rapidly into the gently convex flanks. The venter bears a low crenulate keel consisting of forwardly directed chevrons. The prorsiradiate primary ribs curve gently backwards across the flanks then fade somewhat as they project towards the venter; a few primaries bifurcate. Neither the aperture nor the septal suture is visible. Type material. — Holotype: J. Sowerby, 1818, pl. 191 refigured by Howarth, 1958, pl. 1, fig. 7. Material. — Two specimens in limestone and calcar- eous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 26. Because of the poor preservation, exact rib counts cannot be made but the density appears to fall within the ribbing density envelope for A. stokesi as illustrated by Howarth (1958, fig. 4). Discussion. — Amaltheus stokesi has been treated in detail by Howarth (1958). Occurrence. — Amaltheus stokesi is a species distrib- uted widely throughout the Boreal Realm (Canada, the former Soviet Union, northwest Europe, Alaska) as well as in mixed Tethyan/Boreal faunas of Italy, Hun- gary, Canada, Japan, and the former Soviet Union. It is characteristic of the lowest subzone (the Stokesi sub- zone) of the Margaritatus Zone in northwest Europe and it appears to be consistently low in the Upper Pliensbachian in other parts of the world. Localities. —F T2, СТА. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Amaltheus viligaensis (Tuchkov, 1954) Plate 20, figure 2; Text-figure 36c Acanthopleuroceras viligaensis Tuchkov, 1954, p. 109, pl. 2, fig. 4. Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) viligaensis (Tuchkov). Repin 1968, p. 111, pl. 33, figs. 1-5; pl. 37, fig. 3; 1974, p. 62, pl. 5, figs. 6, 8, 10; pl. 7, figs. 2-5. Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus?) bulunensis Repin, 1968, p. 111, pl. 35, fig. 2; Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) aff. bulunensis Repin, 1968, p. 112, pl. 26, bg, 1. Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) bulunensis Repin, 1974, p. 63, pl. 5, figs. 1-2. Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) brodnensis Repin, 1974, in part, p. 64, pl. 5, fig. 4; pl. 66, figs. 1—5. Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) brodnensis ventrocalvus Repin, 1974, p. 05, pl. 5, figs. 3, 5, 7, 9, Amaltheus (Proamaltheus) viligaensis (Tuchkov). Dagis, 1976, p. 27, pl. 16, figs. 1—8; pl. 17, figs. 1, 2. Amaltheus ex gr. viligaensis (Tuchkov). Sey and Kalacheva, 1980, É 72 b 2 86, 2, 5. Amaltheus viligaensis (Tuchkov). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 5, figs. 5, 6. Description. —Involute, ellipsoidal whorl section; umbilical wall very low passing into convex flanks; venter rounded. A broad, low crenulate keel formed by forwardly inclined chevrons begins to develop on the outer quarter whorl. In earlier whorls the venter is rounded and featureless. Primary ribs are prorsira- diate, arching gently backwards to become rectiradiate near the middle of the flank. Ribs become obsolete on the upper flank except on the outer quarter where the ribs fade but can be seen projecting strongly onto the venter to form chevrons; some chevrons form by in- tercalation. Weak striations parallel to the primary ribs are evident on the lower half of the flank on the outer quarter whorl. No sutures are visible but at least the outer half whorl probably represents the body chamber. Type material. — Holotype: Tuchkov, 1954, pl. 2, fig. 4. Neotype: Repin, 1974, pl. 7, fig. 2. Material. — One internal mold preserved in calcar- eous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 27. Discussion. —1f the development of a keel is a func- tion of maturity in A. viligaensis, as suggested by Repin (1974), then the Queen Charlotte Island specimen is a microconch because it is only a third of the diameter of some of the Russian specimens. A. viligaensis differs from A. stokesi by its wider whorl section and weak to absent keel. Occurrence. — А. viligaensis is a Boreal species re- stricted to the northern Pacific. In Russia it is char- acteristic of assemblages correlated broadly with the Spinatum Zone of northwest Europe (Repin, 1974; Dagis, 1976; Sey and Kalacheva, 1980). In outcrops to the north of Vladivostok, the species is associated with Paltarpites (=Protogrammoceras (P.) skidegatense n. Sp.) and Lioceratoides serotinum (Bettoni, 1900). Locality. —E62. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Family LIPAROCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1867 Genus LIPAROCERAS Hyatt, 1867 Subgenus BECHEICERAS Trueman, 1918 Anisoloboceras Trueman, 1918, p. 263. Becheoceras Dacqué, 1934, p. 292. BULLETIN 348 a Text-figure 36.— Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Amaltheidae and Liparoceratidae. Figures are natural size. a,b. Amaltheus stokesi (J. Sowerby, 1818) (a. GSC 98711, b. GSC 98717); c. Amaltheus viligaensis (Tuchkov, 1954) (GSC 87805); d. Liparo- ceras (Beicheiceras) bechei (J. Sowerby, 1821) (GSC 78715). Type species. — Ammonites Bechei J. Sowerby, 1821, p. 143, pl. 280 by original designation (Trueman, 1918, p. 261). A neotype was designated by Donovan and Forsey (1973, p. 13, pl. 2, fig. 4) and refigured by Schle- gelmilch (1976, pl. 31, fig. 5). Remarks. —'The shell is inflated and involute with two rows of tubercles and subdued costation. A dis- cussion of the subgenus is given by Spath (1938). Age and distribution. — The subgenus ranges through the Davoei and Margaritatus zones in northwest Eu- rope, where it was first described. Although rarely abundant, the subgenus is also widespread throughout the Mediterranean region, southern Europe, Indonesia, and the Americas where it may range stratigraphically lower, perhaps as low as the Jamesoni Zone (Géczy, 1976). Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei (J. Sowerby, 1821) Plate 19, figure 2; Plate 20, figure 1; Text-figure 36d Ammonites Bechei J. Sowerby, 1821, p. 143, pl. 280. Liparoceras rotticum Krumbeck, 1922, p. 198, pl. 18, figs. 1, 2. Liparoceras Bechei (Sowerby). Schröder, 1927, p. 225, pl. 12, figs- B s Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei (J. Sowerby). Spath, 1938, p. 74, pl. 8, fig. 2; pl. 11, figs. 1, 2, pl. 24, fig. 1; Donovan and Forsey: 1973, р. 13, pl. 2, fig. 4; Géczy, 1976, p. 100, pl. 19, figs. 2, 3 Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 70, pl. 155, figs. 5, 6; Pérez, 1982, pl. 20: fig. 11; Meister, 1986, p. 63, pl. 13, fig. 4. JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRiTISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 53 Table 28.— Measurements of Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei (J. Sowerby, 1821). All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH THW GSC 98715 38 38 4 10.5 c20.5 259 25.5 61.8 87.2 18 GSC 98684 16 16 2 12.5 9.5 59.4 8.7 54.4 109.2 - Becheiceras cf. B. bechei (Sowerby). Frebold, 1964a, p. 8, pl. 3, fig. Оа йр. 1: pl, 5, fige 1, Liparoceras (Becheiceras) cf. L. (B.) bechei (Sowerby). Imlay, 1968, D. C27, pl. 1, figs. 18, 19, Becheiceras gr. bechei (Sowerby). Blau and Meister, 1991, p. 179, pl. 4, fig. 5. Description. — Involute form with rounded umbilical wall, flanks and venter. Ornamentation, which is very Weak, consists of spiral striations to shell diameters of at least 15 mm, dense ribs and two rows of weak tu- bercles, Type material. — Holotype: J. Sowerby, 1821, pl. 280. Neotype: Donovan and Forsey, 1973, p. 13, pl. 2, fig. 4. Material. —Seven specimens preserved in limestone ànd calcareous sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 28. Occurrence. — А cosmopolitan species, perhaps more abundant in northwest Europe, that Spath (1938) states 18 characteristic of the upper part of the Davoei Zone. Wiedenmayer (1977), however, has recognized the spe- С1е5 from the Margaritatus Zone while Géczy (1976) has questionable occurrences in the Ibex and Jamesoni Zones. Pérez (1982) has collected the species from the Pper Pliensbachian of Chile. Localities. —ET1, ЕТА, E32, FT2, ОТА. Age. — Whiteavesi to Kunae zones (Pliensbachian). Genus OISTOCERAS Buckman, 1911 Type species. —Ammonites figulinus Simpson, 1855, D. 47, by original designation (Buckman, 1911, p. 4, pl. 26A), | Remarks. —Species of Oistoceras are evolute and bear Simple ribs that show a pronounced forward flexure Оп the tabulate venter. Most species become bituber- Culate and less densely ribbed at large shell diameters. Age and distribution. — This genus (through O. fi- Sulinum) is thought to be the root-stock of the amal- theid radiation (Howarth, 1958). The genus is known т Toughout northern Europe (Spath, 1938; Hoffmann, 1982) with occurrences also in Portugal (Mouterde et al., 1983), southern France (Meister, 1986), Spain (Braga et al., 1985), and Hungary (Géczy, 1976). It is Characteristic of the Davoei and Margaritatus zones. Oistoceras compressum, new species Plate 5, figures 3-12 Uptonia? sp. B. Imlay, 1981, p. 37, pl. 9, figs. 5-7. (?) Oistoceras sp. Braga, Comas-Rengifo, Goy, and Rivas, 1985, pl. 1,.2g. $; Uptonia? sp. Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 15, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2. Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding form with a compressed whorl section. The ribs are simple, sharp, densely spaced, and non-tuberculate. The ribs are sub- rectiradiate to prorsiradiate across the flanks but swing strongly forward onto the venter where they form chev- rons. The ventral ribbing varies from fairly weak in some cases (Pl. 5, figs. 7 and 12) to very strong in most cases. In some specimens evidence of whorl egression, a strengthening of the ventral ornamentation and a slight change in whorl shape to less compressed (e.g., Pl. 5, figs. 5 and 10) suggest that maturity is reached at a small shell diameter. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 99039 (РІ. 5, fig. 5). Paratypes: GSC 98625 (PI. 5, fig. 3), GSC 98696 (PI. 5, fig. 4), GSC 98710 (PI. 5, fig. 6), GSC 98738 (PI. 5, fig. 7), GSC 99027 (PI. 5, fig. 8), GSC 99038 (PI. 5, fig. 9), GSC 99041 (Pl. 5, fig. 10), GSC 99042 (Pl. 5, fig. 11), GSC 99043 (PI. 5, fig. 12). Material. — Approximately 75 internal molds in cal- careous sandstone and siltstone ofthe Rennell Junction Member. Measurements. —See Table 29. Derivation of name. —In reference to the character- istically compressed whorls. Discussion. — This has been a difficult form to place taxonomically since, although it bears a resemblance to some species of the genus Uptonia to which it has been questionably referred in the past (Imlay, 1981; Thomson and Smith, 1992; Smith et al., 1988), it is now quite clear that it occurs much later than Uptonia as presently understood. Uptonia is characteristic of the Jamesoni Zone whereas O. compressum occurs in beds correlative with the Davoei Zone. This species is placed in Oistoceras rather than Up- tonia because of: (1) its resemblance to densely ribbed species of Oistoceras such as O. angulatum (Quenstedt) (Mouterde et al., 1983, p. 208, pl. 12, figs. 17, 18; pl. 13, fig. 3); (2) the marked forward inflection of the ribs onto the venter, much more strongly than is seen in Uptonia; (3) its high stratigraphic position, consistently above the acanthopleuroceratids and with Dubariceras freboldi and other elements of the Freboldi Zone. The species differs from all other species of Oisto- BULLETIN 348 Table 29. — Measurements of Oistoceras compressum, new species. All measurements аге іп mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98696 31 29.0 11.7 40.3 6.3 217 9.5 32.8 66.3 22 GSC 99039 24.4 24.4 10.3 42.2 De 22.9 6.4 26.2 85.9 25 - 20.0 7.4 37.0 4.5 22.5 6.2 31.0 72.6 20 GSC 98738 24.1 24.1 8.4 34.9 5.9 24.5 8.1 33.6 72.8 21 - — 6.0 — 5,9 _ 20 - 78.0 17 С5С 99038 107 16.2 c6.5 40.1 - — — — — 24 - — 909 — 3.6 — 3.8 - 94.7 A GSC 99041 — 24.6 10.0 40.7 29 22.4 US 29,7 7013 19 GSC 99042 - 20.0 8.1 40.5 4.3 21.5 6.2 31.0 69.4 ài GSC 99043 14.4 14.4 22 36.1 259 24.3 4.4 30.6 79,5 19 МЕАМ 39.0 22.8 30,7 ТАЕР) SI DEV, 2.6 1:2 2.4 8.7 ceras by its combination of dense, fine ribbing and compressed whorl section. Localities. —ET3, FT1, F02. Age. — Freboldi Zone (Early Pliensbachian). Superfamily HILDOCERATACEAE Hyatt, 1867 Family HILDOCERATIDAE Hyatt, 1867 Subfamily ARIETICERATINAE Howarth, 1955 Genus ARIETICERAS Seguenza, 1885 Seguenziceras Levi, 1896, p. 272. Meneghinia Fucini, 1931, p. 118. Protoarieticeras, Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 40. Pseudoarieticeras Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 40. Géczya Fantini Sestini, 1977, p. 710. Type species. — Ammonites algovianus Oppel, 1862, p. 137 (Seguenza, 1885, p. 67). Lectotype and para- lectotype (the latter refigured from Schróder, 1927) designated and figured by Wiedenmayer (1977). Remarks. — Fairly evolute forms with а quadrate to elliptical whorl section, unicarinate venter and simple, straight to gently sinuous ribs. Age and distribution. — А widespread genus most characteristic of the Tethyan Realm where it is re- stricted to the Margaritatus and Spinatum zones. Also known from the Americas (Hillebrandt, 1973, 1981; Imlay, 1968, 1981; Frebold, 19642), Japan (Hirano, 1973), and Russia (Sey and Kalacheva, 1980). Arieticeras aff. algovianum (Oppel, 1862) Plate 20, figures 11, 12 aff. Ammonites algovianus Oppel, 1862, p. 137. aff. Arieticeras algovianum (Oppel). Wiedenmayer, 1977, pl. 16, figs. 15, 16; Frebold, 1964a, p. 13, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5, pl. 4, fig. 2; 1970, p. 443, pl. 2, fig. 1. Arieticeras cf. algovianum (Oppel). Frebold, 1964a, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 3, pl. 5, fig. 3; Imlay, 1968, p. 34, pl. 4, figs. 1—8; 1981, p. 40, pl. 10, figs. 16-20. Arieticeras cf. domarense (Oppel). Imlay, 1981, p. 39, pl. 10, figs. 1, 24.9, 10, Arieticeras aff. algovianum (Oppel). Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 36, pl. 14, figs. 1-7. Description. — Evolute with a compressed whorl sec- tion bearing a high keel bordered by shallow sulci. Ribs are strong, slightly sinuous and gently rursiradiate in trend. Type material. — Lectotypes for Arieticeras algovian- um were designated by Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 86, pl. 16, fig. 15 (paralectotype) and 16 (lectotype). Material. —Thirteen internal molds, mostly frag- ments, preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — This species is related to A. algovianum from which it differs by its slightly greater expansion rate. The species differs from A. aff. domarense in its higher expansion rate and coarser, more sinuous rib- bing; from A. cf. ruthenense by its less dense, coarser, more sinuous ribbing; from A. disputabile by its greater expansion rate end ribbing density; from A. cf. mi- crasterias by its less coarse ribbing and more com- pressed whorl shape; and from А. lupheri which has denser ribbing that is strongest on the upper part of the flank. Occurrence. —' This material is conspecific with spec- imens of Arieticeras cf. and aff. algovianum from north- ern British Columbia as figured by Frebold (19644, 1970) and Thomson and Smith (1992). In Europe, A. algovianum is common in the Upper Pliensbachian of the circum-Mediterranean area. Locality. —114, I17. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini, 1908) Plate 20, figure 5; Plate 21, figure 2 Text-figures 37b, 380 Hildoceras disputabile Fucini, 1908b, p. 66, pl. 2, figs. 34-36. Arieticeras gerardi Monestier, 1934, p. 77, pl. 8, figs. 35-37. Arieticeras apertum Monestier, 1934, p. 50, pl. 10, figs. 21, 23, 3 and 47 only. JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 55 Table 30.— Measurements of Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini, 1908). All measurements are in mm. Specimen DM- WW- PR- no. AX D UD U WW WWDWH WHD WH HW GSC 98719 с20 16.8 7.2 43 4.4 26.2 5.0 29.8 88 11 non Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini). Monestier, 1934, p. 67, pl. 10, figs. 5, 6; pl. 11, fig. 10; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 112, pl. 18, figs. 25-28. Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini). Fantini Sestini, 1977, p. 730, pl. 35, figs. 5, 7; Braga, 1983, p. 219, pl. 9, figs. 20-23; Braga, Comas- Rengifo, Goy and Rivas, 1985, pl. 2, fig. 9; Meister, 1989, p. 43, pl. 6, fig. 6. Description. —A very evolute form with a com- Pressed subquadrate to subelliptical whorl section. The low keel is bordered by smooth areas that become Incipient sulci on the outer half whorl of the specimen figured on Plate 20, figure 5. The inner whorls are Smooth with ribs beginning at an umbilical diameter of approximately 5 mm. The ribs are weakest on the lower part of the flank, stronger and rursiradiate on the rest of the flank and projected onto the venter where they quickly fade. Type material. — Lectotype: Fucini, 1908b, pl. 2, figs. 35-36. Material. — Two internal molds and a fragment of àn internal mold preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 30. Discussion. — The specimen figured on Plate 20, fig- Ure 5 is less compressed and more coarsely ribbed than the Specimen figured on Plate 21, figure 2. It compares most favorably with Arieticeras gerardi Monestier con- Sidered a junior synonym of A. disputabile. Occurrence. — From the Margaritatus Zone of Italy (Fucini, 1908), southern France (Meister, 1989) and Spain (Braga, 1983). Localities. — FT2, СТА, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Arieticeras aff. domarense (Meneghini, 1867) Plate 20, figure 4; Text-figure 37a aff. Ammonites (Harpoceras) domarensis Meneghini, 1867, p. 7; 1870, Pl. 1, figs. 4-6, 9. aff. Hildoceras (Arieticeras) domarense (Meneghini). Bettoni, 1900, P. 56, pl. 5, fig. 3. aff. Arieticeras domarense (Meneghini). Monestier, 1934, p. 62, pl. 7, figs, 23, 25, 27, 29, 30; pl. 11, fig. 15; Fantini Sestini, 1962, p. 320, pl. 39, figs. 5, 6. "leticeras sp. Corvalan, 1962, p. 187, pl. 3, fig. 6. Arieticeras cf. algovianum (Oppel). Hallam, 1965, p. 1488 (reference to Corvalan, 1962, pl. 3, fig. 6; specimen figured by Smith, Tipper, Те апа Guex, 1988, pl. 4, figs. 10, 11). 'eticeras cf. domarense (Meneghini). Imlay, 1968, p. 33, pl. 4, figs. 2:13, Imlay, 1981, p. 39, pl. 10, figs. 6-8 and 11-14 only. g Text-figure 37. — Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Ar- ieticeratinae. All figures are x2. а. Arieticeras aff. domarense (Me- neghini, 1867) (GSC 98718); b. Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini, 1908) (GSC 98719); c. Fieldingiceras fieldingii (Reynés, 1868) (GSC 98728); d. Arieticeras lupheri Imlay, 1968 (GSC 98721); e,f. Leptaleoceras sp. (e. GSC 98602, f. GSC 98604); g. Fieldingiceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini, 1904) (GSC 98587). Description. — Very evolute and slowly expanding with a compressed, subquadrate to ovate whorl section (WWWH=c90) bearing a sharp keel bordered by weak sulci. Ribs are wiry, rectiradiate to gently rursiradiate and fairly densely spaced. Type material. —Syntypes for Arieticeras domar- ense: Meneghini, 1870, pl. 1, figs. 4—6, 9. Material. —'Ten specimens, mostly incomplete, pre- served in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — This species appears to be conspecific with material from elsewhere in North America de- scribed as A. cf. domarense (Imlay, 1968, 1981) and it is certainly closely related to this species. The slightly squarer whorl section led Wiedenmayer (1980, p. 125) tentatively to include the form in his new genus Ore- gonites, but the sulci are too weak, the whorl section too compressed and the ribs too fine and regular. Occurrence. —A. domarense is an Upper Pliensba- chian, northern Mediterranean species. A. aff. domar- ense is known from the Kunae Zone of Alaska (Imlay, 1981), Oregon (Imlay, 1968), and Nevada (Corvalan, 1962; Smith et al., 1988). Localities. — ET5, E52, E59, 106 and 117. Age. —Kunae and Carlottense zones (Late Pliens- bachian). Arieticeras lupheri Imlay, 1968 Plate 20, figures 6, 7; Text-figure 37d Arieticeras lupheri Imlay, 1968, p. C34, pl. 4, figs. 13-28; Wieden- mayer, 1977, p. 84, pl. 17, fig. 2; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 113, pl. 19, figs. 19-22. Description. —Evolute form with a low, weakly sul- cate keel. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the flanks flat and the venter broadly rounded. The inner whorls are smooth with ribbing on the outer whorls confined 56 BULLETIN 348 Table 31.— Measurements of Arieticeras lupheri Imlay, 1968. All measurements аге іп mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98720 29 c19 7 36.8 5.0 26.3 6.6 34.7 75.8 с14 С5С 98721 с26 19.5 8 41.0 oy 26.2 6.5 2909 USS c16 GSC 99020 — 18.5 6.3 34.1 c4.9 26.5 6.5 Son 75.4 13 to the upper part of the flank. Ribs are densely spaced and rectiradiate to gently rursiradiate in trend. Type material. — Holotype: Imlay, 1968, pl. 4, figs. 24, 25, 28. Paratypes: Imlay, 1968, pl. 4, figs. 13-24, 20522 Material. — Nine specimens in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 31. Discussion. —Because the specimens available for study are small (maximum shell diameter=c25 mm), it is difficult to make comparisons with the type ma- terial which reaches shell diameters of 60 mm or more and undergoes a modification of whorl shape and or- namentation during ontogeny. The Queen Charlotte Island material, however, does show the compressed subquadrate whorl section and ornamentation char- acteristic of A. lupheri at small diameters. Occurrence. — A. lupheri has been reported from the equivalents of the Margaritatus Zone in Switzerland (Wiedenmayer, 1977, 1980) and Oregon (Imlay, 1968). Localities. —DT1, 106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Arieticeras cf. micrasterias (Meneghini, 1874) Plate 20, figure 8 cf. Ammonites (Harpoceras) mercati Hauer var. micrasterias Me- neghini, 1874, appendix, pl. 2, fig. 14 only; 1875, appendix, p. 3. cf. Hildoceras rimotum Fucini, 1905, p. 282, pl. 45, fig. 12; 1908b, p. 47, pl. 1, figs. 47, 48. cf. Hildoceras micrasterias Meneghini. Fucini, 1908a, p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 13; 1908b, p. 48, pl. 1, figs. 49-51. cf. Hildoceras simplex Fucini, 1908b, p. 45, pl. 1, fig. 39-41. cf. Arieticeras micrasterias (Meneghini). Fucini, 1931, p. 113, pl. 23, fig. 9; Monestier, 1934, p. 71, pl. 7, figs. 11-13, pl. 10, figs. 7-9; Fantini Sestini, 1962, p. 525, pl. 39, fig. 12; 1977, p. 728, pl. 35, figs. 3, 6; Braga, 1983, p. 222, pl. 9, figs. 24, 25; Meister, 1989, p. 44, pl. 6, fig. 8. cf. Arieticeras rimotum (Fucini). Monestier, 1934, p. 71, pl. 10, fig. 55; Ferretti, 1972, p. 109, pl. 14, fig. 2. cf. Arieticeras simplex (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1977, p. 112, pl. 18, figs. 35-28; 1980, p. 116, pl. 21, figs. 9-12. Arieticeras cf. simplex (Fucini). Hillebrandt, 1981, p. 516, pl. 8, fig. 7. Arieticeras sp. Imlay, 1981, p. 40, pl. 10, fig. 21. Description. —Evolute and slowly expanding. The umbilical wall is steep, the umbilical shoulder abrupt and the flanks flat. The flat venter bears a keel bordered by sulci. The nucleus is smooth to an umbilical di- ameter of approximately 3 mm; the rest of the whorls bear strong, simple ribs that are gently rursiradiate. Type material. — Lectotype: Meneghini, 1874, pl. 2, fig. 14 (Braga, 1983). Material. — Two external and one internal mold in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Occurrence. — A species characteristic of the Upper Pliensbachian of the circum-Mediterranean area (Bra- ga, 1983; Wiedenmayer, 1980) with other possible oc- currences in Alaska (Imlay, 1981) and South America (Hillebrandt, 1981) under the names listed in the above synonymy. Localities. —D22, 117. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Arieticeras cf. ruthenense (Reynés, 1868) Plate 20, figures 9, 10 cf. Ammonites ruthenense Reynés, 1868, p. 94, pl. 2, fig. 4. cf. Arieticeras ruthenense (Reynés). Monestier, 1934, p. 59, pl. 8, figs. 2, 4, 5; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 115, pl. 20, figs. 21-24, pl. 21, figs. 1, 2; Meister, 1989, p. 52, pl. 8, figs. 3-6, pl. 9, figs. 1-5. non Arieticeras aff. ruthenense (Reynés). Frebold, 1964a, p. 14, pl. 4, figs. 3, 4 (= Leptaleoceras зр.). Arieticeras cf. ruthenense (Reynes). Thomson and Smith, 1992, р: 57, bl, US, 086, 172; Description.—An evolute form with an elliptical to subquadrate whorl section bearing a high keel bordered by flat smooth areas or weak sulci. Ribbing is fairly coarse and densely spaced. Ribs arise near the umbil- ical shoulder, are rectiradiate in trend and project onto the venter where they fade rapidly. Type material. — Holotype: Reynés, 1868, pl. 2, fig. 4. Material. —Six specimens in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 32. Discussion. — The species А. ruthenense shows con“ siderable variation in its whorl shape and ornamen- Table 32.— Measurements of Arieticeras cf. ruthenense (Reynés, 1868). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U GSC 98723 25,8 34 125 36.8 GSC 98724 30 28.5 10.5 36.8 WW WWD WH WHD WWWH РЕНИ c9.5 c27.9 13.5 39.7 c70.4 с15 — 26.2 10.4 36.5 - 17 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 57 Table 33. — Measurements of Leptaleoceras aff. accuratum (Fucini, 1931). All measurements are in mm. Table 34. — Measurements of Leptaleoceras compressum (Mones- tier, 1934). All measurements are in mm. PR- specimen DM- WW- PR- Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WH WHD HW no. AX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH HW GSC 98593 coo 40 17 42.5 elo ^ 3495 21 GSC 98601 285 25 I 44:62 AS 82 325755 21 GSC 98599 c47 45 29 44.4 as WR. 28 Erler. le: 12 7740 22 lation (Meister, 1989); the poorly preserved Queen Charlotte Islands material compares well with the densely ribbed varieties. Occurrence. —A. ruthenense is a widely distributed Tethyan species reported from the circum-Mediter- Tanean area (Wiedenmayer, 1977; Meister, 1989), Brit- ish Columbia, and Oregon (Thomson and Smith, 1992). It characterizes the Upper Pliensbachian. Localities. — 106, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus LEPTALEOCERAS Buckman, 1918 Naxeniceras Fucini, 1931, p. 147. Distefania Fucini, 1931, p. 153. Trinacrioceras Fucini, 1931, p. 157. Seguentia Fucini, 1931, p. 122. Ugdulenia Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 40. Type species. — Leptaleoceras leptum Buckman, 1918, D. 284, pl. 26, figs. 1-3 by original designation. Remarks. — Moderately evolute forms with a com- Pressed oval whorl section bearing a keel flanked by Smooth bands or sulci. Ribbing is dense and often sinuous. Detailed treatments of the genus are given by Wiedenmayer (1977) and Braga (1983). Age and distribution.—Most species of this genus Occur in the circum-Mediterranean area of the Tethyan сајт ranging through beds that correlate with the Upper Margaritatus and Spinatum zones. Occurrences are also known in the northwest European Province, Where the genus was first recognized (Buckman, 1918), Tegon (Imlay, 1968), British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992), and Mexico (Erben, 1954). The genus is а SO questionably present in Argentina amongst ma- terial described as Bouleiceras sp. (Hillebrandt, 1973b), 48 discussed by Wiedenmayer (1980, p. 137). Leptaleoceras aff. accuratum (Fucini, 1931) Plate 22, figures 6, 8, 9 "i Arieticeras(?) accuratum Fucini, 1931, p. 117, pl. 24, fig. 10. *Plaleoceras pseudoradians (Reynés). Frebold, 1964a, p. 15, pl. 4; 970, p. 443, pl. 2, fig. 2. pom cf. pseudoradians (Reynés). Imlay, 1981, p. 40, pl. 11, ду 13, Arieticeras cf. domarense (Meneghini). Imlay, 1981, p. 39, pl. 10, 8. 15 only, “Plaleoceras accuratum (Fucini) morphotype “preaccuratum“. Taga, 1983, p. 256, pl. 11, figs. 27-30, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2. Leptaleoceras aff. accuratum (Fucini). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 4, fig. 9; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 34, pl. 13, figs. 1-6. Description. —Evolute with a compressed, ogival whorl section bearing a keel flanked by smooth areas or weak sulci at large diameters. Ribbing characteris- tically changes with growth. The nucleus is smooth; the middle whorls (up to umbilical diameters of ap- proximately 15 mm) bear densely spaced, wiry, rec- tiradiate to gently rursiradiate ribs that project onto the venter; ribs on outer whorls are coarser, less densely spaced and slightly sinuous. Type material. — Holotype: Fucini, 1931, pl. 8, fig. 10. Material. — Twelve specimens, mostly external molds, in buff coloured sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 33. Discussion. — This species is placed in Leptaleoceras rather than Arieticeras because of its very dense, sharp ribbing. The species is probably closely related to the densely ribbed A. ruthenense which is known from the Spatsizi area of north-central British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 1992) as well as the Queen Char- lotte Islands. Occurrence. — Leptaleoceras accuratum is a circum- Mediterranean Tethyan species known from the Upper Pliensbachian of Italy, southern France, Spain, and southern Switzerland (Fucini, 1931; Wiedenmayer, 1980; Braga, 1983). It is also known from the Kunae Zone of North America as discussed by Thomson and Smith (1992). Localities. — 117. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Leptaleoceras compressum (Monestier, 1934) Plate 22, figure 10 Arieticeras compressum Monestier, 1934, p. 51, pl. 8, figs. 21—23. Arieticeras compressum var. semilaevis Monestier, 1934, p. 51, pl. 8, fig. 20. non Fuciniceras compressum (Monestier). Fischer, 1975, p. 74, pl. 2, fig. 13, 14 (= Leptaleoceras macrum). Fuciniceras aff. compressum (Monestier). Fischer, 1975, p. 76, pl. 2, fig. 15. Leptaleoceras (Leptaleoceras) compressum (Monestier). Wieden- mayer, 1980, p. 118, pl. 22, figs. 6, 9. Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding form bear- ing a low keel. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the BULLETIN 348 Table 35. — Measurements of Leptaleoceras sp. All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH РЕНИ’ GSC 98602 с19 c17 с6 DEUS c4.3 20.9 6.5 38.2 66.2 c23 GSC 98604 25 25 9 36 6.3 2002 9.9 2/12 67.7 22 GSC 99021 19 19 6.3 252 - — 01,9 295 _ c19 — — JS — 279 - 3 – 66 — flanks flat and the venter broadly arched giving an ogival whorl section. The densely spaced, narrow ribs are rectiradiate to gently rursiradiate and projected onto the venter. The whorls are smooth to an umbilical diameter of approximately 5 mm. Type material. —Syntypes: Monestier, 1934, pl. 8, figs. 21—23. Material. —One specimen from sandstone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 34. Discussion. — This species is included in the genus Leptaleoceras rather than Arieticeras because ofits fine, dense ribbing. L. compressum differs from L. sp. with which it co-occurs in the Queen Charlotte Islands, by its smaller expansion rate (less than 2 compared to greater than 2), slightly coarser ribbing and its less sharp keel. The slowly expanding L. macrum (Mones- tier, 1934) which Meister (1989; under the generic name Arieticeras) considers a synonym of L. compressum, differs only in its finer, denser ribbing which arises early in ontogeny, contrasting with the larger, smooth nu- cleus of L. compressum. Occurrence. — І. compressum is known from the Margaritatus Zone of southern France, southern Ger- many, and southern Switzerland (Monestier, 1934; Fi- scher, 1975; Wiedenmayer, 1980). Locality. —106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Leptaleoceras sp. Plate 22, figures 7, 11-13 Text-figures 37e-f, 38m Description. — Midvolute to evolute form with a compressed whorl section bearing a sharp keel. The ribs are fine, densely spaced and gently sinuous. At umbilical diameters greater than approximately 8 mm, the convex flanks flatten slightly and the ornamenta- tion coarsens. Material. — Twenty-two specimens in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 35. Discussion. — As noted above, Leptaleoceras com- pressum is more coarsely ribbed and slightly more ev- olute than L. sp. It is conceivable that all the specimens represent variants of the same species but L. sp. is much more common. Localities. — DT1, D20, D23, FT2, F11(?), 106, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus FONTANELLICERAS Fucini, 1931 Type species. — Harpoceras fontanellense Gemmel- laro, 1886 (p. 118, pl. 2, figs. 1, 2) by subsequent des- ignation (Vecchia, 1949, p. 142). The type material has been refigured by Fucini (1931, pl. 24, figs. 21, 22). Remarks. —Evolute, slowly expanding and stout whorled forms with sulcate keels and strong, simple ribs. Age and distribution. — A Tethyan form known from the Upper Pliensbachian and lowermost Toarcian of Italy (Fucini, 1931; Cantaluppi and Brambilla, 1968; Fantini Sestini, 1977), southern Switzerland (Wieden- mayer, 1980), Spain (Braga, Jiminéz and Rivas, 1982; Braga, 1983), France (Monestier, 1934), Morocco (Guex, 1973), Japan (Hirano, 1971), and the United States (Imlay, 1968, 1981). Fontanelliceras sp. Plate 22, figures 1, 2 Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding form with a slightly compressed whorl section with convex flank$- The venter bears a prominent, weakly sulcate keel. Ribs are simple and coarse; they are rectiradiate 10 slightly rursiradiate on the flanks and project weakly onto the venter. Material. —Two internal molds and several frag- ments preserved in calcareous sandstone of the Fanni” Formation. Measurements. —See Table 36. Discussion. — These specimens show a resemblance to some forms collected from Alaska and figured under the name of Fontanelliceras cf. fontanellense by Imlay (1981, pl. 11, figs. 19 and 20). The remainder of Imlay' 5 F. cf. fontanellense (1981, pl. 11, figs. 17, 18, 21-23) together with Arnioceras? sp. indet. of Frebold (19642) appears to belong to F. juliae of Fucini (1931, pl. 8, figs. 28-31). The Queen Charlotte Islands specimens differ from F. fontanellense in being more compresse? more weakly sulcate and more coarsely ribbed. Localities.—D20, D22, E52, 114. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 59 Table 36.— Measurements of Fontanelliceras Sp. All measure- ments are in mm. Table 37.— Measurements of Oregonites? dawsoni, new species. All measurements are in mm. WW- PR- specimen DM- WW- PR- Specimen no. D UD CSI SD -WH НИ no. AX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WH HW GSC 98583 24 12 50 - _ = 10 GSC 95727 029 029 5.6 30:2 1.3 292 $ ox. PS Ti E 8 - 4.7 9:2 90.4 - Genus CANAVARIA Gemmellaro, 1886 Type species. — Harpoceras (Dumortieria) haugi Gemmellaro, 1886, pl. 1, figs. 1-3 by subsequent des- папоп (Howarth, 1955, p. 167). Remarks. —Evolute, slowly expanding forms with a Subrectangular whorl section. A keel is present flanked by smooth areas or weak sulci. The ribbing is simple, Straight to weakly sinuous, with tubercules on the ven- tral ends. This genus is closely related to the non-tu- berculate Emaciaticeras and the bituberculate Tau- Fomeniceras both of which have been included as sub- genera of Canavaria by some workers (Wiedenmayer, 1980; Braga, 1983). . Age and distribution. — Canavaria is a circum-Med- !terranean form characteristic of the upper part of the Pliensbachian (the Emaciatum Zone in Spain [Braga, 1 983] and upper Spinatum Zone equivalents). Material from Oregon referred to Canavaria by Imlay (1968) has Subsequently been referred to the genus Oregonites Wiedenmayer, 1980) which resembles Fontanelliceras except for the irregularity of the ornamentation. Can- ауата is questionably present in the Spatsizi area of амды British Columbia (Thomson and Smith, 2). Canavaria? sp. Plate 21, figure 5 Description. — An evolute (U=c60) slowly expanding form bearing a sulcate keel. The coarse ribs, which Teach a density of approximately 23 per half whorl on the outer whorl, are simple and rursiradiate with their Ventral ends swollen. Poorly preserved traces of the Septal suture are evident up to the last half whorl. . Material. — One compressed and slightly distorted ternal mold preserved in noncalcareous sandstone of ° Fannin Formation. Discussion. — This isolated specimen was collected Om an outcrop in an otherwise covered stratigraphic ‘terval on Maude Island situated between sandstones Yielding a Carlottense Zone fauna and sandstones Yielding a Kunae Zone fauna. The specimen does show ‚© Important morphological features of the genus but 18 poor preservation, the uncertainty of its stratigraph- 1с Position, and the fact that this genus is not unequiv- 9cally known from any other locality in North America allleave room for doubt as to its true affinity. Occurrence. — This specimen occurred in sandstones lithologically similar and geographically fairly close to those yielding a Carlottense Zone fauna. There is no associated fauna, however, to confirm this assignment. Locality. — E61. Age. — Probably Late Pliensbachian. Genus OREGONITES Wiedenmayer, 1980 Type species. — Oregonites imlayi Wiedenmayer, 1980=Canavaria cf. C. morosa of Imlay, 1968, p. 35, pl. 5, figs. 12-14 (Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 124). Remarks. —Evolute with depressed whorl sections bearing a keel that is simple or flanked either by smooth areas or narrow sulci. Ribs are strong, rursiradiate, sometimes irregularly paired near the umbilical mar- gin. Species of Fontanelliceras are more evolute and more regularly ribbed; species of Arieticeras have sim- pler, more rectiradiate ornamentation and whorls that in most cases are more compressed. Many of the spe- cies Wiedenmayer (1980) tentatively assigned to Or- egonites, however, are better accommodated in these genera. The exceptions are Imlay's (1968) species Fu- ciniceras sp. A, F. sp. B, F. cf. capellinii, and F. cf. inclytum. Age and distribution. — From the Upper Pliensba- chian of North America. Oregonites? dawsoni, new species Plate 20, figure 13 Description. — Midvolute, slightly compressed form with an arched venter bearing a sharp keel that is sim- ple where the shell is preserved but flanked by incipient sulci on the internal mold. The specimen is incomplete but the outer half whorl is non-septate and the last quarter whorl shows a decline in the ornament and strength ofthe keel. The inclined umbilical wall rounds evenly into the gently convex flanks. The ribs arise near the umbilical shoulder and are strongest on the flanks where they arch backward. The ribs project onto the venter from the ventro-lateral area but they fade and rapidly disappear. Type material. — Holotype: GSC 98727 (Pl. 20, fig. 13). Preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 37. Derivation of name. — After G.M. Dawson, a pioneer 60 BULLETIN 348 Canadian geologist who undertook reconnaissance work in the Queen Charlotte Islands during the 19th century. Discussion. — The stout whorl shape compared with other Pliensbachian hildoceratids, the markedly rur- siradiate ribs and the distinct keel are characteristic of the genus Oregonites but the assignment to this genus is tentative because the specimen is more involute, more compressed and more regularly ribbed than the forms normally accommodated within Oregonites. It is most similar to Fuciniceras sp. B, an as yet unnamed species from Oregon described by Imlay (1968) and assigned to Oregonites by Wiedenmayer (1980). It dif- fers by having a more compressed whorl section, a more arched venter and ribs that disappear at the ven- tro-lateral area. In an earlier work (Smith et al., 1988), O.? dawsoni was provisionally compared to “Gram- moceras" sygma Monestier (1934) and assigned to Fieldingiceras but Monestier's material from the Mar- garitatus Zone does not have the distinct keel of O.? dawsoni. Occurrence.—O.? dawsoni is unfortunately only known from this single specimen from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Locality. — E63. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Subfamily HARPOCERATINAE Neumayr, 1875 Genus FIELDINGICERAS Wiedenmayer, 1980 Fieldingia Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 41. Grammoceratoides Mattei, 1967, p. 556. Type species. — Ammonites fieldingii Reynes, 1868, p. 97, DL.-4,-üg. 1, Remarks. —Evolute compressed forms that are fairly small and have a sharp keel. Meister (1986) has sug- gested that Fieldingiceras might represent microconchs of Protogrammoceras. Smooth and irregularly ribbed forms are known and some workers hold that the cos- tate F. fieldingii and the smooth F. pseudofieldingii are variants of the same species (Imlay, 1968; Braga, 1983). They are kept separate here because they do not always co-occur at the same locality or within the same geo- graphic area. This genus was first called Fieldingia by Cantaluppi (1970) but Wiedenmayer (1980, p. 128) pointed out that this name is a junior homonym ofthe hexactinellid sponge Fieldingia Kent (1870). Rather than giving Cantaluppi the opportunity to select a new name, Wie- denmayer (1980) simply renamed Cantaluppi's genus Fieldingiceras. Age and distribution. — Characteristic of the Mar- garitatus Zone of the circum-Mediterranean area. In North America, Fieldingiceras is presently known from northern British Columbia and eastern Oregon. Fre- bold (1964a) figured a ribbed form (Ammonite gen. and sp. indet. 2, pl. 2, fig. 10) from the Telegraph Creek area, British Columbia, that is similar to, if not con- specific with, Fieldingiceras morganense reported from the Nicely Formation of eastern Oregon by Imlay (1968). Imlay also recorded a single specimen from the Nicely Formation tentatively assigned to F. pseudo- fieldingii. Fieldingiceras fieldingii (Reynés, 1868) Plate 20, figure 14; Plate 21, figure 3; Text-figure 37c Ammonites Fieldingii Reynés, 1868, p. 97, pl. 4, fig. 1. Harpoceras? Fieldingii Reynés. Fucini, 1901a, p. 51, pl. 7, fig. 8. Grammoceras Fieldingii (Reynes). Monestier, 1934, p. 33, pl. 4, figs. 30, 38, 39 only. Leptaleoceras (Fieldingia) fieldingii (Кеупев). Wiedenmayer, 1980, р. 122; pi. 28; 668. 297 30; aff. Fieldingia aff. fieldingii (Reynës). Mouterde and Rocha, 1981, p. 218, pl. 2, figs. 3-6. Fieldingiceras fieldingii (Reynés). Braga, 1983, p. 181, pl. 7, figs. 3, 4, 6-11; Meister, 1986, pl. 22, fig. 4. Fieldingiceras gr. fieldingii (Reyn&s). Dommergues, Ferretti, Géczy, and Mouterde, 1983, p. 479, pl. 2, figs. 15-20. Protogrammoceras (Fieldingiceras) fieldingii (Reynes). Meister, 1989, p. 40, pl. 4, figs. 2, 3, 5. Description. — Midvolute, with a compressed whorl section bearing a pronounced, simple keel. The outer half whorl of specimen GSC 98728 is non-septate, egresses and shows a weakening of the keel and or- namentation. The last few ribs are approximated and the peristome flares slightly and projects ventrally- These features indicate that this form is mature. The ribs arise near the umbilical shoulder, are rur- siradiate on the flanks and project onto the venter where they fade rapidly. On the outer quarter whorl of spec imen GSC 98728, weak ribs can be seen in oblique light projecting forward strongly onto and over the venter where the keel is weakening. Type material. — Holotype: Reynés, 1868, pl. 4, fig. 1. Material. — Two specimens in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 38. Occurrence. — From the Margaritatus Zone of Italy (Fucini, 1904; Dommergues et al., 1983), southern France (Monestier, 1934), southern Switzerland (Wie- denmayer, 1980), and Spain (Braga, 1983). Locality. — ET5. Age. — Not in place but originating from the Carlot- tense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fieldingiceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini, 1904) Plate 21, figures 1, 4; Plate 22, figures 3-5 Text-figures 37g, 38n Harpoceras(?) pseudofieldingii Fucini, 1904, p. 251, pl. 41, fig. 4 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 61 Table 38.— Measurements of Fieldingiceras fieldingii (Reynés, 1868). All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX DPHRAG D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98728 1» с14 19 OS 34.2 29 28.9 6.5 34.2 84.6 10 Praeleioceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini). Fucini, 1931, p. 108, pl. 22, figs. 12, 13. Grammoceras penenudum Monestier, 1934, p. 41, pl. 4, figs. 9-16; pl. 8, figs. 28, 29. Grammoceras intermediate between fieldingii and pseudofieldingii Monestier, 1934, p. 36, pl. 4, figs. 22, 23. Grammoceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini). Monestier, 1934, p. 35, pl. 4, figs. 24—26. Protogrammoceras? cf. P.? pseudofieldingi (Fucini). Imlay, 1968, p. C40, pl. 7, figs. 5-7. Leptaleoceras (Fieldingia) pseudofieldingi (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 123, pl. 23, fig. 31. Fieldingiceras fieldingii (Fucini). Braga, 1983, p. 181, pl. 7, fig. 5 only, | Description. —Evolute with a compressed whorl sec- tion bearing a sharp keel on an arched venter. The Umbilical wall is low and steep and the flanks flat. The Shell is smooth except for barely visible, radially ar- Tanged and ventrally projected striations. Type material. —Holotype: Fucini, 1904, pl. 41, fig. 4. Material. —Six specimens preserved in calcareous Sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 39. Discussion. — This form differs from the nuclei of associated species of Arieticeras by its compressed Whorls and lack of ornamentation to relatively large Shell diameters. Occurrence. —In western Europe Fieldingiceras PSeudofieldingii is a Tethyan species known from Italy (Fucini, 1904), southern France (Monestier, 1934), Southern Switzerland (Wiedenmayer, 1980), and Spain (Braga, 1983) where it characterizes the lower Mar- Saritatus Zone and its equivalents. Localities.—D19, D20, FT2, 106, 107. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus FUCINICERAS Haas, 1913 Eofuciniceras Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 41. Cofuciniceras Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 41. T Уре species. — Harpoceras lavinianum Meneghini in ucini, 1900, pl. 11, figs. 6 and 7, by original desig- Nation (Haas, 1913, p. 75). Table 39.— Measurements of Fieldingiceras pseudofieldingii (Fu- Cini у ІШ, 1904). АП measurements are in mm. Specimen Ша no. DMAX D UD U WWWWDWH WHD WH GSC 98587 BE . 65 У - GSC 98590 15.4 14.8 5.7 38.5 3.8 25.7 5.8 39.2 65.5 C99018 13.8 13.4 4.6 34.3 3.5 261 5.2 38.8 67.3 Remarks. — When Spath (1913) first recognized the genus Protogrammoceras he included a group whose ribs did not project onto the venter as was typical of Protogrammoceras. Unbeknownst to Spath, this group had been independently recognized by Haas (1913) and named Fuciniceras. Fuciniceras may also be distin- guished from Protogrammoceras by its less sinuous ribbing which is rursiradiate on the upper flank and the tendency to have a flat, bisulcate venter; otherwise the genera are very similar and obviously closely re- lated. Age and distribution. — As with Protogrammoceras, Fuciniceras is widely distributed but most abundant and diverse in the Tethyan Realm. It is restricted to the Pliensbachian, ranging from the upper Ibex Zone into the Margaritatus Zone (Géczy, 1976; Wieden- mayer, 1977, 1980; Meister, 1986). Fuciniceras cf. targionii (Fucini, 1905) Plate 22, figures 14, 15 cf. Hildoceras Targionii Fucini, 1905, p. 271, pl. 44, fig. 1. Fuciniceras cf. targionii (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 85, pl. 11, figs. 6, 7. Description. — Midvolute, moderately slowly ex- panding form with what appears to have been a subquadrate, compressed whorl section. The umbilical wall is high and rounds rapidly into the flat flanks. The venter bears a pronounced, sulcate keel. The nucleus of GSC 98606 (РІ. 22, fig. 14) appears to be smooth but the ribbing on the rest of the whorls is weak on the lower flank becoming increasingly stronger and rur- siradiate on the upper flank. The sinuous trace of a former aperture followed by subdued ornamentation is evident in specimen GSC 98609 (Pl. 22, fig. 15). Type material. — Holotype: Fucini, 1905, pl. 44, fig. 1. Material. —'Two poorly preserved, partial internal molds in siltstone of the Fannin Formation. Discussion. — The distinctive ornamentation of the Queen Charlotte Islands material compares well with the figured material of F. targionii. The ventral features and whorl shape also appear to correspond, as far as preservation permits comparison. Occurrence. — Е. targionii occurs in Italy (Fucini, 1905) and the Davoei Zone of Switzerland (Wieden- mayer, 1980). Locality. —117. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). 62 BULLETIN 348 Vig LN ZÉ m n O Text-figure 38.—Traces of the septal suture for species of the Hildoceratidae at whorl heights (WH) indicated. a. Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884) (GSC 87806, WH = 11 mm); b. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900) (GSC 98649, WH — 14.3 mm); c. Fuciniceras aff. intumescens (Fucini, 1901) (GSC 87801, WH — 6.2 mm); d-g. Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884) (d. GSC 98690, WH = 5.2 mm, e. GSC 98685, WH = 10.7 mm, f. GSC 98687, WH = 17.6 mm, g. GSC 87804, WH = 15.2 mm); h. genus and species indet. (GSC 99013, WH — 41.1 mm); i. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, n. sp. (ParatyP® GSC 98741, WH = 49.8 mm); j. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras)? sp. (GSC 98744, WH = 7.9 mm); К. Protogrammoceras (Proto grammoceras) cf. paltum (Buckman, 1922) (k. GSC 99017, WH = 11.1 mm, l. GSC 99015, WH = 20.9 mm); m. Leptaleoceras sp. (GSC | 98602, WH = 4.5 mm); n. Fieldingiceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini, 1904) (GSC 98590, WH 3.3. mm); o. Arieticeras disputabile (Fucini, 1908) | (GSC 98719, WH — 4 mm). JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 63 Fuciniceras aff. intumescens (Fucini, 1901) Plate 22, figure 16, Text-figure 39j aff. Hildoceras intumescens Fucini, 1901a, p. 89, pl. 13, fig. 3; 1905, р. 271, pl. 43, fig. 15. aff. Fuciniceras? intumescens (Fucini). Venzo, 1952, pl. A, fig. 3. поп Arieticeras intumescens (Fucini). Cantaluppi and Savi, 1968, p. 246, pl. 21, fig. 6. Fuciniceras? cf. intumescens (Fucini). Imlay, 1968, p. C42, pl. 8, figs. 1-7, 9, 10. Fuciniceras aff. intumescens (Fucini). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 4, fig. 14. Description. — Evolute, slowly expanding shell with à compressed, elliptical whorl section bearing a simple keel. The ribs project forward on the lower part of the flank and then trend more rursiradiately on the upper flank; they are only weakly projected onto the venter Where they quickly fade. Type material. — Holotype of Fuciniceras intumes- cens: Fucini, 1901a, pl. 13, fig. 3. Material. — Eight specimens from the upper sand- Stone of the Fannin Formation. Discussion. — This material is reminiscent of speci- mens collected from the Nicely Formation in Oregon and compared with F. intumescens by Imlay (1968). The type specimen of F. intumescens is less com- Pressed. Occurrence. — F. intumescens is known from the Up- Per Pliensbachian of Italy. F. aff. intumescens is re- Ported from the Upper Pliensbachian of Oregon (Im- lay, 1968). Localities. —E52, E60, 106. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Fuciniceras sp. Plate 21, figures 6, 7 Description. — These midvolute specimens have a compressed whorl section. The steep umbilical wall rounds quickly into the flanks that are subparallel in their lower and middle parts and thereafter convergent towards the venter. On the smaller specimen (Pl. 21, 8. 7) the prominent keel is bordered by incipient sulci. € larger specimen has a less well preserved venter but the keel was evidently flanked by deep sulci pro- Ucing an almost tricarinate effect. The ribs are coarse. They are weakest near the um- Sllicus where they are gently prorsiradiate but increase IN strength near the mid-flank where there is an in- ection. The ribs trend rursiradiately across the upper flank (markedly in the larger specimen figured on Plate › fig. 6) and begin to project toward the venter but *rminate against the sulci. Material. — Two incomplete specimens originating Tom the sandstones of the Fannin Formation. Discussion. — These fragments are assigned to Fucin- iceras because of the backward inflection of the ribs on the upper flank and the presence of a sulcate keel. Their strong ribs are reminiscent of species such as Fuciniceras targionii (Fucini) and F. lavinianum (Fu- cini). Locality. — FT2. Age. — Associated with ammonites of the Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus PROTOGRAMMOCERAS Spath, 1913 Subgenus PROTOGRAMMOCERAS Spath, 1913 Wrightia Gemmellaro, 1886, p. 190. Paltarpites Buckman, 1922, pl. 362A. Argutarpites Buckman, 1923, pl. 363. Bassaniceras Fucini, 1929, p. 63. Eoprotogrammoceras Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 42. Neoprotogrammoceras Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 42. Type species. — Grammoceras bassanii Fucini, 1901a, p. 72, pl. 10, fig. 6 by subsequent designation (Spath, 1919, p. 547). The type material has been refigured by Cantaluppi (1972). Remarks. — Midvolute forms with an ogival or com- pressed elliptical whorl section and a strongly carinate venter that is sometimes bisulcate. Ribs are sinuous and projected onto the venter. We agree with Howarth (1973) who points out that there is no difference be- tween the type material of Protogrammoceras and Pal- tarpites worthy of generic distinction. Age and distribution. — Protogrammoceras (Proto- grammoceras) has a wide distribution but is at its most abundant and diverse in the circum-Mediterranean area within the Tethyan Realm. It ranges from the Lower Pliensbachian (Ibex Zone) to the basal Toarcian. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900) Plate 24, figures 7-9; Text-figures 38b, 39f,t Harpoceras? aequiondulatum Bettoni, 1900, p. 67, pl. 6, fig. 11. Grammoceras aequiondulatum Bettoni. Del Campana, 1900, p. 625, pl. 8, fig. 32. Harpoceras aequiondulatum Bettoni. Fucini, 1908b, p. 39, pl. 2, figs. 46, 47. Harpoceras percostatum Fucini, 1908b, p. 37, pl. 1, fig. 29. Protogrammoceras aequiondulatum (Bettoni). Fucini, 1924, p. 61, pl. 7, figs. 12; Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 85, pl. 11, figs. 8, 9; Braga, 1983, p. 161, pl. 5, figs. 3-5. Protogrammoceras? percostatum (Fucini). Fucini, 1924, p. 57, pl. 8, fig. 1. Neoprotogrammoceras aequiondulatum (Bettoni). Ferretti, 1972, p. 116, pk 15, 2g. 3. (2)Argutarpites cf. Aequiondulatum (Bettoni). Dubar and Mouterde, 1978, p. 63. Protogrammoceras percostatum (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 88, pl. 12, figs. 10-12. BULLETIN 348 Table 40. — Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900). All measurements аге in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U ww WWD WH WHD | ИЙИН РЕН GSC 98649 > = c21 - 25 - 47 = 53.2 ~ за - 8 - - - - a - 23 GSC 98734 c42 35 10 28.6 c8.5 24.3 15.5 44.3 c54.8 24 GSC 98735 28.5 28.5 18 28.1 7.4 26.0 12.2 42.8 60.7 24 Description. — An involute, rapidly expanding form with compressed whorls. The umbilical wall is low, the flanks flat to weakly convex, and the narrow venter is arched. The ribs are simple, sinuous and strongly pro- jected onto the venter. Rib frequencies are high with a tendency for the ribs to become flat-topped with growth. Type material. — Holotype: Bettoni, 1900, pl. 6, fig. 11. Material. — Five specimens and numerous fragments preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 40. Discussion. — Most of the figured specimens of Pro- togrammoceras (P.) aequiondulatum are small, of the diameter of the specimens illustrated as figures 7 and 9 on Plate 24. The larger specimen (Pl. 24, fig. 8) shows that ribbing style changes with growth to resemble the similarly involute species Protogrammoceras percos- tatum which is recognized as a subjective junior syn- onym by Braga (1983). P. (P.) aequiondulatum is more involute and rapidly expanding than other species of Protogrammoceras found in the Queen Charlotte Islands with the excep- tion of P. (P.)? sp. which is more coarsely ribbed. Occurrence. — P. (P.) aequiondulatum is a Tethyan species found in Italy, Spain, and possibly Morocco where it is characteristic of the Upper Pliensbachian (Dubar and Mouterde, 1978; Wiedenmayer, 1980; Braga, 1983). Localities. — B06, ET5, E62, E63. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras)? sp. Plate 23, figures 1—3; Text-figures 38j, 39c Harpoceras cf. exaratum (Young and Bird). Frebold, 1964a, p. 16, pl. 6, fig. 3 only. Description. —Midvolute to involute, rapidly ex- panding forms with a compressed whorl section. The umbilical wall rounds rapidly into the gently convex flanks that converge weakly towards the venter that bears a simple, pronounced, blunt keel. Ornamenta- tion is strong throughout growth and falcoid in trend. Where the ribs project onto the venter on some parts of the shell, short and much weaker intercalated ribs are present. Material. — Three specimens preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 41. Discussion. — These forms possibly belong to the ge- nus Protogrammoceras on the basis of the trajectory of their simple ribs. Ribbing is quite strong and al- though there are parallels, such as in Protogrammo- ceras celebratum, the Queen Charlotte material is no- tably more involute. Localities. — ET5, E62, E63. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) kurrianum (Oppel, 1862) Plate 24, figures 5, 6; Text-figure 39g Ammonites kurrianus Oppel, 1862, p. 136, pl. 42, fig. 3; Quenstedt, 1883, p. 421, pl. 53, fig. 12. Argutarpites argutus Buckman, 1923, pl. 363. Harpoceras densecapillatum Fucini, 1924, p. 53, pl. 6, figs. 12, 13. Polyplectus kurrianus (Oppel). Monestier, 1934, p. 90, pl. 5, figs. 12, 25; ple UP gee ls 175 Db. Ti 0069; 227 Paltarpites cf. argutus (Buckman). Imlay, 1968, p. 37, pl. 5, figs. 20- 22124125; Paltarpites argutus (Buckman). Frebold, 1970, p. 444, pl. 4, figs. 54 10; Hillebrandt, 1987, рі. 5, fig. 2. Protogrammoceras cf. P. argutum (Buckman). Imlay, 1981, p. 41, pl. 11, fig. 14, Paltarpites sp. Pérez, 1982, pl. 19, fig. 6. Protogrammoceras pectinatum (Meneghini, 1881). Smith, Tippe^ Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 5, fig. 12. Table 41.— Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) sp. All measurements are in mm. specimen по. DMAX DPHRAG D UD WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 98745 26.0 — 26.0 b pul 21.9 qai 29.6 12.5 48.1 61.6 17 GSC 98744 27,0 -- 27.0 6.0 222 - - 12.6 45.2 — 21 GSC 99016 c41.0 — 35.0 9.4 26.9 9.0 и 15.0 42.9 60.0 17 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 65 n Text-figure 39. — Whorl shape cross-sections for species of the Harpoceratinae. Figures are natural size. a,s. Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) allifordense (McLearn, 1930) (a. GSC 98736, s. GSC 98641); b,d,e. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) cf. paltum (Buckman, 1922) (b. GSC 99017, d. GSC 98697, e. GSC 98746); c. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras)? sp. (GSC 98745); ft. Protogrammoceras (Protogram- Moceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900) (f. GSC 98735, t. GSC 98649); g. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) kurrianum (Oppel, 1862) (GSC 87808); h. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, n. sp. (Paratype GSC 98739); i. Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Domergues et al., 1985 (GSC 99014); j. Fuciniceras aff. intumescens (Fucini, 1901) (GSC 87801); k,o. Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) angonius (Fucini, 1931) (k. GSC 9861 1, o. GSC 98732); l,m. Tiltoniceras antiquum (Wright, 1882) (1. GSC 98731, m. GSC 98716); n. loceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884) (n. GSC 87804, q. GSC 87806); p. Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) involutum, n. sp. (Paratype GSC 98644); r. Lioceratoides sp. juv. (GSC 98642). P rotogrammoceras (Paltarpites) kurrianus (Oppel, 1862). Meister, 1989, p. 41, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2. Pr Otogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) kurrianum (Oppel). Ho- Warth, 1992, p. 60, pl. 3, figs. 2, 3. Description. —Midvolute form with a compressed Whorl section. The umbilical wall is low and the flanks Weakly convex, converging towards a narrow venter Caring a high, simple keel. Ornamentation is fine and dense having a flat-topped appearance on most larger Whorls. The largest specimen in the collection is in- Complete but had an estimated diameter of at least 200 mm. Its last quarter whorl, which is apparently non- Septate, is very weakly and densely ribbed. All ribs ауе a sinuous trend with a strong projection onto the Venter, Type material. — Holotype: O^pel, 1862, fig. 3. Re- Bured by Fischer (1975, pl. 2, f g. 5) and Schlegelmilch (1976, pl. 42, fig. 5). Material. —Six incomplete specimens preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 42. Discussion. — According to Howarth (1992), P. (2) kurrianum is a senior subjective synonym of P. (424 argutum (Buckman) and P. (P.) densecapillatum (Fu- cini). P. (P.) kurrianum is more evolute and slowly expanding than other species of Protogrammoceras from the Queen Charlotte Islands with the exception of P. (P.)?sp. whose ribs are coarser, less densely spaced and strongest on the upper part of the flank. Occurrence. — Protogrammoceras (P.) kurrianum is widely distributed in Europe where it is characteristic of Margaritatus and Spinatum zones. In the Americas it is known from the Upper Pliensbachian of Chile (Pérez, 1982; Hillebrandt, 1987), Oregon (Imlay, 1968), northern British Columbia (Frebold, 1970; Thomson and Smith, 1992), and Alaska (Imlay, 1981). BULLETIN 348 Table 42.— Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) kurrianum (Oppel, 1862). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH PRHW GSC 87808 c90 84 24 28.6 el 20:2 34.3 40.8 49.6 38 E — 15 - - - - - - 36 GSC 98733 с73 с70 21.5 30.7 - - -- — — с44 — — 10 == - - - - — 23 Localities. —D24, ETS, E67, E68. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) cf. paltum (Buckman, 1922) Plate 24, figures 1-4; Text-figures 38k-1, 39b,d,e cf. Paltarpites paltus Buckman, 1922, pl. 362A. Harpoceras cf. exaratum (Young and Bird). Frebold, 1964a, p. 16, pi. 6; figs, 1, 5. Paltarpites paltus Buckman. Frebold, 1970, p. 443, pl. 4, figs. 5-7. Protogrammoceras cf. P. paltum (Buckman). Imlay, 1981, p. 41, pl. 12, 088, ILIA cf. Protogrammoceras (P.) paltum Buckman. Howarth, 1992, p. 57, pl. 1, figs. 1-3; pl. 2, figs. 1,3; Text-figure 11. Description.-The specimens available are small, in- complete individuals that are midvolute (U=c25) with compressed whorls bearing broad sinuous ribs that project onto the venter where there is a pronounced, simple keel. Type material. — Holotype: Buckman, 1922, pl. 362A. Material. — Fourteen specimens preserved in calcar- eous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — Because of their small size, it is difficult to identify these specimens with confidence. They are similar to other poorly preserved specimens from the Upper Pliensbachian of North America that have been compared with P. paltum in the past (Frebold, 1970; Imlay, 1981; Thomson and Smith, 1992). Occurrence. — Protogrammoceras (P.) paltum is widespread in Europe, particularly in the south, where it ranges in age from the Margaritatus Zone into the basal Toarcian (Howarth, 1992). In North America it has been reported from the Upper Pliensbachian of northern British Columbia (Frebold, 1970; Thomson and Smith, 1992), Alaska (Imlay, 1981), and Arctic Canada (Hall and Howarth, 1983). The species has not yet been recorded from the conterminous United States or South America. Localities.—D24-D27, ET5, E62, E63, E65, E66, 103. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) to ear- ly Toarcian. Protogrammoceras (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, new species Plate 25, figures 1-3; Text-figures 381, 39h Paltarpites sp. indet. Sey and Kalacheva, 1980, p. 69, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2(?). Description. — This species reaches a large size as il- lustrated in Plate 25, figure 3. The largest specimen in the collection, which is incomplete and almost wholly septate, reaches an estimated shell diameter of 260 mm. The shell is midvolute and rapidly expanding with a compressed whorl section. The umbilical wall is low and rounded, the flanks flat, and the narrow venter bears a prominent keel. Ornamentation is strongest on the inner whorls where it consists of broad flat-topped to weakly rounded ribs that are prorsiradiate on the lower flank but arch back- ward on the upper flank; they project strongly onto the venter. At umbilical diameters of about 20 mm, the ribbing weakens, increases in density and is notably flat-topped. Large whorls, which show some indication of egression, are smooth. Type material. — Holotype: specimen GSC 98740 (Pl. 25, fig. 2). Paratypes: specimens GSC 98739 (PI. 25, fig. 3) and GSC 98741 (Pl. 25, fig. 1). Material. — Nine specimens preserved in calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 43. Derivation of name.—From Skidegate Inlet, sepa- rating Moresby and Graham islands, where the spec- imens originate. Discussion. — This species is included in Protogram- moceras rather than Lioceratoides because its ribbing is consistently simple. The weakness and density of the ribbing on the outer whorls are reminiscent of Proto- grammoceras kurrianum (a synonym of P. argutum) and allied forms which some workers assign to the genus or subgenus Paltarpites. The rapidly expanding Table 43.— Measurements of Protogrammoceras (Protogrammo- ceras) skidegatense, new species. All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX UD WW WH WWWH РЕНИ GSC 98739 с190 46 35.3 60.4 58.4 0 _ т 2 42 548 - de 9 4 od he 20 GSC98740 с125 37 c265 c46 57.6 - 24 14 a = = 35 GSC 98741 61868411 £030 59.4 c505 — = 17 "n ја = c26 | | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 67 fairly involute and compressed shell together with the change of ribbing styles during ontogeny, however, set P. skidegatense apart from all these species. Occurrence. — In North America this species is only Presently known from the Queen Charlotte Islands Where it is restricted to the Carlottense Zone. It is also known from the uppermost Pliensbachian of eastern Russia (Sey and Kalacheva, 1980). Localities. —D24, D25, E63. Аве. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Subgenus MATTEICERAS Wiedenmayer, 1980 Type species. — Ammonites nitescens Young and Bird, 1828, p. 257 by original designation (Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 124). Remarks. —Ribs are coarse and strongest on the middle and upper parts of the flanks where tubercles may develop on the ventro-lateral shoulder. The oc- Currence of this subgenus in Europe is documented by ledenmayer (1980), Dommergues and Mouterde (1980), Dommergues et al. (1985), and Howarth (1992). Age and distribution. — A group originating in Tethys that made early incursions into northwest Europe where endemic species evolved. The subgenus is character- Istic of the Margaritatus Zone. Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Dommergues, Meister and Fauré, 1985 Plate 23, figures 5-7; Text-figure 39i ef. Harpoceras volubile (Fucini). Monestier, 1934, p. 83, pl. 1, figs. 0120128. rotogrammoceras gr. isseli (Fucini). Dommergues and Mouterde, 1980, pl. 1, figs. 18-20. Pr otogrammoceras intermediate between P. isseli (Fucini) and P. i (Fischer). Dommergues and Mouterde, 1980, pl. 3, figs. ef. Pr otogrammoceras (Matteiceras) diornatum Dommergues, Meis- ter, and Fauré, 1985, p. 159, pl. 1, fig. 2; pl. 2, fig. 2; pl. 3, fig. 1. Description. — Evolute form (U=c33) with a low ex- Pansion rate, The whorls are compressed with a low, Steep umbilical wall, flat flanks and a broad venter Saring a pronounced, simple keel. The ribs are only Weakly sinuous. They begin part way up the flank, are Sently rursiradiate on the upper flank and weakly pro- J€cted onto the venter where they fade before reaching the keel. | Туре material. —Dommergues et al., 1985; Holo- YDe: pl. 2, fig. 2; paratypes: pl. 1, fig. 2, pl. 3, fig. 1. ; Material. — Three incomplete specimens preserved 1 . ч Calcareous sandstone of the upper Fannin Forma- lon, " Discussion, — This species differs from all other spe- 105 of Protogrammoceras from the Queen Charlotte Slands by being the most evolute and in having its ornamentation confined to the middle and upper part of the flank. Detailed studies of the evolution of Protogrammo- ceras based on large samples assembled by Dom- mergues and Mouterde (1980) and Dommergues et al. (1985) indicate an early appearance (Margaritatus Zone) of an eventually stout ribbed group whose ribs trend rursiradiately on the upper flank and often bear tu- bercles on the ventro-lateral shoulder. These species are accommodated in the subgenus Matteiceras (Dom- mergues et al., 1985); included is the species Proto- grammoceras (M.) monestieri, thought to be derived from the densely ribbed Protogrammoceras (P.) isseli. The three specimens from the Queen Charlotte Islands compare most favorably with forms intermediate be- tween P. (P.) isseli and P. (M.) monestieri as illustrated by Dommergues and Mouterde (1980). These inter- mediate forms were subsequently included in the spe- cies P. (Matteiceras) diornatum. 'The designated ho- lotype for this species (Dommergues et al., 1985, pl. 2, fig. 2) has developed a strongly sulcate keel and fairly fiexuous ribbing but at a shell diameter larger than any of the Queen Charlotte Islands specimens. Because of the discrepancy in size, a more confident species as- signment will have to await the collection of larger and better preserved specimens. Occurrence. — Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) diornatum is known from the Margaritatus Zone of Switzerland, southern France, and Portugal. Localities. —D20, FT2, I06. Age. — Kunae Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Genus and species indet. Plate 23, figure 4; Text-figure 38h Description. — A large, completely septate specimen that had a shell diameter in excess of 160 mm. The shell is evolute, expands fairly slowly and has a com- pressed whorl section (WWWH=c58). The umbilical wall is almost vertical, the umbilical shoulder pro- nounced and the flanks fairly flat. The arched venter bears a pronounced simple keel. Ribs arise at the umbilical shoulder where, on most whorls, they merge and are weakly swollen. On the outer half whorl, the ribs fade on the lower part of the flank. Ribs are rectiradiate, gently sinuous on the flank and strongly projected onto the venter. Material. —One internal mold from the upper Fan- nin Formation. Discussion. — This specimen was not found in place but it occurred with many float Kunae Zone ammo- nites adjacent to in situ material; the possibility of it being derived from elsewhere in the section is consid- ered remote. It could be a species of Protogrammoceras except for the fusing and swelling of ribs on the um- BULLETIN 348 Table 44. — Measurements of Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) allifordense (McLearn, 1930). All measurements аге іп mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 9053 c76.3 c76.3 239 30.8 14.3 18.7 92,8 42.3 44.3 — 24.1 — E CoU 20.7 TL3 46.8 44.2 GSC 98641 45 45 1152 24.9 c9.5 21.1 20 44.4 c47.5 bilical shoulder. More material whose stratigraphic po- sition is unequivocal must be collected before the af- finities of this form can be properly assessed. Locality. —FT2. Age. — Probably from the Kunae Zone. Genus LIOCERATOIDES Spath, 1919 Subgenus LIOCERATOIDES Spath, 1919 Platyharpites Buckman, 1927, pl. 698. Praeleioceras Fucini, 1929, p. 71. Nagatoceras Matsumoto in Matsumoto and Ono, 1947, p. 28. Neolioceratoides Cantaluppi, 1970, p. 40. Type species. — Leioceras? Grecoi Fucini, 1901a, p. 91, pl. 11, figs. 4, 5, by original designation (Spath, 1919, p. 174). Remarks. —Species of Lioceratoides are keeled, mid- volute to involute forms with compressed whorl sec- tions. Ribbing is falcoid or sinuous, sometimes irreg- ular, and on early whorls shows strong primary and weaker secondary ribs; outer whorls may be smooth. See the remarks under Pacificeras. Age and distribution. — Lioceratoides is a Tethyan genus most characteristic of the Upper Pliensbachian but it ranges into the Lower Toarcian (Guex, 1973; Wiedenmayer, 1980; Donovan et al., 1981). The genus is also known in southern Japan (Hirano, 1971) and in Russia near Vladivostok (as Protogrammoceras cf. serotinum, in Sey and Kalacheva, 1980). Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) allifordense (McLearn, 1930) Plate 26, figures 5, 6, 9—11; Text-figure 39a,s Harpoceras allifordense McLearn, 1930, p. 4, pl. 2, fig. 1; McLearn, 1932, p. 65, pl. 5, figs. 1-3; Frebold, 1964b, pl. 8, fig. 5 (holotype refigured). Description. — Midvolute form with compressed whorls bearing a pronounced, flat-topped keel. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the flanks flat, and the venter gently arched. The innermost whorls bear coarse primary ribs and finer secondary ribs that arise by bifurcation and in- tercalation. At umbilical diameters greater than ap- proximately 4 mm the complex ribbing gives way to broad flat-topped ribs that are flexuous on the flanks and strongly projected onto the venter. At umbilical diameters greater than approximately 10 mm, the ribs fade and the shell becomes smooth except for growth lines. Type material. —Holotype: McLearn, 1932, pl. 5, figs. 1-3. Refigured herein, Pl. 26, fig. 9. Material. —Twenty-one specimens preserved in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 44. Discussion. — This species is placed in Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) because of its ontogenetic sequence of ornamentation change and its fairly involute, com- pressed shell. The ornamentation is more pronounced and the shell less involute than in L. (L.) involutum. In L. (L.) maurelli, the shell is less compressed and the ribbing more persistent. L. (L.) cf. grecoi has a less compressed whorl section, the ribs are coarser, and the division into primaries and secondaries occurs at larger shell diameters. Occurrence. — L. (L.) allifordense has only been re- corded from the Queen Charlotte Islands. Localities.—DT2, D24, D26, E62, Е65-68, 103. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) to ear- ly Toarcian. Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) cf. grecoi (Fucini, 19012) Plate 27, figures 1, 2 cf. Leioceras? Grecoi Fucini, 1901a, p. 91, pl. 11, figs. 4, 5. cf. Praeleioceras grecoi Fucini. Fucini, 1931, p. 104, pl. 21, fig. 12- (?)Lioceratoides grecoi (Fucini). Cantaluppi and Savi, 1968, p. 253, pl-22, 198, 7, 8. cf. Lioceratoides grecoi (Fucini). Wiedenmayer, 1980, p. 90, pl. 14, fig. 1. Description. — Midvolute forms with an oval whorl section. The umbilical wall is low and steep, the flanks аге gently rounded and the arched venter bears a pro- nounced, simple keel. Ribbing is irregular in strength and consists of simple flexuous ribs mixed with stout primaries that divide into two secondaries low on the flank. The primaries are prosiradiate and the second- aries rursiradiate. Type material. — Holotype: Leioceras? grecoi Fucini, 1901a, pl. 11, fig. 4. Material. — Two specimens preserved in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Discussion. — These specimens show the volution and ribbing style of L. (L.) grecoi but they are too small 10 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 69 Table 45.— Measurements of Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) involutum, new species. All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 98644 c58 39.5 6.8 173 10.1 25.6 20.0 50.6 50.5 GSC 98716 45.8 45.8 9.2 20.1 11.5 25.1 21.6 47.2 53.2 GSC 98705 222 222 4.1 18.5 _ _ 11.4 51.4 Ж = _ 3.2 = 4.8 _ 8 _ 60.0 be identified with confidence. At shell diameters great- er than the Queen Charlotte Islands material, L. (L.) Srecoi characteristically undergoes a loss of ornamen- fation and a modest compression of the whorl section. Occurrence.— L. (L.) grecoi is a Tethyan species re- Corded from the Spinatum Zone of Italy (Wiedenmay- er, 1980). Localities. —ET5, E62. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) involutum, new species Plate 26, figures 2-4; Text-figure 39p Description. — An involute compressed form with a Steep umbilical wall that rounds abruptly into the Weakly convergent, flat flanks. The venter bears a Prominent, simple keel. Ornamentation is subdued and, to an umbilical diameter of approximately 8 mm, con- 51818 of forwardly inclined primaries and numerous Secondaries that arise almost halfway up the flank, arch Across the upper flank, and project weakly onto the Venter, At larger diameters only fine growth lines are evident. A smooth aptychus valve is present in the Eee body chamber of the holotype (Pl. 26, fig. с). Type material. — Holotype: GSC 98716 (Pl. 26, fig. А Paratypes: GSC 98644 (Pl. 26, fig. 2), GSC 98705 (РІ, 26, fig. 3). Preserved in calcareous sandstone of | * upper Fannin Formation. There are no other spec- Imens, Measurements. — See Table 45. quer ation of пате. —In reference to the involute еп. Discussion. — This new species differs from all other Пі of Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) by its involute is m and fine ornamentation. The most similar species toceratoides (L.) naumachensis (Fucini, 1929) from © uppermost Pliensbachian (Emaciatum Zone) of Pain and elsewhere in southern Europe (Braga, 1983). a 46.—Measurements of Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) mau- i (McLearn, 1930). All measurements are in mm. Pecimen no. SSC 9052 DMAX UD WW WH WWWH c72 19.2 c19 33 030 The European species differs by being less involute, more compressed and with ribbing persisting to larger shell diameters. Occurrence. — This species has only been collected from the Upper Pliensbachian of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Localities. — ET5, E62. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) maurelli (McLearn, 1930) Plate 26, figure 1 Harpoceras maurelli McLearn, 1930, p. 4, pl. 1; 1932, p. 63, pl. 7, figs. 4-6. Description. — А midvolute species with a com- pressed whorl section bearing a pronounced keel. On the innermost whorls there are broadly spaced primary ribs dividing into two secondary ribs. On later whorls the ribs are sinuous and strongly projected onto the venter. Ribbing becomes more flat-topped and weaker with growth. Type material. — A single incomplete, septate spec- imen, the holotype (GSC 9502), preserved in sandstone of the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 46. Discussion. — This species was established by Mc- Learn (1930, 1932) based on a single specimen and unfortunately no more specimens have been collected since. We place the species in Lioceratoides because of the style and ontogenetic changes seen in the ribbing, although the coiling is a little more evolute and the whorl section somewhat less compressed than is nor- mally the case for this genus. Occurrence. — This specimen was collected by McLearn from a stratigraphic interval that spans the Pliensbachian-Toarcian boundary as discussed in the biostratigraphy section (Text-fig. 10); its precise age is uncertain. Locality. —OT2. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) or Ear- ly Toarcian. Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) sp. juv. Plate 26, figures 7, 8; Text-figure 39r Harpoceras sp. A. McLearn, 1932, p. 66, pl. 7, figs. 1, 2. BULLETIN 348 Table 47.— Measurements of Lioceratoides (Lioceratoides) sp. juv. All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH РЕН GSC 98642 21.5 Deal 6 26.4 24.2 9/0 41.9 2739 20 С5С 6489 29.6 25 6.8 27% 24.0 с10.3 41.2 58.3 с20 Description. — Midvolute, rapidly expanding form with an ogival whorl section. The umbilical wall is low and very steep; the flanks are flat; and the arched venter bears a prominent, simple keel. The nucleus has blunt, widely spaced primaries bearing two rursiradiate sec- ondaries. At umbilical diameters of 5 mm or so, the ribbing becomes simple, densely spaced, falcoid and flat-topped. Material. — Four small specimens in sandstone ofthe upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 47. Discussion. — This form was first figured by McLearn (1932) based on a single specimen collected in Whit- eaves Bay (section D) that McLearn interpreted as an immature Harpoceras; the specimen is refigured here (Plate 26, figure 7). The presence of primary and sec- ondary ribs at an early ontogenetic stage together with its now proven geological age (preceding Harpoceras) suggest that Lioceratoides is a more appropriate generic assignment. Because of its small size, it cannot be con- fidently identified to the species level; it does not ap- pear to be similar to the nuclei of any of the other species of Lioceratoides (L.) described in this report. Occurrence. —Similar but not identical ammonites have been collected from the Upper Pliensbachian of Oregon and California and figured as Harpoceras? sp. by Imlay (1968). Localities. —DT2, 026, ET5, E67. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) to ear- ly Toarcian. Subgenus PACIFICERAS Repin, 1970 Type species. — Schloenbachia propinqua Whiteaves, 1884, p. 274, pl. 33, fig. 2, by original designation (Repin, 1970, p. 42). Remarks. — Repin (1970) originally established Pa- cificeras as a subgenus of Ovaticeras to accommodate Toarcian forms from Russia that have been placed in Tiltoniceras antiquum (Wright, 1882) by Howarth (1992). Schloenbachia propinqua Whiteaves, 1884, from the Queen Charlotte Islands (on which Pacificeras is based) has been reevaluated here because it appears to have a bearing on the evolutionary relationships between the genera Lioceratoides, Tiltoniceras, and Protogrammoceras. Pacificeras, Lioceratoides and Til- toniceras accommodate forms that are all characterized by a strong simple keel but otherwise represent a mor- phological spectrum with Pacificeras occupying the middle ground. Lioceratoides consists of midvolute to involute, rap- idly expanding forms with compressed whorls. The ornamentation passes through as many as three stages during ontogeny: (1) irregular primary ribs with bifur- cating or bundled secondaries on the inner whorls; (2) simple, falcoid, projected and often flattened ribs on intermediate or outer whorls; (3) on some forms the falcoid stage is brief or absent and the shell becomes smooth. Forms accommodated in Pacificeras are less invo- lute and less compressed than forms assigned to Lio- ceratoides. The inner whorls have ribs divided into short primaries and weaker secondaries. At smaller shell diameters than in Lioceratoides the ornamenta- tion simplifies into weak, single ribs and the shell rap- idly becomes smooth. Like Pacificeras, Tiltoniceras is less involute and les$ compressed than Lioceratoides but ribs are never di- vided into primaries and secondaries. Simple, flexu- ous, projected ribs characterize the inner whorls where- as outer whorls are smooth or striate. Age and distribution. — Yn North America, Pacificer- as, Lioceratoides, and Tiltoniceras have similar strati- graphic distributions. In the lower part of their ranges; they co-occur with species of Fanninoceras and Amat theus (Smith et al., 1988; Thomson and Smith, 1992) indicating a late Pliensbachian age and representing the earliest records for Tiltoniceras and Pacificeras. In the upper part of their ranges above Fanninoceras an Amaltheus, they co-occur with species of Dactylioceras indicating an early Toarcian age (Smith et al., 1988; Tipper et al., 1991; Jakobs et al., 1994b). Elsewhere: Lioceratoides occurs throughout the Tethyan Realm where it is most characteristic of the late Pliensbachia? although the last representatives occur in the basa Toarcian (Guex, 1973; Wiedenmayer, 1980). In con“ trast, Tiltoniceras is restricted to higher latitudes where it appears cryptically in the basal Toarcian of Russ! and northwest Europe (Howarth, 1992). We sugges! that Tiltoniceras evolved in the northeast Pacific du" ing the late Pliensbachian, not directly from Prof grammoceras, but indirectly via Lioceratoides and Par cificeras. ! | | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 74 Table 48.— Measurements of Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) angionus (Расим, 1931). АП measurements аге іп mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 98611 c53 47 11,5 24.5 - - 20.5 43.6 - GSC 99045 с98 76.2 26.7 35.0 19.4 255 25.2 35.7 71.3 ~ de 15 € 11.3 — 19 - 59.5 GSC 98634 с56 45 12.5 27.8 11.8 26.2 с19 42.2 621 GSC 98640 47 43 12.0 27.9 10.3 24.0 17.0 39.5 60.1 GSC 98732 82 65.2 16.5 25.3 15.8 24.2 27.9 42.8 56.6 MEAN E ~ ~ 28.1 _ 25.0 - 40.8 61.9 ST. DEV. E E = 41 ~ TET - 3.2 5.6 Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) angionus (Fucini, 1931) Plate 27, figures 3-7; Text-figure 39k,o Praelioceras angionum Fucini, 1931, p. 107, pl. 12, figs. 1-5. Lioceratoides angionus (Fucini). Guex, 1973, p. 507, pl. 1, fig. 5. Description. — A midvolute to evolute form charac- terized by its compressed whorl section that becomes Subquadrate with growth. The umbilical wall is steep and rounds abruptly into the flat flanks which are weak- ly convergent towards the venter until umbilical di- àmeters of approximately 10 mm after which they are almost parallel. The broad, flat venter bears a prominent, stout keel. Tnamentation is weak consisting of prorsiradiate pri- maries that divide irregularly into two or three weaker Secondary ribs that arch across the upper flank but fade Near the ventro-lateral shoulder. On the smaller figured Specimens the ribbing has faded to simple growth lines ut 9n the two larger specimens (Pl. 27, figures 4 and 7) ribbing persists to larger shell diameters. Specimen 98732 (Pl. 27, figure 7) is completely septate but spec- Imen 99045 (PI. 27, figure 4) has part of a body cham- ber that is beginning to egress. Type material. —Lectotype: Fucini, 1931, pl. 12, fig. Material. — Nine specimens in calcareous sandstone 9! the upper Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 48. Discussion. — This species differs from L. (P.) pro- Pinguum in its whorl shape, notably the steep umbilical Vall, parallel flanks and tabulate venter. here are no firm criteria amongst the collection for 81ng maturity but it is postulated that the larger шей specimens represent incomplete macroconchs. his question can only be resolved when appropriately Well preserved material is collected. illu he specimens of L. (P.) angionus that have been Strated in the literature (see synonymy) are all small Ha to 40 mm or so shell diameter) so that comparisons lth the Queen Charlotte Islands fauna are difficult. he Smaller Canadian specimens (Pl. 27, figures 3, 5, jud 6), with their irregular ribbing quickly declining to growth lines and their steep umbilical wall, compare reasonably well, however. Occurrence. — L. (P.) angionus is known from the Upper Pliensbachian of Italy (Fucini, 1931) and the lowest Toarcian of Morocco (Guex, 1973). Localities. – 024, ЕТ5, E65, E67, E68. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian). Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884) Plate 28, figures 1-11; Plate 29, figure 1; Text-figures 38d-g, 39n,q Schloenbachia propinqua Whiteaves, 1884, p. 247; 1900, pl. 33, figs. 2 and 2a. Harpoceras propinquum (Whiteaves). McLearn, 1930, p. 4; 1932, p. 66, pl. 6, figs. 1—4; pl. 7, fig. 3; Shimer and Schrock, 1944, pl. 240, figs. 13, 14; Frebold, 1964b, pl. 8, figs. 4, 6, 7. (?) Harpoceras sp. juvenile. Frebold, 1964a, p. 16, pl. 6, figs. 6, 7 only. non Ovaticeras propinquum (Whiteaves). Repin, 1968, p. 116, pl. 44, fig. 1; pl. 45, fig. 1. non Tiltoniceras propinquum (Whiteaves). Dagis, 1971, p. 75, pl. 4, figs. 4, 5; 1974, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 1-4; pl. 2, fig. 1. Tiltoniceras propinquum (Whiteaves). Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 5, figs. 1-4; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 39, pl. 15, figs. 5-7 only. Lioceratoides n. sp. Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex, 1988, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8. Description. — Large, evolute and fairly slowly ex- panding with a compressed whorl section. The um- bilical wall rounds gently into the convex flanks and the arched venter bears a prominent, simple keel. There is considerable variation in the strength of the ribbing within the sample. The early whorls show widely spaced primary ribs developed by fasciculation or bifurcation of secondaries fairly low on the flank. A few interca- lated ribs are also present. By umbilical diameters of 7 mm the ribs have become simple, densely spaced and flexuous. They quickly fade, leaving most of the shell smooth except for growth lines. Type material. — Lectotype: GSC 4877 (Whiteaves, 1900, pl. 33, figs. 2, 2a (refigured herein, РІ. 28, fig. 2). BULLETIN 348 Table 49. — Measurements of Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884). All measurements are in mm. specimen no. DMAX D UD U WW WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 4877 47.6 47.6 16.5 34.7 10.5 #24 19.2 40.3 54.7 GSC 6490 182 137 62.7 36.2 c33.4 19.3 66.2 38.3 c50.5 155 57/2 ЖІТІ 33.7 21.7 59.7 38.5 56.5 GSC 6491 ae, 92.7 10.0 30.6 8.2 go. 13.6 41.6 60.3 GSC 87804 63.6 59.0 29:0 39.0 14.6 24.7 29.5 39.8 62.1 GSC 87806 82.2 22 9.2 28.6 7.4 23.0 13.5 41.9 54.8 GSC 98655 38.3 30.5 9.2 302 7.6 24.9 13.1 43.0 57.6 GSC 98661 38.0 35.6 9.7 qo) - E 15.5 43.5 GSC 98676 20.0 20.0 5.4 27.0 3 Ps 9.1 45.5 60.4 GSC 98681 26.9 26.9 7.8 29.0 6.1 vn 11.3 42.0 54.0 GSC 98682 c28.0 23.0 7.0 30.4 — — 10.0 43.5 — GSC 98685 К ас, 205 8.9 34.9 6.2 24.3 102 40.0 60.8 GSC 98687 64.2 36.2 19.4 25.4 12:3 2917 20:2 35.9 65.8 МЕАМ — - — 31.6 — 290 - 414 58.0 SL DEV, — — — 4.3 — D — 2.6 4.4 When McLearn designated the lectotype (1932, p. 67) he also recognized two plesiotypes (McLearn, 1932, pl. 6, figs. 1 and 2 and pl. 7, fig. 3). The plesiotypes are refigured herein (GSC 6491, PI. 28, fig. 7; GSC 6490, PI. 29, fig. 1). Material. — 143 specimens in sandstone and silt- stone of the Fannin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 49. Discussion. — When Whiteaves first described this species he indicated that the best preserved figured specimen, which later became the lectotype (McLearn, 1932), originated from South Bay which is now known as Whiteaves Bay (section D herein. p. 14). Unfortu- nately, the publication of the plate was unexpectedly delayed until part 4 of Whiteaves' work on fossils from the Queen Charlotte Islands (Whiteaves, 1900) in which the fossil was reported to have come from Maude Is- land (section E herein, p. 15) and this has led to con- fusion in subsequent literature. From the context of Whiteaves' original description and in agreement with McLearn's conclusion (McLearn, 1932, p. 69), we be- lieve that the specimen did, in fact, originate from Whiteaves Bay. This large species had been previously reported from North America and Russia but Howarth (1992) has re-evaluated these reports and concludes that the Rus- sian material, with its simpler ribbing, was better ac- commodated in the species Tiltoniceras antiquum (de- scribed below). The North American specimens are distinguished by early whorls that have complex ribs followed by simple ribs and then smooth shells, a pat- tern more akin to Lioceratoides. As discussed above, Pacificeras with its more evolute and slowly expanding shell, is retained as a subgenus of Lioceratoides based on Schloenbachia propinqua of Whiteaves (1884) as type (Repin, 1970). Occurrence. — As interpreted here, L. (P.) propin- quum is only known from the northeast Pacific. Localities.—DT2, 024-27, ЕТ5, E62-68, 103, 112. Age. — Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) to ear- ly Toarcian. Genus TILTONICERAS Buckman, 1913 Type species. — Tiltoniceras costatum Buckman, 1913, p. 8, by original designation. 7. costatum is a subjective junior synonym of Harpoceras antiquum Wright, 1882 (Howarth, 1973, 1992). Remarks. —See the remarks under Pacificeras. The genus has been recently discussed in detail by Howarth (1992) who considers it monospecific. Age and distribution.—T. antiquum first occurs in the upper Pliensbachian of western North America be- coming widespread in Boreal, lower Toarcian rocks of northeast Siberia, Germany, and Great Britain. Tiltoniceras antiquum (Wright, 1882) Plate 30, figures 1-4; Text-figure 391-m Harpoceras antiquum Wright, 1882, pl. 57, figs. 1, 2. Harpoceras acutum (Tate). Wright, 1884, p. 469, pl. 82, figs. 7, 8. Ammonites capillatus Denckmann, 1887, p. 60, pl. 1, fig. 7; pl. 4, fig. 3. Harpoceras schroederi Denckmann, 1893, p. 101. Tiltoniceras costatum Buckman, 1913, p. viii; 1914, pl. 97, figs. it 4; Hoffmann, 1968, p. 15, pl. 4, fig. 3; Dagis, 1974, p. 23, pl. 3 figs. 1-4. Tiltoniceras acutum Tate. Donovan, 1954, p. 51; Hoffman, 1968, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 4; Lehmann, 1968, p. 56, pl. 19, fig. 6. Harpoceras sp. juv. Frebold, 1964a, p. 16, pl. 6, figs. 8, 9 only. Tiltoniceras schroederi (Denckmann). Hoffmann and Martin, 1960, p. 116, pl. 9, figs. 6, 7, 12; Hoffmann, 1968, p. 13, pl. 4, fig. 2. Ovaticeras facetum Repin, 1966, p. 45, pl. 1, figs. 4, 5, 8; 1968, P: 115, pl. 46, figs. 1, 2, 4, 5. Tiltoniceras capillatum (Denckmann). Hoffmann, 1968, p. 17, pl. + figs. 1-4; Lehmann, 1968, p. 57, pl. 20, figs. 1, 2, 8; Dagis, 1974 Dh 20s, Зе Први 5,-6, JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 73 Table 50. — Measurements of Tiltoniceras antiquum (Wright, 1882). All measurements are in mm. Specimen no. DMAX D UD U ww WWD WH WHD WWWH GSC 98713 39.0 32.0 7.9 24.7 7:8 24.4 15.6 48.8 50 GSC 98728 c158 150.8 41.0 27.2 35.4 23.4 65.7 43.5 53.9 GSC 98730 © 45.7 11.8 25.8 11.1 24.3 21.8 47.7 50.9 GSC 98731 59.5 59.5 17.5 29.4 ы = 23.6 39.7 у 48.0 12.0 25.0 11.7 24.4 20.5 42.7 42.7 МЕАМ = = a 26.4 P 241 = 44.5 49.4 ST. DEV. 2 E z 1.9 ` 0.5 - 3.7 4.8 Ovaticeras propinquum (Whiteaves). Repin, 1968, p. 116, pl. 44, fig. 1; pl. 45, fig. 1. Tiltoniceras propinquum (Whiteaves). Dagis, 1971, p. 175, pl. 4, figs. 4, 5; 1974, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 1-4; pl. 2, fig. 1; Thomson and Smith, 1992, p. 39, pl. 15, figs. 4, 8 and 9 only. Tiltoniceras antiquum (Wright). Schlegelmilch, 1976, p. 88, pl. 46, figs, 5, 6; Howarth, 1992, p. 70, Text-figures 13, 18; pl. 5, fig. 3; pl. 6, figs. 1-8; pl. 7, figs. 1-3, 9. )Ovaticeras sp. cf. O. ovatum (Young and Bird). Poulton, 1991, p. 20, pl. 13, figs. 7, 11. ()Harpoceras? sp. Poulton, 1991, p. 20, pl. 13, fig. 8 only. Description. —Midvolute, large and thick-shelled form with compressed whorls bearing a prominent, Simple keel. The umbilical wall is gently sloped, the Poilical shoulder indistinct and the flanks gently con- ex, | Ribsare ñine and simple. They are prorsiradiate and Sinuous across the flank and projected ventrally. Rib- Ding fades at umbilical diameters of 8 mm or so to be replaced by a smooth or striate shell. Type material. —Lectotype: Wright, 1882, pl. 57, figs. 1 and 2 designated by Donovan (1954, p. 44) and "efigured by Howarth (1992, Text-fig. 13). Material. — Seventy-five specimens from the upper ànnin Formation. Measurements. —See Table 50. Discussion, — This species reaches a large size as ex- emplifeq by the specimen figured on Plate 30, figure 1 hich has a diameter of almost 160 mm and yet is Still septate. Three other similarly large and completely Septate specimens also occur in the collection but most APPENDIX LOCALITY REGISTER M i brief geographical description, latitude, longitude, and 1:50,000 Cited Sheet are given for stratigraphic sections and locality numbers М Ж. the text; type numbers are also listed by locality. Refer to ~Agures 2 and 3 for locations. S ECTION A: KUNGA ISLAND (Text-figures 2, 7 and 16) От so alities A01 to A13 in a stratigraphic sequence exposed along the ga east shore of Кипра Island, 52%45'53"N, 131%33'08"W; NTS B/13 & 14, Louise Island. are incomplete and less than 50 mm in shell diameter. An exception, indicating the presence of dimorphism, is figured on Plate 30, figure 4. This specimen has a diameter of almost 60 mm and a body chamber just under half a whorl in length. The body chamber, which egresses slightly, has a peristome that is sinuous, in harmony with the now obsolete ribbing; it flares in the central part of the flank end projects ventrally to form a rostrum. One other, unfigured specimen reaches a diameter of over 78 mm and has a body chamber length of about half a whorl. The peristome is mostly incomplete but where it remains it shows a similar flaring. T. antiquum differs from Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum in being slightly more involute and more rapidly expanding and in having ribs that are never divided into primaries and secondaries. L. (P.) an- gionus also has more complex ribbing on its earlier whorl and is further characterized by its steep umbilical wall and more pronounced umbilical shoulder. Occurrence.—As discussed in the introduction to Pacificeras (p. 70), T. antiquum is characteristic of the Boreal Realm where it normally occurs in the basal Toarcian. In the Queen Charlotte Islands and else- where in Canada it also occurs in the uppermost Pliens- bachian and presumably it had its origin within Lio- ceratoides. Localities. — 806, DT2, D27, ЕТ5, E62-68. Age. —Carlottense Zone (Late Pliensbachian) and early Toarcian. A01 UBC loc. PLS-14, Sandilands Formation A02 UBC loc. PLS-13, Ghost Creek Formation A03 UBC loc. PLS-12, Ghost Creek Formation A04 UBC loc. PLS-11, Ghost Creek Formation A05 UBC loc. PLS-10, Ghost Creek Formation A06 UBC loc. PLS-9, Ghost Creek Formation A07 UBC loc. PLS-8, Ghost Creek Formation A08 UBC loc. PLS-7, Ghost Creek Formation A09 UBC loc. PLS-6, Rennell Junction Member (of the Fannin Formation) A10 UBC loc. PLS-5, Rennell Junction Member All UBC loc. PLS-4, Rennell Junction Member A12 UBC loc. PLS-2, Rennell Junction Member A13 UBC loc. PLS-1, Rennell Junction Member SECTION B: LOUISE ISLAND (Text-figures 2, 8 and 17) Localities BT1 (talus), and B01 to B06 in a stratigraphic sequence exposed on the north shore of Louise Island at Renner Point, between 53%2/03"Ч, 131%52'48"W апа 53%02'06"N, 131?52'47"W; NTS 103G/4, Cumshewa. BT1 GSC loc. C-117025, GSC type 98702, Ghost Creek Formation В01 GSC loc. C-117022, Ghost Creek Formation B02 GSC loc. C-117021, Ghost Creek Formation B03 GSC loc. C-117020, Rennell Junction Member B04 GSC loc. C-117019, GSC types 95575, 98626, 98627, 98628, 98629, 98630, 98633, 98636, 98637, 98639, Rennell Junction Member В05 GSC loc. C-117018, Fannin Formation B06 GSC loc. C-117017, Fannin Formation SECTION C: CUMSHEWA INLET (Text-figures 2, 9 and 18) Localities CT1, CT2 (talus), and C01 to C05 in a stratigraphic se- quence exposed on the north shore of Cumshewa Inlet, 53?02'53"N, 131*56'05"W; NTS 103G/4, Cumshewa. СТІ GSC loc. C-157644, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157645, Ghost Creek Formation CT2 GSC loc. C-157607, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157647, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157648, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157609, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157650, Ghost Creek Formation C02 GSC loc. C-117026, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-157671, Rennell Junction Member C03 GSC loc. C-80610, GSC type 87797, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117027, GSC type 98692, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-157668, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-157670, Fannin Formation C04 GSC loc. C-157612, Fannin Formation C05 GSC loc. C-157649, Fannin Formation CO Б SECTION D: WHITEAVES ВАҮ (Text-figures 2, 10 and 19) Localities DT1, DT2 (talus), and D01 to D28 in a stratigraphic sequence exposed in Whiteaves Bay on the north shore of Moresby Island, 53?11'N, 132?01'W; NTS 103F/1, Skidegate Inlet. ОТ! GSC loc. O-48564, GSC types 87800, 98673, 98674, 98675, 99020, Fannin Formation DT2 GSC loc. O-13630, GSC type 9052, 99046, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117033, GSC types 4877, 6489, 6490, 6491, 9053, Fannin Formation D01 GSC loc. O-93568, Ghost Creek Formation D02 GSC loc. C-80242, Ghost Creek Formation D03 GSC loc. O-93565, GSC types 98688, 98691, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80243, Ghost Creek Formation D04 GSC loc. C-80244, Ghost Creek Formation D05 GSC loc. C-80245, Ghost Creek Formation D06 GSC loc. C-80246, GSC type 98656, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80247, Ghost Creek Formation D07 GSC loc. C-80248, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80249, GSC types 98695, 98707, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80250, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80751, Ghost Creek Formation BULLETIN 348 GSC loc. C-80752, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-93564, GSC types 98654, 98693, 99044, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80753, Ghost Creek Formation D09 GSC loc. O-93571, Ghost Creek Formation D10 GSC loc. C-80754, Ghost Creek Formation D11 GSC loc. O-93575, GSC type 95573, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80755, GSC type 98645, Ghost Creek Formation D12 GSC loc. C-80756, Ghost Creek Formation D13 GSC loc. C-80757, Ghost Creek Formation D14 GSC loc. C-80758, Rennell Junction Member D15 GSC loc. C-80759, Rennell Junction Member D16 GSC loc. C-80760, Rennell Junction Member D17 GSC loc. C-80761, Rennell Junction Member D18 GSC loc. O-93563, Rennell Junction Member D19 GSC loc. C-80764, Fannin Formation D20 GSC loc. C-80765, GSC types 99018, 98590, 98619, 98620, 98742, Fannin Formation D21 GSC locs. C-80766, Fannin Formation D22 GSC loc. C-80768, GSC type 98584, Fannin Formation D23 GSC loc. C-80769, Fannin Formation D24 GSC loc. O-93574, GSC types 98643, 98732, 98733, 98739, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80771, Fannin Formation D25 GSC loc. C-80772, GSC type 98740, Fannin Formation D26 GSC loc. O-93582, GSC type 98642, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80773, Fannin Formation D27 GSC loc. C-80774, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80776, GSC type 98746, Fannin Formation D28 GSC loc. C-80775, Fannin Formation DO со SECTION E: MAUDE ISLAND (Text-figures 2, 11 and 20) Localities ЕТІ to ETS (talus), and E01 to E79 in a stratigraphic sequence exposed in Fannin Bay on the southeast side of Maude Island, 53?12'N, 132%03'W; NTS 103F/1, Skidegate Inlet. ЕТІ GSC loc. O-48603, GSC types 20337, 87810, 98631, 98632, 98689 GSC loc. O-93577, GSC type 98667 GSC loc. O-93743, GSC type 98575 GSC loc. O-93748 GSC loc. C-80836, GSC types 87811, 98657, Fannin For- mation ET2 GSC locs. O-52342, O-93744, Rennell Junction Member ET3 GSC locs. C-80835, C-80837, C-80838, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80840, GSC types 98625, 98696, Rennell Junction Member GSC locs. C-80841, C-80844, C-80845, C-81916, C-1 18698, Rennell Junction Member ET4 GSC loc. O-13628, GSC types 98576, 98577, 98579, 98594, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-48573, GSC types 87798, 98578, Fannin For- mation GSC loc. O-93579, GSC type 98709, Fannin Formation GSCloc. O-93741, GSC type 98581, 98622, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80839, GSC types 98597, 98610, Fannin рог“ mation GSC loc. C-81724, GSC type 98608, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117032, GSC types 6493, 6494, 6495, 6496, 651. 6518, 9054, 9058, 98684, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117034, GSC types 4876, 4879, 6519, 6670, 9055 Fannin Formation ET5 GSC loc. O-48563, GSC type 98716, Fannin Formation JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 75 GSC loc. GSC loc. GSC loc. GSC loc. GSC loc. GSC loc. GSC loc. tion GSC loc. C-81917, GSC type 98644, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117002, GSC types 98677, 98718, 98730, Fannin Formation. Ammonites found together in a single boulder. GSC loc. C-117003, GSC types 87804, 87806, 87809, 98676, 98697, 99045, Fannin Formation. Ammonites found together in a single boulder. GSC loc. C-117004, Fannin Formation. Ammonites found to- Bether in a single boulder. GSC loc. C-117005, 98589, 98731, 99015, Fannin Formation. Ammonites found together in a single boulder. GSC loc. C-117030, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117031, GSC types 4878, 87807, 98728, 98734, 98735, Fannin Formation UBC loc. 82-14, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80241, GSC type 98650, Ghost Creek Formation GSC locs. O-91819, C-80315, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80318, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80319, Ghost Creek Formation GSC locs. C-80321, C-80323, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80324, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91820, Ghost Creek Formation GSC locs. O-91821, C-80325, Ghost Creek Formation GSC locs. O-91822, C-80326, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91823, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80328, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91824, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91825, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91805, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc, C-80329, GSC type 98660, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91799, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80330, GSC type 98665, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. O-91796, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80331, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-80332, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91797, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80333, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91803, GSC type 98664, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80334, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91802, Rennell Junction Member GSC 1065. O-91801, C-80336, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91798, Rennell Junction Member GSC locs. O-91793, C-80337, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91795, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91794, GSC types 87790, 87791, 95576, 98653, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80338, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80340, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc, C-80341, Rennell Junction Member GSC осв, C-80342, C-80343, C-90555, Rennell Junction ember GSC loc, C-80344, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91807, GSC type 78715, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91811, Rennell Junction Member GSC locs. O-91815, C-80345, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc, 0-91 814, GSC type 98648, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. О-91810, Rennell Junction Member O-93578, Fannin Formation C-80814, GSC type 98598, Fannin Formation C-80824, GSC type 98685, Fannin Formation C-80831, GSC type 98586, Fannin Formation C-80832, GSC type 98694, Fannin Formation C-80833, GSC type 99040, Fannin Formation C-80834, GSC types 98585, 98744, Fannin Forma- E57 E58 E59 E60 E61 E62 E63 E64 E65 E66 E67 E68 GSC loc. C-80346, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80347, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80348, GSC type 98703, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80349, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80350, GSC type 98669, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80215, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80216, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80217, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. O-91818, Rennell Junction Member GSC locs. C-80219, C-80220, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80221, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80222, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-90554, GSC type 98686, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80223, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-80224, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80226, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-117284, GSC type 98670, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90553, GSC types 87801, 98583, Fannin For- mation GSC loc. C-80228, GSC type 98701, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80229, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91827, GSC types 98574, 98607, Fannin For- mation GSC locs. C-80231, C-80232, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91828, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80233, GSC type 98623, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80234, GSC types 98614, 98615, 98616, 98617, 98624, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90614, GSC types 87796, 98672, 98706, 98708, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80235, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91830, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80240, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80825, GSC type 98698, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91792, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-81716, GSC types 87805, 98679, 98687, 98705, 98729, 99016, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91816, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-93750, GSC types 98588, 98600, 98727, 98745, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90545, GSC types 98613, 98649, 98681, 98682, 98741, 99017, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91832, GSC type 99046, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91833, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91834, Fannin Formation GSC loc. O-91835, GSC types 98640, 98736, Fannin For- mation GSC loc. C-80783, GSC type 98611, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90544, GSC type 98713, Fannin Formation GSC locs. C-80784, C-80818, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80817, GSC type 98690, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80785, GSC types 98634, 98641, 98655, 98661, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80815, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-80786, GSC type 87808, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90615, Fannin Formation SECTION F: ROAD 19 QUARRY (Text-figures 3, 12 and 21) Localities FT1 and FT2 (talus), and F01 to F12 in a stratigraphic sequence measured in a quarry on the north side of Forest Road 19 at 53?22'30", 132%16'00"; NTS 103F/8, Yakoun River. ЕТІ GSC loc. C-156675, GSC types 98710, 98738, 99027, 99038, 99041, 99042, 99043, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-177370, GSC types 87809, 98651, 98671, 99022, 99023, 99024, 99039, Rennell Junction Member FT2 GSC loc. C-56954, GSC types 98711, 99013, 99014, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-177368, types 98592, 99032, 99033, 99034, 99035, 99036, 99037, Fannin Formation F01 GSC loc. С-177371, Rennell Junction Member F02 GSC loc. C-177369, Rennell Junction Member F03 GSC loc. C-177358, Rennell Junction Member F04 GSC loc. C-177359, Rennell Junction Member F05 GSC loc. C-177360, Rennell Junction Member F06 GSC loc. C-177361, Rennell Junction Member F07 GSC loc. C-177367, Rennell Junction Member F08 GSC loc. C-177362, Fannin Formation F09 GSC loc. C-177363, Fannin Formation F10 GSC loc. C-177364, Fannin Formation F11 GSC loc. C-177365, Fannin Formation F12 GSC loc. C-177366, Fannin Formation SECTION G: RENNELL JUNCTION (Text-figures 3, 13 and 22) Localities СТІ to GT4 (talus), and СІ to 011 in a stratigraphic sequence measured in a gulley on the east side of the Graham Island main road near its junction with the Rennell Sound road at 53?24'26"N, 132°18'13”W; NTS 103F/8, Yakoun River. СТІ GSC loc. C-81923, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90574, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90579, GSC types 98668, 98704, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-90589, Ghost Creek Formation GT2 GSC loc. C-90573, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-90604, Rennell Junction Member GT3 GSC loc. C-81712, GSC types 87792, 98638, 98671, 99047, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-90587, GSC type 87794, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-90588, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-118697, GSC type 98635, Rennell Junction Mem- ber GT4 GSC loc. C-81927, GSC types 87799, 98596, 98603, 98717, 98719, Fannin Formation С01 GSC loc. C-81926, GSC type 98666, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90549, GSC type 98663, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90978, GSC type 98658, Ghost Creek Formation G02 GSC loc. C-81925, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90548, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90556, GSC type 87788, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90591, Ghost Creek Formation G03 GSC loc. C-81924, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90547, GSC type 98659, Ghost Creek Formation G04 GSC loc. C-81922, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90572, Ghost Creek Formation G05 GSC loc. C-90575, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90580, GSC type 98646, Ghost Creek Formation G06 GSC loc. C-90581, Rennell Junction Member G07 GSC loc. C-90551, Rennell Junction Member G08 GSC loc. C-90583, Rennell Junction Member G09 GSC loc. C-90590, Rennell Junction Member G10 GSC locs. C-90593, C-90618, Rennell Junction Member G11 GSC loc. C-90592, Rennell Junction Member SECTION H: INTERCOAST RESOURCES BOREHOLE DDH- 179 (Text-figures 3, 14 and 23) Localities H1 to H12 in a sequence recovered from a borehole at 53?24'29"N, 132°18'11”W; NTS 103F/8, Yakoun River. BULLETIN 348 H01 GSC loc. C-90539, Ghost Creek Formation H02 GSC loc. C-90535, Ghost Creek Formation H03 GSC loc. C-90640, Ghost Creek Formation H04 GSC loc. C-90976, Ghost Creek Formation H05 GSC loc. C-90642, GSC type 98647, Ghost Creek Formation H06 GSC loc. C-116300, Ghost Creek Formation H07 GSC loc. C-90534, Rennell Junction Member H08 GSC loc. C-90611, Rennell Junction Member H09 GSC loc. C-90641, Rennell Junction Member H10 GSC loc. C-90538, Rennell Junction Member Н11 GSC loc. C-90530, Rennell Junction Member H12 GSC loc. C-90610, Rennell Junction Member ISOLATED LOCALITIES (Text-figures 3 and 24) Localities I01 to I17 in southern Graham Island; NTS 103F/8, Yak- oun River. 101 53°23’00”М, 132?15'30"W GSC loc. C-81741, Rennell Junction Member. Ammonites not associated with each other. 102 53?22'42"N, 132%16'08"W GSC loc. O-93721, GSC types 98582, 98683, Rennell Junction Member. GSC loc. O-93725, Rennell Junction Member. 103 53923713”, 132?16'16"W GSC loc. C-90560, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90559, GSC type 98747, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90557, Fannin Formation 104 53%24'/11"М, 132?16'08"W GSC loc. O-93724, Ghost Creek Formation 105 53?24'29"N, 132%15'41"W GSC loc. O-93723, GSC type 98712, Fannin Formation 106 53°24'42”М, 132?14'54"W GSC loc. C-81709, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90542, GSC types 98587, 98591, 98601, 98602, 98604, 98605, 98612, 98621, 98714, 98720, 98721, 98723, 98743, 99019, 99021, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-90552, Fannin Formation 107 | 53?24' 13"N, 132?18'14"W. From a short stratigraphic interval spanning the contact between the Rennell Junction Member and the Fannin sandstones. Localities 81718 and 177356 are from the same interval at the top of the former; 177355 near the base of the latter. GSC loc. C-81718, Rennell Junction Member GSC loc. C-177355, GSC types 99025, 99026, 99028, 99029, 99030, 99031, Fannin Formation. GSC loc. C-177356, Rennell Junction Member. 108 53°24'36"N, 132%17'43"W GSC loc. C-81733, GSC types 87784, 87785, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90974, GSC types 87789, 98699, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90977, GSC types 87783, 87793, 95574, 98652, 98662, 98680, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-157551, GSC types 95572, 98700, 98715, 98737, Ghost Creek Formation 109 53°24’50’N, 132%18'11"W Я GSC loc. C-81707, GSC type 98678, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90979, Ghost Creek Formation 110 53%24'57"N, 132°17'49"W GSC loc. C-90980, Ghost Creek Formation 111 53?25'16"N, 132?17'43"W GSC loc. O-93732, Ghost Creek Formation П2 53?25'18"N, 132°18'24”W | Í Í Í — JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 77 GSC loc. C-81739, Fannin Formation I13 53?25'11"N, 132%18'46"W GSC loc. O-93729, Ghost Creek Formation 114 53%25'46"N, 132?17'16"W GSC loc. C-81730, GSC types 98580, 98595, 98618, 98724, Fannin Formation 115 53925'45"М, 132°17'19”W GSC loc. C-90612, Fannin Formation 116 53%25'45"N, 132%17'22"W GSC loc. C-81727, Ghost Creek Formation GSC loc. C-90616, Rennell Junction Member 117 53?25'34"N, 132°18'30"W GSC loc. C-81703, GSC types 95577, 98593, 98599, 98606, 98609, 98722, 98725, 98726, Fannin Formation GSC loc. C-81734, Fannin Formation REFERENCES CITED Arkell, W, J. 1950. A classification of the Jurassic ammonites. Journal of Pa- leontology, vol. 24, pp. 354-364. Arthur, A, J. 1985. Biostratigraphy of the Lower to Middle Jurassic sedi- ments, Ashcroft area, south-central British Columbia. un- published BS thesis, University of British Columbia, 50 pp., 6 pls. Bengston, Py 1988. Open nomenclature. Palaeontology, vol. 31, pp. 223-227. Bettoni, A. 1900. Fossili domeriani della provincia di Brescia. Mémoires de la Société Paléontologique Suisse, vol. 27, 88 pp., 9 pls., 6 text-figs. Blasco, G., Levy, R., and Nullo, F. 1978. Los amonites de la formacion Osta Arena (Liasico) y su posicion estratigráfica — Pampa de Agnia—(Provincia del Chubut). Congreso Geológico Argentino VII, Neuquén, Argentina, Actas, vol. 2, pp. 407-429. Blau, J „and Meister, C. 1991. Liassic (Pliensbachian) ammonites from the Lienz Dolo- mites (Eastern Tyrol, Austria). Jahrbuch für Geologie, Reihe B, pp. 171-204. Bown, P, 1991. Calcareous nannofossils from the Late Triassic-Early Ju- rassic of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Current Research, 91-1E, В рр. 13-18. тара, J. С. 1983. Ammonites del Domerense de la Zona Subbética (Cor- dilleras Béticas, sur de Espafia). unpublished PhD thesis, University of Granada, Granada, Spain, 410 pp., 197 text- Br figs., 16 pls. aga, J. C., Jiminéz, A. P., and Rivas, P. 1982. Los Hildoceratidae del tránsito Domerense-Toarciense de la Zona Subbética (Cordilleras Béticas, S. de España). Bol- letin de la Reale Sociedad Española de Historia Naturale Br (Geol.), vol. 80, pp. 133-152. ава, J. C., Comas-Rengifo, M. J., Соу, A., and Rivas, P. 1982. Comparaciones faunisticas y correlaciones en el Pliens- bachiense de la Zona Subbética y Cordillera Ibérica. Bol- letin de la Reale Sociedad Española de Historia Naturale, Seccion Geologica, vol. 80, pp. 221-224. 1985, Le Pliensbachien dans la chaine cantabrique orientale entre Castillo Pedroso et Reinosa (Santander, Espagne). Les Ca- hiers de L'Institut Catholique de Lyon, vol. 14, рр. 69- Bra 83, 2 pls. Ва, J. C., and Rivas, P. 985. The mediterranean Tropidoceras (Ammonitina) in the Betic Cordilleras. Eclogae Geologicae Helvetiae, vol. 78, pp. 567—605. Bremer, H. 1965. Zur Ammonitenfauna und Stratigraphie des unteren Lias (Sinemurium bis Carixium) in der Umgebung von Ankara. Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Paläontologie, Abhan- dlungen, vol. 122, pp. 127-221. Buckman, S. S. 1909-1930. Yorkshire type ammonites, I-II, and type ammo- nites, III-VII. Reprinted 1976, Wheldon and Wesley Ltd. and Verlag von Cramer, Herts., England. vol. I, pls. 24- 44 (1911); vol. IL, 16 pp., pls. 68-90 (1913); pls. 130A- 130C (1919); vol. III, pls. 148—194 (1920); vol. IV, 67 pp., pls. 267B-362 (1922); pls. 363-422 (1923); vol. V, 88 p., pls. 458-536 (1924). 1918. Jurassic chronology, I-Lias. Quarterly Journal of the Geo- logical Society of London, vol. 73, pp. 257-327, pls. 26- e Callomon, J. 1984. Biostratigraphy, chronostratigraphy and all that—again. in 2nd International Symposium on Jurassic Stratigraphy. R. B. Rocha and A. F. Soares, eds., vol. 3, pp. 611-624, Lisbon. Cameron, B. E. B., and Tipper, H. W. 1985. Jurassic stratigraphy of the Queen Charlotte Islands, Brit- ish Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 365, 49 pp. Cantaluppi, G. 1966. Fossili sinemuriani e domeriani nel *corso bianco" ad est di Brescia. Atti dell'Instituto Geologico della Universita di Pavia, vol. 17, pp. 103-120, pls. 1-2. 1970. Le Hildoceratidae del Lias medio delle regioni mediter- ranee. Memoirie della Società italiana di Scienze naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Milano, vol. 19, pp. 7-46. 1972. Revisione di “Grammoceras bassanii" controversa spe- cie-tipo dei generi d'ammoniti Protogrammoceras e Bas- saniceras. Atti della Società italiana di Scienze naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Milano, vol. 113, pp. 335-356, pls. 15-16. Cantaluppi, G., and Brambilla, G. 1968. Leammoniti del Ripiantino (5а по) e della Breggia (Can- ton Ticino); riflessi biostratigrafici sul Domeriano ed il suo limite inferior. Atti della Società italiana di Scienze na- turali e del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Milano, vol. 107, pp. 277-315. Cantaluppi, G., and Montanari, L. 1971. Quadro biostratigrafico conclusivo del Carixiano e suo- passaggio al Domeriano nelle Prealpi lombarde occiden- tali. Bolletino della Società Paleontologia Italiana, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 43-74, 12 pls. Cantaluppi, G., and Savi, A. 1968. Le ammoniti di Molino Grasso d'Olona (Varesotto); ri- flessi biostratigrafici sul Domeriano ed il suo limite su- periore. Atti della Società italiana di Scienze naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Milano, vol. 107, pp. 205-261, pls. 18-21. Carter, E. S., Cameron, B. E. B., and Smith, P. L. 1988. Lower and Middle Jurassic radiolarian biostratigraphy and systematic paleontology, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 386, 108 pp. Cólera, I., Rivas, P., Sequeiros, L., and Valenzuela, R. 1978. Algunos Metaderoceras (Ammonitina) del Lias inferior de Almonacid de la Cuba (provincia de Zaragoza, Cordillera Ibérica). Estudios Geologicos, vol 34, pp. 309—317, pls. 1-2. Corvalán, J. I. 1962. Early Mesozoic biostratigraphy of the Westgate area, Churchill County, Nevada. unpublished PhD thesis, Stan- ford University, Stanford, CA, 224 pp. Cuvier, G. 1797. Tableau élémentaire de l'histoire naturelle des animaux. 710 pp., 14 pls., Paris. Dacque, E. 1934. Leitfossilien. in G.Gürich, ed., vol. 7, part 2, pp. 273-582, pls. 25-48. Berlin. Dagis, A. A. 1971. Genetic relationships between the Toarcian ammonoid genera Tiltoniceras, Eleganticeras and Harpoceras. Pa- laeontological Journal, vol. 5, pp. 175-180. Toarcian ammonites (Hildoceratidae) from the north of Siberia. Transactions of the Institute of Geology and Geo- physics, Academy of Science, USSR, Siberian branch, vol. 99, 188 pp., 19 pls. (in Russian). Late Pliensbachian ammonites (Amaltheidae) of north Si- beria. Transactions of the Academy of Science, USSR, Siberian branch, Novosibirsk, 59 pp., 8 text-figs., 17 pls. (in Russian). Dean, W. T., Donovan, D. T., and Howarth, M. K. 1961. The Liassic ammonite zones and subzones of the north- west European province. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Geology Series, vol. 4, pp. 435—505, pls. 63-74. Del Campana, D. 1900. I Cefalopodi del Medolo di Valtrompia. Bolletino della Società Geologica Italiana, vol. 19, pp. 555-644. Denckmann, A. 1887. Uber geognostischen Verhaltnisse der Umgegend van Dórnten nordlich Goslar, mit besonderer Berücksichti- gung der Fauna des oberen Lias. Abhandlungen der geo- logischen Specialkarte von Preussen und der Thuringisch- en Staaten, Berlin, vol. 8, 108 pp., 10 pls. Studien im Deutschen Lias. Jahrbuch der kaiserlichen Preussischen Geologischen Landesanstalt und Bergaka- demie zu Berlin, vol. 13, pp. 98-114. Dommergues, J.-L. 1978. Un cas de dimorphisme sexuel chez une ammonite carix- ienne Phricodoceras taylori (J. de C. Sowerby, 1826) Eod- eroceratidae Spath, 1929. Bulletin Scientifique de Bour- gogne, Dijon, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 41-45. Dommergues, J.-L., Ferretti, A., Géczy, B., and Mouterde, R. я 1983. Eléments de corrélation entre faunes d'ammonites me- sogéennes (Hongrie, Italie) et subboréales (France, Por- 1974. 1976. 1893. BULLETIN 348 tugal) au Carixien et au Domérien inférieur. Géobios, vol. 16, No. 4, pp. 471-499, 5 text-figs, 7 pls. Dommergues, J.-L., and Meister, C. 1990. Les faunes d'ammonites de l'Austroalpin moyen dans les Alpes Rhetiques Italiennes (region de Levigno); biostra- tigraphie et implications paleogeographiques. Revue de Paléobiologie, vol. 9, pp. 291—307. Dommergues, J.-L., Meister, C., and Faure, P. 1985. Trois espéces nouvelles d'Harpoceratinés du Carixien su- périeur et du Domérier basal du Nord-Ouest de l'Europe. Les Cahiers de l'Institut Catholique de Lyon, vol. 14, рр. 153-172, 4 pls. Dommergues, J.-L., and Mouterde, R. 1978. Les faunes d'ammonites du Carixien inférieur et moyen du gisement des Cottards (Cher). Géobios, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 345-365, 4 text-figs., 3 pls. Modalités d'installation et d'évolution des Harpocératinés (Ammonitina) au Domérien inférieur dans sud-ouest de l'Europe (France, Portugal). Géobios, vol. 13, pp. 289- 325, 6 pls. Les Acanthopleurocératinés portugais et leurs relations avec les formes subboréales. Ciéncias da Terra, vol. 6, pp. 77- 100. Reynesocoeloceras praeincertum nov. sp. (Ammonitina, Carixien moyen). Remarques sur l'origine du genre Rey- nesocoeloceras. Géobios, vol. 15, pp. 757-763. Dommergues, J.-L., Mouterde, R., and Phelps, M. 1984. Correlation between northwest European and Mediter- ranean ammonite faunas ofthe Pliensbachian stage, Lower Jurassic. International Symposium on Jurassic Stratigra- phy, Erlangen, vol. 1, pp. 208-216, 1 table. Dommergues, J.-L., Mouterde, R., and Rivas, P. 1984. Un faux Polymorphitiné: Dubariceras, nouveau genre d'Ammonitina du Carixien mesogéen. Géobios, vol. 17; No. 6, pp. 831—839, 4 text-figs., 1 pl. Donovan, D. T. 1954. Synoptic supplement to T. Wright's “Monograph on the Lias Ammonites of the British Islands" (1878-86). Pa- laeontographical Society Monograph, vol. 107, 54 pp. 1957. Notes on the species Cymbites laevigatus (J. de C. Sow erby) and on the genus Cymbites Neumayr. Geological Magazine, vol. 94, No. 5, pp. 413-420. 1994, History of classification of Mesozoic ammonites. Journal of the Geological Society, London, vol. 151, pp. 1035- 1040. Donovan, D. T., Callomon, J. H., and Howarth, M. K. 1981. Classification of the Jurassic Ammonitina. in The Am“ monoidea. Systematics Association, Special Volume 18, M. R. House and J. R. Senior, eds., pp. 101-155. Donovan, D. T., and Forsey, G. F. 1973. Systematics of Lower Liassic Ammonitina. Universit Kansas Paleontontological Contributions, Paper 64, pp: 1-18, 4 pls. Dubar, G., and Mouterde, R. 1978. Les formations à ammonites du Lias moyen dans le Наш Atlas de Midelt et du Tadla. Notes et Mémoires du Servi% Géologique, Marocco, No. 274, pp. 1-112, 11 text-figS» 6 pls. Du Dresnay, R. 1963. Quelques ammonites de la partie inférieure du Pliensb? chien (Carixien et Domérien pro parte) du jbel Bou-Rh3F raf (Haut Atlas oriental). Notes du Service Géologique К Maroc, vol. 23, No. 172, pp. 141-160, pls. I-II. Dumortier, E. 1864-1869. Études paléontologiques sur les dépóts jurassi 1980. 1981. 1982. y of ques JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 79 du bassin du Rhóne, pt. I, 190 pp., 30 pls. (1864); pt. II, 254 pp., 50 pls. (1867); pt. III, 351 pp., 45 pls. (1869), Savy, Paris. Elmi, S., Atrops, F., and Mangold, C. 1974. Les zones d'ammonites du Domérien-Callovien de ГАЈ- gérie occidentale, Pt. 1: Domérien-Toarcien. Documents de la Faculté de Sciences, Laboratoire Géologique, Lyons, No. 61, pp. 1-84, 17 text-figs., 6 pls. Erben, H. K. 1954. Dosamonitas nuevos ysuimportancia para la estratigrafía del Jurásico Inferior de México. Paleontologia Méxicana, No. 1, 23 pp., 2 text-figs., 1 pl. Fantini Sestini, N. 1962. Contributo allo Studio delle Ammoniti del Domeriano di Monte Domaro (Brescia). Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, vol. 68, No. 4, pp. 483-554. 1974. Phylloceratina (Ammonoidea) del Pliensbachiano itali- ano. Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, vol. 80, No. 2, pp. 193-250, tables 19-20. t975, Dactylioceratidae (Ammonoidea) del Domeriano. Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, vol. 81, No. 4, pp. 437—476, 3 tables, 4 text-figs. 1977. Hildoceratidae (Ammonoidea) della Zona a Margaritatus (Domeriano). Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Strati- grafia, vol. 83, No. 4, pp. 697—758, 2 text-figs., 7 pls. 1978. 1 genere Phricodoceras (Polymorphytidae, Ammonoidea) nel Pliensbachiano italiano. Rivista Italiana di Paleonto- logia e Stratigrafia, vol. 84, No. 2, pp. 327-343, 1 table. Feretti, A. 1972. Ricerche biostratigrafiche sul Domeriano nel Gruppo Montuoso del Nerone (Appenino Marchigiano). Rivista Italiana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, vol. 78, No. 1, pp. 93-130, pls. 13-18. Fischer, R. 1971. Die Coeloceratinen (Ammonoidea) des Monte Cetona (Prov. Siena). Paläontologie, Geologie und Stratigraphie eines Profils im mediterranean Caxixium und Lotharin- gium. Geologica et Palaeontologica, vol. 5, pp. 93-129, pls. 1-2. 1975. Die deutschen Mittellias-Falciferen (Ammonoidea; Pro- togrammoceras, Fuciniceras, Arieticeras). Palaeontogra- phica, Abteilung A, vol. 151, pp. 47-101. Frebold, H. 1964a. Lower Jurassic and Bajocian ammonoid faunas of north- western British Columbia and southern Yukon. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 116, 31 pp., 8 pls. 1964b. Illustrations of Canadian fossils— Jurassic of western and Arctic Canada. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 63- 4, 106 pp., 51 pls. 1966, Upper Pliensbachian beds in the Fernie Group of Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 66-27, 8 pp., 1 pl. 1967, Position ofthe Lower Jurassic genus Fanninoceras McLearn and the age of the Maude Formation on Queen Charlotte Islands. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, vol. 4, pp. 1145-1149. 1970, Pliensbachian ammonoids from British Columbia and southern Yukon. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, vol. 7, pp. 435-456. 1975, The Jurassic faunas ofthe Canadian Arctic (Lower Jurassic ammonites, biostratigraphy and correlations). Geological F Survey of Canada, Bulletin 243, pp. 1-34, 5 pls. теђоја, H., and Little, W. Н. 1962, Palaeontology, stratigraphy and structure of the Jurassic rocks in Salmo map-area, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 81, 31 pp., 5 pls. Frebold, H., Mountjoy, E. W., and Tempelman-Kluit, D. J. 1967. New occurrences of Jurassic rocks and fossils in central and northern Yukon Territory. Geological Survey of Can- ada, Paper 67-12, 34 pp., 2 text-figs., 3 pls. Fucini, A. 1896. Fauna del Lias medio del Monte Calvi presso Campiglia Marittima. Palaeontographia Italica, vol. 2, pp. 203-250, pls. 24-25. 1900-1901a. Ammoniti del Lias medio dell'Appennino cen- trale. Palaeontographia Italica, vol. 5 (1900 [1899]), pp. 1-42, pls. 1-6; vol. 6 (1901a [1900]), pp. 43-104, pls. 7- 13. 1901b-1905. Cefalopodi Liassici del Monte di Cetona. Palaeon- tographia Italica, vol. 7 (1901b), pp. 1-89, pls. 1-14; vol. 10 (1904), pp. 241-264, pls. 39-42; vol. 11 (1905), pp. 265-318, pls. 43-51. 19082. Ammoniti medoliane dell 'Appenino. Atti della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali Memorie, vol. 24, pp. 79-94, ] pl. 1908b. Synopsis delle ammoniti del Medolo. Annali delle Univ- ersitä Toscane, vol. 28, pp. 1-107, 3 pls. 1923-1935. Fossili Domeriani dei dintorni di Taormina, Pts. 1— 5. Palaeontographia Italica, vol. 26 (1923 [1920]), pp. 1- 42, pls. 1-4; vol. 27 (1924 [1921]), pp. 43-64, pls. 5-8; vol. 29 (1929 [1923-28]), pp. 65-102, pls. 9-20; vol. 31 (1931 [1929-30], pp. 103-160, pls. 21-37; vol. 35 (1935 [1934—5]), pp. 161—176, pls. 38-41. Futterer, K. 1893. Die Ammoniten des mittleren Глаз von óstringen. Mit- teilungen grossherzoglich badischen geologische Lande- sanstalt, vol. 2, pp. 277-343, pls. 8-13. Geczy, B. 1959. Liparoceras (Hemiparinodiceras) urkuticum n.sg. n.sp. (Ceph.) from the Middle Liassic ofthe Bakony Mountains, Transdanubia, Hungary. Fóldtani Kózlóny, vol. 89, pp. 143-147, 1 pl. 1967. Ammonoides jurassiques de Csernye, Montagne Bakony, Hongrie, pt. II (excl. Hammatoceratidae). Geologica Hun- garica, Series Palaeontologica, No. 35, pp. 1-249, 65 pls. 1976. Les Ammonitines du Carixien de la Montagne du Bakony. Akadémiai Kiadó, Budapest, 223 pp., 39 pls. Gemmellaro, G. G. 1884. Sui fossili degli strati a Terebratula aspasia della contrada Rocche Rosse presso Galaati (provincia di Messina). Gior- nale di Scienze Naturali ed Economiche, Palermo, vol. 16, pp. 167-218, pls. 1-7. 1886. Sopra taluni Harpoceratidi del Lias superioredei dintorni di Taormina. Giornale di Scienze Naturali ed Econom- iche, Palermo, vol. 17, pp. 109-125. Getty, T. A. 1970. Acanthopleuroceras Hyatt, 1900 (Class Cephalopoda, Or- der Ammonoidea): proposed use of the plenary powers to designate the type-species (Jurassic). Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, vol. 27, pt. 2, pp. 105-109, 1 pl. Guex, J. 1973. Apergu biostratigraphique sur le Toarcien inférieur du Moyen Atlas marocain et discussion sur la zonation de ce sous-etage dans les séries méditerranéennes. Eclogae Geo- logicae Helveticae, vol. 66, pp. 493-523, pls. 1-15. Haas, O. 1913. Die Fauna des mittleren Lias von Ballino in Südtirol. Beiträge zur Paläeontologie und Geologie Osterreich-Un- garns und des Orients, Wien, vol. 26, 161 pp., 7 pls. Hall, R. L., and Howarth, M. K. 1983. Protogrammoceras paltum (Buckman), a Late Pliensba- BULLETIN 348 chian (Jurassic) ammonite from Axel Heiberg Island, Ca- nadian Arctic Archipelago. Canadian Journal Earth Sci- ences, vol. 20, pp. 1470-1475. Hallam, A. 1965. Observations on marine Lower Jurassic stratigraphy of North America, with special reference to the United States. Bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Ge- ologists, vol. 49, pp. 1485-1501, 5 text-figs. Hallam, A., and Bradshaw, M. J. 1979; Hauer, F. 1861. Haug, E. 1885. 1887. Hertlein, 1925. Bituminous shales and oolitic ironstones as indications of transgressions and regressions. Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 136, pp. 157-164. von Über die Ammoniten aus dem sogenannten Medolo der Berge Domaro und Guglielmo in Val Trompia, provin- ciadi Brescia. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch-Natur- wissenschaftlichen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Wien, vol. 44, pp. 403-422. Beitráge zu einer Monographie der Ammonitengattung Harpoceras. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geologie und Paläontologie, vol. 3, pp. 586—722, pls. 11-12. Über die “Polymorphidae”, eine neue Ammoniten-fam- ilie aus dem Lias. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geo- logie und Paläontologie, vol. 2, pp. 89-163. L. G. New species of marine fossil mollusca from western North America. Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Sciences, vol. 24, pp. 39-46, pls. 3-4. Hillebrandt, A. v. 1973a. 1973b. 1981. 1987. 1990a. 1990b. Neue Ergebnisse über den Jura in Chile und Argentinien. Münstersche Forschungen zur Geologie und Paläontolo- gie, vol. 31-32, pp. 167-199, 4 text-figs., 1 table. Die Ammonitengattungen Bouleiceras und Frechiella im Jura von Chile und Argentinien. Eclogae Geologicae Hel- vetiae, vol. 66, pp. 351-363, 2 pls. Faunas de amonites del Liasico Inferior y Medio (Hettan- giano hasta Pliensbachiano) de América del Sur (exclu- yendo Argentina). Cuncas sedimentarias del Jurásico y Cretácico de América del Sur, vol. 2, pp. 499-538. Liassic ammonite zones of South America and correla- tions with other provinces with descriptions of new genera and species of ammonites. in Bioestratigrafía de los sis- temas regionales del Jurásico y Cretácico de América del Sur. Contributions to I.G.C.P. No. 171, Circum-Pacific Jurassic, vol 1: Jurásico anterior a los movimientos mál- micos. Mendoza, Argentina, pp. 111—157, 14 pls. Der Untere Jura im Gebiet des Rio Atuel (Provinz Men- doza, Argentinien). Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Pa- láontologie, Abhandlungen, vol. 181, pp. 143-157. Ammonites. in Lower Jurassic of South America and Antarctic Peninsula. by A. C. Riccardi, S. E. Damborenea, and M. O. Manceñido. Newsletters on Stratigraphy, vol. 21, pp. 94—96. Hillebrandt, A. v., and Schmidt-Effing, R. 1981. Ammoniten aus dem Toarcium (Jura) von Chile (Süd- amerika). Zitteliana, vol. 6, pp. 1-74, 8 pls. Hirano, H. 1971. Biostratigraphic study of the Jurassic Toyora Group. Memoirs of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, Series D, Geology, vol. 21, pp. 93-128, pls. 14-20. 1973. Biostratigraphic study of the Jurassic Toyora Group, Pt. III. Transactions and Proceedings, Palaeontological So- ciety of Japan, N.S., No. 90, pp. 45-71, pls. 9-10. Hoffman, K. 1968. 1982. Neue Ammonitenfunde aus dem tieferen Unter-Toarcium (Lias epsilon) des nórdlichen Harzvorlandes und ihre fein- stratigraphische Bedeutung. Geologisches Jahrbuch, vol. 85, pp. 1-32, 5 pls. Die Stratigraphie, Paláogeographie und Ammonitenführ- ung des Unter-Pliensbachium (Carixium, Lias gamma) in Nordwest-Deutschland. Geologische Jahrbuch, vol. 55, Serie A, pp. 3-439, 32 text-figs., 3 tables, 40 pls. Hoffman, K., and Martin, P. R. 1960. Howarth, 1955. 1939; 1928, 1973: 1992, Howarth, 1964. Hyatt, A. 1867. 1875. 1889. 1900. ICZN 1572, Imlay, R. 1955: 1968. 1981. Die Zone des Dactylioceras tenuicostatum (Toarcien, Lias) in NW- und SW-Deutschland. Paläontologische Zeit- schrift, vol. 34, pp. 103-149, pls. 8-12. M. K. Domerian of the Yorkshire Coast. Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society, vol. 30, pp. 147-175, pls. 10-13. The Middle Lias of the Dorset Coast. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 113, pp. 185- 203, 1 pl. A monograph of the ammonites of the Liassic family Amaltheidae in Britain. Palaeontographical Society, pt. 1» pp. i-xiv, 1-26, pls. 1-4; pt. 2, pp. xv-xxxvii, 27-53, pls. 5-10. The stratigraphy and ammonite fauna of the Upper Liassic Grey Shales of the Yorkshire Coast. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Geology, vol. 24, No. 4, pP- 237-277, 9 pls. The Ammonite family Hildoceratidae in the Lower Ju- rassic of Britain. Part 1. Monograph of the Palaeonto- graphical Society, London, vol. 145, 106 pp., pls. 1-16. M. K., and Donovan, D. T. Ammonites of the Liassic family Juraphyllitidae in Brit- ain. Palaeontology, vol. 7, pt. 2, pp. 286—305, 2 text-figs., pls. 48-49. The fossil Cephalopods of the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin ofthe Museum of Comparative Zoology; vol 1, pp. 71-102. Remarks on two new genera of ammonites: Agassiceras and Oxynoticeras. Boston Society of Natural History, Pro" ceedings, vol. 17, pp. 225-235. Genesis of the Arietidae. Smithsonian Contributions 10 Knowledge, No. 673, 238 pp. Class 5— Cephalopoda. in Text-book of Paleontology. C R. Eastman, ed., New York, N. Y., pp. 502-604. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature: Opinio? 996. International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature London, p. 23. W. Characteristic Jurassic mollusks from northern Alask? U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 274-D, рр. 69- 96, pls. 8-13. Lower Jurassic (Pliensbachian and Toarcian) ammonites from eastern Oregon and California. U.S. Geological Sur vey Professional Paper 593-C, 51 pp., 9 pls. Early Jurassic Ammonites from Alaska. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1148, 49 pp. 12 pls. Jakobs, G. K., Smith, P. L., and Tipper, H. W. 19942. 1994b. Towards an ammonite zonation for the Toarcian of North America. Third International Jurassic Symposium, Por tiers. Géobios. : : An ammonite zonation for the Toarcian (Lower J urassi Í Í Í | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 81 of the North American Cordillera. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, vol. 31, pp. 919-942. Jaworski, E. 1931. Über Arnioceras geometricum Oppel 1856 und verwandte Spezies; Nebst einem Anhang über Ammonites natrix v. Schlotheim 1820. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geo- logie und Paläontologie, vol. 65 (B), pp. 83-140, 4 text- figs., pls. 2-6. Krumbeck, L. 1922. Zur Kenntnis des Juras der Insel Rotti. Jahrbuch Mijnwes- en nederlandisch Oost-Indié, vol. 3, pp. 107-219. Lange, W. 1932. Über ein Hammatoceras und einen Amaltheenvorläufer (Proamaltheus wertheri gen. nov. sp. nov.) aus dem Lias y + ó von Werther in Westfalen. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, vol. 84, pp. 235-241, 7 pls. Lehmann, U. 1968. Stratigraphie und Ammonitenführung der Ahrensburger Glazial-Gescheibe aus dem Lias epsilon (= Unt. Toar- cium). Mitteilungen aus dem Geologischen Staatsinstitut in Hamburg, vol. 37, pp. 41-68, pls. 17-20. Levi, G, 1896. Sui fossili degli strati a Terebratula aspasia di M. Calvi presso Campiglia. Bolletino della Società Geologica Ital- lana, vol. 15, pp. 262-276, 8 pls. Lewis, p. D., and Ross, J. V. 1991. Mesozoic and Cenozoic structural history of the central Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. in Evolution and hydrocarbon potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia. G. J. Woodsworth, ed., Geological Sur- vey of Canada, Paper 90-10, pp. 31-50. Matsumoto, T., and Ono, A. 1947. A biostratigraphic study of the Jurassic Toyora Group with special reference to ammonites. Science Reports of the Faculty of Science, Kyushu University, Geology, vol. 2, pp. 20-35, pls. 1-2 (in Japanese). Mattei, J. 1967. Analyse des termes fossilifëres domériens dans les Causses du sud du Massif Central français. Colloque Jurassique, Luxembourg, 44 pp. McLearn, F. H. ers 1930, Notes on some Canadian Mesozoic faunas. Royal Society of Canada, Proceedings and Transactions, ser. 3, vol. 24, Sect. 4, pp. 1-7, 2 pls. 1932, Contributions to the stratigraphy and paleontology of Ski- degate Inlet, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. Royal Society of Canada, Proceedings and Transactions, ser. 3, vol. 26, pp. 51-80. Meister, C; 1986. Les ammonites du Carixien des Causses (France). Mé- moires suisses de Paléontologie, vol. 109, 162 pp., 23 pls. 1989, Les ammonites du Domérien des Causses (France). Centre M National de la Recherche Scientifique, Paris, 80 pp., 9 pls. eneghini, J, 1867-1881. Monographie des fossiles du calcaire rouge am- monitique (Lias supérieur) de Lombardie et de l'Appennin Centrale. ¿n Paléontologie Lombarde, A. Stoppani, ed., Ser. 4, (1867), pp. 1-24, pls. 1-6; (1870), pp. 25-45, pls. 7-11, appendix pl. 1; (1874), pp. 49-80, pls. 12-16, ap- pendix pl. 2; (1875), p. 81-104, pl. 17-20, appendix pp. 1-16, pl. 3, 4; (1876), pp. 105-112, pls. 21, 22, appendix pp. 17-40, pls. 5, 6; (1878), pp. 113-128, pls. 23-25; (1881), Mo pp. 129-242, pls. 26-31, appendix pp. 41-56, pl. 7. Nestier, J. 1934, Ammonites du Domérien de la région Sud-Est de l'Av- eyron et de quelques régions de la Lozére à l'exclusion des Amalthéidés. Mémoires de la Société Géologique de France, N.S., vol. 10, Memoir 23, pp. 1-102, pls. 1-11. Montfort, D. de 1808. Conchyliologie systématique et classification méthodique des Coquilles. vol. 1, pp. i-Ixxxvi, 1-409, 200 pls., Paris. Mouterde, R. 1967. Le Lias Moyen de Sào Pedro de Muel (Portugal), pt. 1. Comunicagöes dos Servigos Geolögicos de Portugal, vol. 52, pp. 185-208. 1970. Le Lias Moyen de Sao Pedro de Muel, pt. 2, paléontologie; I, Céphalopodes. Communicagaaes dos бегуісов Geoló- gicos de Portugal, vol. 54, pp. 39-74. Mouterde, R., and Dommergues, J. L. 1978. Le gisement des Cottards (ou Coutards) coupe du Carixien du Cher. Bulletin d'Information des Geologues du Bassin de Paris, vol. 15, pp. 65-69, 1 pl. Mouterde, R., Dommergues, J. L., and Rocha, R. B. 1983. Atlas des fossiles charactéristiques du Lias portugais, II: Carixien. Ciéncias da Terra, vol. 7, pp. 187-254. Mouterde, R., and Rocha, R. B. 1981. Le Lias de la Région de Rio de Couros (Nord de Tomar). Sociedade Géologica de Portugal, Boletim 22, pp. 209- 220, 2 pls. Neumayr, M. 1875. Die Ammoniten der Kreide und die Systematik der Am- monitiden. Zeitschrift der Deutsche geologische Gesells- chaft, vol. 27, pp. 854-892. 1878. Über unvermittelt auftretende Cephalopodentypen im Jura Mittel-Europa's. Jahrbuch der kaiserlich-kóniglichen geo- logischen Reichsanstalt, Wien, vol. 28, pp. 37-56. Oppel, A. 1853. Der mittlere Lias schwabens neu bearbeitet. Württem- berger Naturwissenschaffen Jahreshefte, Stuttgart, vol. 10, 92 pp., 4 pls. 1862. Über jurassische Cephalopoden. Palüontologische Mittei- lungen, Museum königlich bayerischen Staates, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 127-162, pls. 40—50. Orbigny, A. d^ 1842-1851. Paléontologie francaise: Terrains jurassiques, pt. 1, Céphalopodes. Cosson, Masson, Paris, 642 pp., 234 pls.; (1842), pp. 1-80; (1844), pp. 193-224. Pálfy, J., McFarlane, R. B., Smith, P. L., and Tipper, H. W. 1990. Potential for ammonite biostratigraphy of the Sinemurian part of the Sandilands Formation, Queen Charlotte Is- lands, British Columbia, in Current Research, Part F, Geo- logical Survey of Canada, Paper 90-1F, рр. 47-50. Palfy, J., Smith, P. L., and Tipper, H. W. 1994, Sinemurian (Lower Jurassic) ammonoid biostratigraphy of the Queen Charlotte Islands, western Canada. Third International Jurassic Symposium, Poitiers. Géobios. Parisch, C., and Viale, C. 1906. Contribuzione allo studio delle ammoniti del Lias super- iore. Rivista Italiana Paleontologie, vol. 12, pp. 141-168. Pérez, d'A., E 1982. Biostratigrafía del Jurasico de Quebrada Asientos, norte de Portrerillos, Región de Atacama. Servicio Nacional de Geologia y Mineria— Chile. Boletin 37, 149 pp. Pia, J. V. 1913. Über eine mittelliasische Cephalopodenfauna aus dem nordóstlichen Kleinasien. Naturhistorisches Museum in Wien, Annalen, vol. 27, pp. 335-398, pls. 13-15, text-figs. 1-7. 1914. Untersuchungen über die Gattung Oxynoticeras. Abhan- dlung der kaiserlichen und kóniglichen geologischen Reichsanstalt, Wien, vol. 23, 179 pp., 13 pls. Pinna, G. 1966. Nota su alcune ammoniti pliensbachiane dell'Alpe Turati (Como). Atti della Società italiana di Scienze naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Milano, vol. 105, pp. 343-350, pl. 10. Pinna, G., and Levi-Setti, F. 1971. I Dactylioceratidae della provincia Mediterranea (Ce- phalopoda, Ammonoidea). Memoirie della Società ital- lana di Scienze naturali e del Museo Civico di Storia na- turale di Milano, vol. 19, No. 2, 136 pp. Poulton, T. P. 1991. Hettangian through Aalenian (Jurassic) guide fossils and biostratigraphy, northern Yukon and adjacent Northwest Territories. Geological Survey of Canada, Bulletin 410, 95 pp. Quenstedt, F. A. 1845-1849. Petrefactenkunde Deutschlands, I: Cephalopoden. Tübingen, 581 pp., 36 pls.; (1845), pp. 1-104, pls. 1-6. 1856-1858. Der Jura. Verlag der H. Laupp'shen Buchhandlung, Tübingen, 842 pp., 100 pls.; (1856), pp. 1-576, pls. 1-72. 1882-1885. Die Ammoniten des schwábischen Jura, Vol. 1, Der schwarze Jura (Lias). Schweizerbart, Stuttgart, 440 pp., 54 pls.; (1885), pp. 241—440, pls. 31—54. Quinzio Sinn, L. A. 1987. Stratigraphische Untersuchungen im Unterjura des Süd- teils der Provinz Antofagasta in Nord-Chile. Berliner Geowissenschaftliche Abhandlungen (A), vol. 78, 100 pp., 5 pls. Repin, Y. S. 1966. Stratigrafiy i Ammonity Toarskogo Yarusa Esentral'noy chasti Omolonskogo Massiva. Materialy po Geologii i Po- leznym Iskopaemym, Severo-Vostoka SSSR, Magadan, vol. 19, pp. 30—55, pls. 1-4. in Polevoy Atlas Yarskoy Fauny i Flory Severo-Vostoka SSSR. by A. D. Efimova, V. P. Kinasov, K. P. Paraketsov, I. V. Polubotko, Y. S. Repin, and A. S. Dagis. Ministerstvo Geologii RFSFR, Magadan, 379 pp. K voprosny o zonalinom raschlenenii toarskikh otlozhenii Severo-vostoka SSSR. Kolyma, Magadan, vol. 5, рр. 41- 44. Amaltheidae from the Upper Pliensbachian of northeast- ern USSR and their stratigraphic significance. in Biostra- tigrafiya boreal’nogo mezozoya. V. N. Saks, ed., Nauka Publishing House, Novosibirsk (in Russian). Reynés, P. 1868. Essai de géologie et de paléontologie aveyronnaises. Bail- liére et Fils, Paris, 110 pp., 7 pls. Riccardi, A. C. 1984. Las asociaciones de amonitas del Jurásico y Cretácico de la Argentina. Actas IX Congreso Geólogico Argentino 4, Buenos Aires, pp. 559-595. Richardson, J. 1968. 1970, 1974. 1873. Report on the coal-fields of Vancouver and Queen Char- lotte Islands. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1872-1873, pp. 32-65. Rivas, P. 1983. Elgenero Metaderoceras (Eoderoceratacea, Ammonitina) en las Cordilleras Béticas. Estudios Geologicos, vol. 39., pp. 387-403. Roman, F. 1938. Les ammonites jurassiques et crétacées; Essai de généra. 554 pp., 53 pls., 496 text-figs., Masson, Paris. Rosenberg, P. BULLETIN 348 1909. Die liasische Cephalopodenfauna der Kratzalpe im Hag- engebirge. Beiträge zur Paläontologie und Geologie öster- reich-Ungarns und des Orients, Wien, vol. 22, pp. 193- 345. Schindewolf, O. H. 1961. Die Ammoniten-Gattung Cymbites im deutschen Lias. Palaeontographica, Abteil A, vol. 117, pp. 193-232, pls. 29-31. 1962. Studien zur Stammesgeschichte der Ammoniten: II, Psil- ocerataceae-Eoderocerataceae. Akademie der Wissen- schaften und der Literatur, Mainz, vol. 8, pp. 425-571, 9] text-figs., 1 pl. Schlatter, R. V. 1980. Biostratigraphie und Ammonitenfauna des Unter-Pliens- bachium im Typusgebiet (Pliensbach, Holzmaden und Nürtingen; Württemberg, SW.-Deutschland). Stuttgarter Beiträge zur Naturkunde, Serie B (Geologie und Paläon- tologie), vol. 65, pp. 1-251, 21 pls. Schlegelmilch, R. S. 1976. Die Ammoniten des Süddeutschen Lias. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 212 pp. Schlotheim, E. F. v. 1820. Die Petrefactenkunde auf ihrem jetzigen Standpunkte- Gotha, 437 pp., 15 pls. Schröder, J. 1927. Die Ammoniten der jurassischen Fleckenmergel in den Bayrischen Alpen. Palaeontographica, vol. 69, pp. 1-1 10, 11 pls. Seguenza, A. 1885. Iminerali della provincia di Messina. I, Rocche Messinesi, pp. 245-254. Sey, I. I., and Kalacheva, E. D. 1980. Biostratigraphy of the Lower and Middle Jurassic deposits ofthe Far East. Ministry of Geology, U.S.S.R., Geological Institute, Nedra, 187 pp., 34 pls. (In Russian.) Shimer, H. W., and Shrock, R. R. 1944. Index fossils of North America. John Wiley and Sons, New York, 837 pp. Simpson, M. 1855. The fossils of the Yorkshire Lias. Whitby, London, 149 pp. Smith, P. L. 1981. Biostratigraphy and ammonoid fauna of the Lower JU rassic (Sinemurian, Pliensbachian and the lowest Toar- cian) of eastern Oregon and western Nevada. unpublishe PhD thesis, McMaster University, 368 pp., 19 pls. 1983. The Pliensbachian ammonite Dayiceras dayiceroides and Early Jurassic paleogeography. Canadian Journal of Eart Sciences, vol. 20, pp. 86-91. 1986. The implications of data base management systems 19 paleontology: a discussion of Jurassic ammonoid dat? Journal of Paleontology, vol. 60, pp. 327-340. 1988. Paleobiogeography and plate tectonics. Geoscience Can ada, vol. 15, pp. 261-279. ; Smith, P. L., Beyers, J., Carter, E., Jakobs, G., Pálfy, J., Pessagn? E., and Tipper, H. W. 1994, Jurassic taxa ranges and correlation charts for the CircuM“ Pacific: Lower Jurassic of North America. Newsletters on Stratigraphy, vol. 31, pp. 33-70. Smith, P. L., and Tipper, H. W. | 1986. Plate tectonics and paleobiogeography: Early Jurassi® (Pliensbachian) endemism and diversity. Palaios, vol. ^ pp. 399-412. Biochronology, stratigraphy and tectonic setting of the Pliensbachian of Canada and the United States. in 20 1988. JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 83 International Symposium on Jurassic Stratigraphy. R. B. Rocha and A. F. Soares, eds., vol. 1, Lisbon, pp. 119-138. Smith, P. L., Tipper, H. W., and Pálfy, J. 1990. Lower Jurassic biostratigraphy of the Fannin and Ghost Creek formations, Kunga Island, British Columbia. Cur- rent Research, Part F, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 90-1F, pp. 51-54. Smith, P. L., Tipper, H. W., Taylor, D. G., and Guex, J. 1988. Anammonite zonation for the Lower Jurassic of Canada and the United States: the Pliensbachian. Canadian Jour- nal of Earth Sciences, vol. 25, pp. 1503-1523. Smith, P. L., and Westermann, G. E. G. 1990. Paleobiogeography of the ancient Pacific. Science, vol. 249, p. 680. Sowerby, J., and Sowerby, J. de C. 1812-1846. The mineral conchology of Great Britain; or col- oured figures and descriptions of those remains of testa- ceous animals or shells, which have been preserved at various times and depths in the earth. London, 7 vols., pls. 1-383 by J. Sowerby; pls. 384—648 by J. de C. Sowerby. vol. 2 (1818), pls. 187-203; vol. 3 (1820), pls. 254-271; vol. 4 (1821), pls. 307-318; vol. 6 (1826), pls. 504—545; vol. 6 (1827), pls. 546-580. Spath, L. F. 1913. On Jurassic ammonites from Jebel Zaghuan (Tunisia). Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 69, pp. 540-580, pls. 52-53. 1919. Notes on Ammonites. Geological Magazine, vol. 6, pp. 170-177. 1922. On Cretaceous Ammonoidea from Angola, collected by Prof. J. W. Gregory. Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. 53, p. 91-160. 1923. Shales-with-Beef, a sequence in the Lower Lias of the Dor- set Coast. Part II. Palaeontology. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 79, pp. 66-88. 1925. Notes on Yorkshire ammonites. The Naturalist, No. 819, pp. 107-112; No. 820, pp. 137-141; No. 821, pp. 167- 172; No. 822, pp. 201—206; No. 824, pp. 263-269; No. 825, pp. 299-306; No. 826, pp. 327-331; No. 827, pp. 359-364. 1926. Notes on Yorkshire ammonites. The Naturalist, No. 829, pp. 45-49; No. 832, pp. 237-140; No. 833, pp. 169-171. 1928. On the ammonites from the Belemnite Marls. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 84, pp. 222-232, pl. 16-17. 1929. Corrections of cephalopod nomenclature. The Naturalist, pp. 269-271. 1936. The ammonites of the Green Ammonite Beds of Dorset. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 92, pp. 438-455, pls. 33. 1938. А catalogue of the ammonites of the Liassic family Li- paroceratidae. British Museum of Natural History, 191 pp., 26 pls. Suess, E, 1865, "Über Ammoniten. Sitzungsberichte der Mathematisch- Naturwissenschaftlichen Classe der Kaiserlichen Akade- Sut mie der Wissenschaften, Wien, vol. 52, pp. 71-89. erland Brown, A. 1968, Geology ofthe Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. British Columbia Department of Mines and Petroleum Tho Resources, Bulletin 54, 226 pp. mpson, R. I., Haggart, J. W., and Lewis, P. D. 1991, Late Triassic through early Tertiary evolution of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia with a perspective on hydrocarbon potential. in Evolution and hydrocarbon po- tential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia. G. J. Woodsworth, ed., Geological Survey of Canada, Pa- per 90-10, pp. 3-29. Thomson, R. C., and Smith, P. L. 1992. Pliensbachian (Lower Jurassic) biostratigraphy and am- monite fauna of the Spatsizi area, north-central British Columbia. Geological Survey of Canada Bulletin 437, 87 pp. Tipper, H. W. 1984. The age of the Jurassic Rossland Group of southeastern British Columbia. Current Research, Part A, Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 84-1A, pp. 631-632. Tipper, H. W., Smith, P. L., Cameron, B. Е. B., Carter, E. S., Jakobs, G. K., and Johns, M. J. 1991. Biostratigraphy of the Lower Jurassic formations of the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. in Evolution and hydrocarbon potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia. G. J. Woodsworth, ed., Geological Sur- vey of Canada, Paper 90-10, pp. 203-235. Trueman, A. E. 1918. The evolution of the Liparoceratidae. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, vol. 74, pp. 247- 298. Tuchkov, I. I. 1954. Jurassic ammonites and belemnites of northeast USSR. Data on the Geology and Natural Resources of north- eastern USSR, Magadan, vol. 8, pp. 98-125. (In Russian). Vadász, M. E. 1907. Fejlódésbeli elkülónülések a Phyllocerasok családjában. Fóldtani Kózlóny, vol. 37, pp. 349—355. Vecchia, O. 1949. Su alcuni nomi generici di ammoniti liassici. Rivista It- aliana di Paleontologia e Stratigrafia, vol. 55, pp. 139- 145. Vellutini, D., and Bustin, R. M. 1991a. Source rock potential of Mesozoic and Tertiary strata of the Queen Charlotte Islands. in Evolution and hydrocar- bon potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Co- lumbia. G. J. Woodsworth, ed., Geological Survey of Can- ada, Paper 90-10, pp. 381-409. 1991b. Organic maturation and source rock potential of Meso- zoic and Tertiary strata, Queen Charlotte Islands, British Columbia. ¿n Evolution and hydrocarbon potential of the Queen Charlotte Basin, British Columbia. G. J. Wood- sworth, ed., Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 90-10, pp. 411-451. Venzo, S. 1952. Nuove fauna ad Ammoniti del Domeriane-Aaleniano del’Alpe Turati e dintomi (Alta Brianza). Atti della Società Italiana di Scienza Naturali, Milano, vol. 91, pp. 95-123, 2 pls. Westermann, G. E. G., ed. 1992. The Jurassic ofthe Circum-Pacific. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 676 pp. Whiteaves, J. F. 1884. On the fossils of the coal-bearing deposits of the Queen Charlotte Islands collected by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1878. Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada, Me- sozoic Fossils, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 1-262, pls. 21-32. 1900. Onsome additional or imperfectly understood fossils from the Cretaceous rocks of the Queen Charlotte Islands, with a revised list of species from these rocks. Geological Sur- vey of Canada, Mesozoic fossils, vol. 1, pt. 4, pp. 263- 307, pls. 33-39, Wiedenmayer, F. 1977. Die Ammoniten des Besazio-Kalks (Pliensbachian, Süd- tessin). Schweizerische Paláontologische Abhandlungen, vol. 98, pp. 1-169, 19 pls. 1980. Die Ammoniten der mediterranen Provinz im Pliensba- chian und unteren Toarcian aufgrund neuer Untersu- chungen im Generoso-Becken (Lombardische Alpen). Denkschriften der Schweizerischen Naturforschenden Ge- sellschaft, vol. 93, 260 pp., 32 pls. Woodsworth, G. J., ed. 1991. Evolution and hydrocarbon potential of the Queen Char- lotte Basin, British Columbia. Geological Survey of Can- ada, Paper 90-10, 569 pp. Wright, T. 1878-1886. A monograph on the Lias ammonites of the British Islands. Monographs of the Palaeontographical Society, BULLETIN 348 part 3 (1880), pp. 165-264, pls. 19—40; part 5 (1882), pp. 329-400, pls. 49-69; part 7 (1884), pp. 441—480, pls. 78- 87. Young, G., and Bird, J. 1828. A geological survey of the Yorkshire Coast: describing the strata and fossils occurring between the Humber and the Tees, from the German Ocean to the Plain of York. 2nd ed., Whitby, London, 368 pp., 17 pls. Zieten, C. H. 1830. Die Versteinerungen Württembergs. Schweizerbart, Stutt- gart, pp. 1-16, pls. 1-12. 1832. Die Versteinerungen Württembergs. Schweizerbart, Stutt- gart, pp. 33-64, pls. 25-48. Zittel, K. A. v. 1884. Handbuch der Paläontologie. Cephalopoda, vol. 1, pt. 2, Munich, pp. 329-522. PLATES BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1 Figures are natural size unless otherwise indicated. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure 1, PRwloceras Вата Benoni; 1900; os eeri rera ni i errr i n eria nt UAI T COLO я eee ee CH OR Hypotype: GSC 98693; Locality: 208 (GSC Loc. O-93564); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. Я. РИО Вр а ке: л оо пня 2a,b. Specimen: GSC 98574; Locality: E55 (GSC Loc. O-91827); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3a,b. Specimen: GSC 98575; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. O-93743); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4,5. Cymbites laeviganis(), de Ç. Sowerby, 1927) coreo tren кабини EAIA eU REP en 4a-d. Hypotype: GSC 98580, a,b x3; Locality: 114 (GSC Loc. C-81730); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 5a-d. Hypotype: GSC 98579, a,b x3; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-13628); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. О 6a,b. Specimen: GSC 98581; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-93741); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ТӘ; СУРОВЕ О QUE, 1802). o и све нова i eir ткен к ne E KERETA t. n n ROC erac ler 7a-d. Hypotype: GSC 98576, a,b x3; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-13628); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 8a-d. Hypotype: GSC 98577, a,b x3; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-13628); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 9a-d. Hypotype: GSC 98578, a,b x3; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-48573); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Page 19 20 24 21 23 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 1 8d 9c | 7С PLATE 2 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 87 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page BENDUM М о. A и 33 Specimen: GSC 98582; Locality: 102 (GSC Loc. O-93721); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 2. Fanninoceras (PENN NOCENGS) COG GROG NICSE Оа ses EO Y estos d EOD а. 27 1j 2a,b. Holotype: GSC 6518; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-1 17032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. тоса (Ranninoceras).carlottense Мова 1030, nn. 28 3a,b. Holotype: GSC 4878; Locality: ЕТ5 (GSC Loc. C-117031); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98585; Locality: ЕТ5 (GSC Loc. C-80834); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. Sa,b. Hypotype: GSC 98586; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80831); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 6a,b. Hypotype: GSC 87807; Locality: ETS (GSC Loc. C-117031); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 7a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98600; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. O-93750); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. | Í Í Í Figure 1512. Faminocdus шиита) fannini Mclean, 1930 селе ИТТ Илу la,b. 2a,b. 3a,b. 4a,b. ~ 6a,b. 7a,b. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6495; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Holotype: GSC 9054; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Holotype of F. dolmagii McLearn, 1932: GSC 6519; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117034); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6494; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Hypotype: GSC 98594; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-13628); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6493; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Hypotype: GSC 98596; Locality: GT4 (GSC Loc. C-81927); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. . Hypotype: GSC 98597; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-80839); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. . Hypotype: GSC 98598; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80814); Fannin Formation, Carlottense? Zone. . Hypotype: GSC 87799; Locality: GT4 (GSC Loc. C-81927); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. . Hypotype: GSC 98588; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. O-93750); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. . Hypotype: GSC 98694; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80832); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. Page 29 | | | BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 3 11a 11b BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 13a 13b 14a 14b 14c PLATE 4 Í JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 89 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. 1-4, Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras). crassum MoLeatn, 1932. 2... nn Vea ntes CHE e n UNI en OREN UR Uk or и la,b. Paratype: GSC 6517; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2a,b. Holotype: GSC 6496; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3a-c. Hypotype: GSC 98603; Locality: GT4 (GSC Loc. C-81927); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 5.8 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 87798; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-48573); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ІШЕ EonumOCEras (Ba hincceras) kunde Molueethy 1980, non ee ON EO оба iss e 5a,b. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6670; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117034); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 6a-c. Holotype: GSC 4876c; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117034); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 7a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98607; Locality: E55 (GSC Loc. O-91827); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. | 8a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98608; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-81724); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. lla,b. Holotype of F. lowrii McLearn, 1930: GSC 9055; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117034); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 12. Hypotype: GSC 98612; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. С-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 9,10. Fanninoceras (Faonninocerasj latum: Moleni 1990. 1 0995. 9 re CEN oU o CUN e) o UR EA cono ва 31 9a,b. Holotype: GSC 9058; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-117032); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 10аЪ. Hypotype: GSC 98610; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. C-80839); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 13. Fanninoceras СЕМ ТОВЕНЕ ee АҚ УА avc и, 31 13a,b. Specimen: GSC 98589; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117005); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. MA A Ps S a tee tis ере CON ases tie 0222020 14a-c. Specimen: GSC 98613; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. C-90545); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 30 32 BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5 All figures are natural size. Figure 1,2. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini McLeam, 1930... arer eransi at eee eee eere rere hene la,b. Hypotype: GSC 99030; Locality: 107 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99031; Locality: I07 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3-12; Olstoceras vompressum, new-speoles, rer ee HO er ded en OV REE A А dee! Aa e e 3a,b. Paratype: GSC 98625; Locality: ET3 (GSC Loc. C-80840); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi or Freboldi Zone. 4a,b. Paratype: GSC 98696; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 5a,b. Holotype: GSC 99039; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi or Freboldi Zone. 6a,b. Paratype: GSC 98710; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 7a,b. Paratype: GSC 98738; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 8a,b. Paratype: GSC 99027; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 9a,b. Paratype: GSC 99038; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 10a,b. Paratype: GSC 99041; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. lla,b. Paratype: GSC 99042; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 12a,b. Paratype: GSC 99043; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-156675); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 13-15, Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, now SPECIES, иаа eed 13a,b. Paratype: GSC 99029; Locality: I07 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 14a,b. Paratype: GSC 99028; Locality: 107 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 15a,b. Paratype: GSC 99026; Locality: 107 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 53 | BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 5 10a 10b 11a 11b 13a 13b 14a 14b 15b BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 8b 16a 16b | 13a 13b 19a 19b 17a 17b m 23 20a 20b 21a 21b JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6 All figures are natural size. Figure l-5. Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri, new:specles. uses eee 0» --_-______ la,b. Holotype: GSC 98614; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-80234); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2. Paratype: GSC 98615 (latex cast); Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-80234); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3. Paratype: GSC 98616 (latex cast); Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-80234); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4. Paratype: GSC 98617; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-80234); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Sa,b. Paratype: GSC 98618; Locality: 114 (GSC Loc. C-81730); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) maudense, NEW SPECIES, ess eee esa e ye J. bes e в рее зов era e ee 6a,b. Paratype: GSC 98619; Locality: D20 (GSC Loc. C-80765); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 7a,b. Holotype: GSC 98620; Locality: D20 (GSC Loc. C-80765); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 8a,b. Paratype: GSC 98621; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 9a,b. Paratype: GSC 98622; Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-93741); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. | 10a,b. Paratype: GSC 98623; Locality: E56 (GSC Loc. C-80233); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. lla,b. Paratype: GSC 98624; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc.C-80234); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ӘЛІНЕ 0945$ . 2... шл... раке е Сз оз 12. Specimen: GSC 99024; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 13a,b. Specimen: GSC 99022; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 14. Specimen: GSC 99023; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. O ушш (Опевете БИО een 15. Hypotype: GSC 98626; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 16a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98627; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 17a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98628; Locality: 804 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 18. Hypotype: GSC 98629; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. cemmellaroceras aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro, 1886). а.а ао a т 19a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98630; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 20a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98631; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. О-48603). 2la,b. Hypotype: GSC 98632; Locality: ET1 (GSC Loc. O-48603). 22. Hypotype: GSC 98633; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 23. Hypotype: GSC 95575; Locality: В04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 6-11, 12-14. 15-18 19-23, 91 34 Figure 1-5. Acanthopleuroceras thomsoni, new species. 6a,b. 7a,b. 8a,b. 9a,b. 10a,b. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Paratype: GSC 98635 (latex cast); Locality: GT3 (GSC Loc. C-118697); Rennell Junction Member. . Paratype: GSC 98636; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. . Paratype: GSC 98637; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. . Holotype: GSC 98638; Locality: GT3 (GSC Loc. C-81712); Rennell Junction Member. . Paratype: GSC 98639; Locality: B04 (GSC Loc. C-117019); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 6910. Acanthopleuroceras whiteavest Smith. amd Tippen, LISE, e saco ar PRI COT RR lara ek VAN и ви Paratype: GSC 87791; Locality: E27 (GSC Loc. O-91794); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Holotype: GSC 87790; Locality: E27 (GSC Loc. O-91794); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Hypotype: GSC 87811; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. C-80836). Hypotype: GSC 87810; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. О-48603). Hypotype: GSC 98653; Locality: E27 (GSC Loc. O-91794); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Page 36 36 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 7 | | 9а 9b 10a 10b BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 8 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 93 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8 All figures are natural size. Figure Page 1-3,6. Bropiabceras.actason (d'Orbigny, 188872; A и. 37 la,b. Hypotype: GSC 98645; Locality: D11 (GSC Loc. C-80755); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 2. Hypotype: GSC 98646 (latex cast); Locality: 605 (GSC Loc. C-90580); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 3. Hypotype: GSC 98647; Well core sample: H05 (GSC Loc. C-90642); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 6. Hypotype: GSC 98695 (latex cast); Locality: D07 (GSC Loc. C-80249); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. а Lropidocerasnew apetis D Aue, А Ан О ОАЕ OR eec 40 4a,b. Specimen: GSC 98648; Locality: E34 (GSC Loc. O-91814); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Sr Lroniabgeras Jlahdrint obtusa Futter, 1893),...... Инн 38 Hypotype: GSC 98699; Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-90974); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 39 | ik Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta (Buckman, 1918). Specimen: GSC 98650 (latex cast); Locality: Е01 (GSC Loc. С-80241); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 94 BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9 All figures are natural size. Figure Page 152,4; Tropidoceras Ланат алате (Dumortier, 1869), Fran es 38 1. Hypotype: GSC 87793 (latex cast); Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone; 2. Hypotype: GSC 98652 (latex cast); Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 4. Hypotype: GSC 95574; Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 3,5. 2ropidocerös IHE Ой (nutterery 1803): « A Pe И О ОИУ хта 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99044 (a — latex cast); Locality: D08 (GSC Loc. O-93564); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 5. Hypotype: GSC 98654 (latex cast); Locality: 208 (GSC Loc. O-93564); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 38 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 9 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 10 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 95 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 10 All figures are natural size. Figure Page 12. Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda (Futterer, 1893). ...........................................а a 39 1. Hypotype: GSC 95573; Locality: D11 (GSC Loc. O-93575); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. E. 2. Hypotype: GSC 98656 (latex cast); Locality: D06 (GSC Loc. C-80246); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. МА UNODINDLEFOSSHEWEENSGIERAD: vof acc Baal COR doc on tC EET a anka DU о во ed 40 47 E ; Specimen: GSC 98657; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. С-80836). = Zropidoceras cf. erythraeum (Gemmellaro, 1894). i ns обе sa e erar beso ewe шө бзб қа eh hs En nen 38 4. Specimen: GSC 98658 (latex cast); Locality: G01 (GSC Loc. C-90978); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 7. Specimen: GSC 87788 (latex cast); Locality: G02 (GSC Loc. C-90556); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 34 5 6. Gemmellaroceras cf. alloplocum (Gemmellaro, 18$ ig een e ei edes OE a eU v eno ce ia | 5. Specimen: GSC 98659 (latex cast); Locality: G03 (GSC Loc. C-90547); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 6. Specimen: GSC 98660; Locality: E13 (GSC Loc. C-80329); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 11 All figures are natural size. Figure 1-5. ТРОС PACO di creme tv eai dta aco AA IS ИЕ 1. Specimen: GSC 98662; Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 2. Specimen: GSC 98663 (latex cast); Locality: G01 (GSC Loc. C-90549); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 3. Specimen: GSC 98664 (latex cast); Locality: E20 (GSC Loc. O-91803); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 4-6. поза aii. sallae (aenmellaro, 1884), a sen та 0 200000 4. Specimen: GSC 98665; Locality: E14 (GSC Loc. C-80330); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 5. Specimen: GSC 98666; Locality: G01 (GSC Loc. C-81926); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 6. Specimen: GSC 98667; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. O-93577). 7/6. Rone OOOO BO o, a ere S ИН U S, conie ves V T ARCET Ут т 7. Specimen: GSC 98668 (latex cast); Locality: GT1 (GSC Loc. C-90579); Rennell Junction Member. 8. Specimen: GSC 98669; Locality: E40 (GSC Loc. C-80350); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Page 40 42 50 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 11 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 12 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 97 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page а СОО ОС@ ENG А А пе 1905) ооо u er ea br Rc AA 49 la,b. Specimen: GSC 98670 (latex cast); Locality: E51 (GSC Loc. C-117284); Fannin Formation, basal Kunae Zone. 2,5,6. EVAESOCOEIOC O AS ТАНИ NOW SIOGLO Sin. зика ben НАТ на ақ ое : BOE re 49 2a,b. Holotype: GSC 98671; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 5. Paratype: GSC 98651; Locality: ЕТІ (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 34 6a,b. Paratype: GSC 87809; Locality: FT1 (GSC Loc. C-177370); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 4,7,8. Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti ГОТ ШӘ, 1579) i een penas OU Fee ta 2. 49 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99032; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98673; Locality: DT1 (GSC Loc. O-48564); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. | Та-с. Hypotype: GSC 98675 (b — latex cast); Locality: DT1 (GSC Loc. О-48564); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. | 8. Hypotype: GSC 98674; Locality: DT1 (GSC Loc. O-48564); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 13 All figures are natural size. Figure Page je Рио полип ПИ АША НОВ 10902 uer orsi rec IS I T L r Y SI S S NN 4l ! 1. Holotype: GSC 87783 (latex cast); Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. | 2. Paratype: GSC 87785; Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-81733); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 3. Hypotype: GSC 98678; Locality: I09 (GSC Loc. C-81707); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 4. Paratype: GSC 87784; Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-81733); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. PLATE 13 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 14 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 99 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 14 All figures are natural size. Fi gure Page 1-4. Pseudoskirroceras USO ЕПП ТЕ, По ОООО 5 41 1. Hypotype: GSC 95572; Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-157551); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. - Hypotype: GSC 98737; Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-157551); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. - Hypotype: GSC 98700 (latex cast); Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-157551); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. - Hypotype: GSC 98715 (latex cast); Locality: I08 (GSC Loc. C-157551); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. ~ о ~ BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15 All figures are natural size. Figure Page 1. Psendossiroceras ЙД Smith and Tipper, 1988... с оло ол о о е ол леа 41 Hypotype: GSC 98680; Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-90977); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. a Phiiicodoceras ch. taylor Q. de. C; SOwet wy pl B26) 5 duet oce eee sg холу Н IC 8 4l Specimen: GSC 87789 (latex cast); Locality: 108 (GSC Loc. C-90974); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 4 3,4. Dubariceras stiytest ете 19258)... o ка ненк мае сук б у сы лыс 3. Hypotype: GSC 87792; Locality: GT3 (GSC Loc. С-81712); Rennell Junction Member. 4. Hypotype: GSC 98683; Locality: 102 (GSC Loc. O-93721); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 16 NN Ha o QA I ——HF—J F Y JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 101 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page 1,2. Миран рани evo a ISormrmergues: Nicuterde, and Rivas 1994 н ое 42 1. Hypotype: GSC 87794 (latex cast); Locality: GT3 (GSC Loc. С-90587); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. 3-57 2a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98686; Locality: E48 (GSC Loc. C-90554); Rennell Junction Member, Freboldi Zone. Mit, 44 WIGAN ErOCErAS VO HER Ruana IA in uana A Авон 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 95576; Locality: E27 (GSC Loc. O-91794); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 4. Hypotype: GSC 98688 (latex cast); Locality: D03 (GSC Loc. O-93565); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98689; Locality: ET1 (GSC Loc. O-48603). : 7. Hypotype: GSC 98691 (latex cast); Locality: D03 (GSC Loc. O-93565); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. 6. Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei ТОРОШО нас rn 45 6a,b. Specimen: GSC 87797; Locality: C03 (GSC Loc. C-80610); Fannin Formation, Freboldi Zone. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 17 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page D Mou DU US SD. ера a ai TAR A A ee a еее 46 Specimen: GSC 98702; Locality: BT1 (GSC Loc. C-117025); Ghost Creek Formation, Imlayi Zone. 2,3, Metaderoceras talkeetnüense Thomson and Sinn, 992 Oe азил... 22 45 2a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98703; Locality: E38 (GSC Loc. C-80348); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 3. Hypotype: GSC 98704; Locality: СТІ (GSC Loc. C-90579); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. 4 4,5. Reynë 205 COB TON TE Benon LOO) ен N Wapa; cm MIC T 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 87796; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-90614); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 5a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98706; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-90614); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. PLATE 17 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 18 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 103 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 18 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page 1. Metaderoceras evolutum (uini РОИ о И 44 2 Hypotype: GSC 98707 (latex cast); Locality: D07 (GSC Loc. C-80249); Ghost Creek Formation, Whiteavesi Zone. ` Reynesoceras aff. КОИТО (БЕШ 1900) Т ом CO RU UN UR 092222 46 3 2a,b. Specimen: GSC 98708; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-90614); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ` Reynesoceras italicum ПОЛО a sexes en REOS ee асы 47 4 Hypotype: GSC 98712 (latex cast); Locality: I05 (GSC Loc. O-93723); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ее Cun coe dina eo, ыы aA Ше mean 48 5 Specimen: GSC 98709 (latex cast); Locality: ET4 (GSC Loc. O-93579); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ен ее. 48 6j чш Specimen: GSC 98672; Locality: E57 (GSC Loc. C-90614); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. КОО Mot des ПЕНДЕНІ), nen 47 Ta,b. Hypotype: GSC 98714; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 104 BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 19 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure 1 Ата ено tokes (J. Sowetby, 1818). oei rc heed cri некое ине erem eere Vete LEVER A PV CT AY CO CY Uv ie la,b. Hypotype: GSC 98711; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. С-56954); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2. Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei (J. de С. Sowerby, 1821). ............................................. en ne en eres 2a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99033; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3, Metaderoceras mouterdel (Frebold, 1970) oriire ce rer rer FEE кке уж eere uwa dir кита ӨТ HERE PY T AE Cg 3a,b. Holotype: GSC 20337; Locality: ET1 (GSC Loc. O-48603). 4. Metaderoceras? aff. motuterdei (Frebold, 1970), rere een nennen EP К Кк» еж erre e EX a en ee ag 4a,b. Specimen: GSC 98692; Locality: C03 (GSC Loc. C-117027); Fannin Formation, Freboldi Zone. VOLUME 108 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 20 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 105 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 20 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page l. Liparoceras (Bechelceras) bechel (J. Sowerby, 1821)... a ne s наа 52 Таљ. Hypotype: GSC 78715; Locality: E32 (GSC Loc. O-91807); Rennell Junction Member, Whiteavesi Zone. Bong wiligaeneis Тосмо; 19445 сы ia 0 ee es $1 2a-c. Hypotype: GSC 87805; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. Вене stokesi (J. Sowerby 1918) Ad A NS Le D UD О оо een Si 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98717; Locality: GT4 (GSC Loc. C-81927); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4. Arieticeras aff. domarense (Ву и ми Пета енен Ізет ACRI NU oa IUE OL COENA а AA Q as 55 4a,b. Specimen: GSC 98718; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117002); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. Eos disputablle Cucini, 1509): 0 1 уомаза А EA Hd. ый «Beas Фа asan 54 67 Sa,b. Hypotype: GSC 98719; Locality: GT4 (GSC Loc. C-81927); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ШАЛ бб о [ире Panay, 196005. еи acna балап ОҚА ҚА ORE LI И GEO P SIL Ada E. 2a 55 6a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98720; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 7a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98721; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 8. Arieticeras RE a hace arto ba ПЕШІ КЕ S... LO ORA era sen 56 9,10 Specimen: GSC 98722 (latex cast); Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ЕСО CD Ous КҮН... и ли ~ E eere seeds 56 9a,b. Specimen: GSC 98723; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 10a,b. Specimen: GSC 98724 (b = latex cast); Locality: I14 (GSC Loc. C-81730); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. AA EAS ЕЛДЕ vic u NE CDD RM. — VEMM нь 54 11. Specimen: GSC 98725; Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 12. Specimen: GSC 98726 (latex cast); Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. RU ВНЕ Ает ребе Но мм уо. с. e cot EDO T nC eene 59 14 Holotype: GSC 98727; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. O-93750); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. Run D i (Reynos 1868) 00 о ASE UU ес. 60 даљ. Hypotype: GSC 98728; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117031); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 21 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page Ве Fieluingiceras pseudonedingit Qucm, LIOIN seirer l esee жя ба rcr d Roe S КӨНЕК» ki OY COUTE нуно, 60 la,b. Hypotype: GSC 99025; Locality: 107 (GSC Loc. C-177355); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99036; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2. Arlenieeras УНИ С (ЕНОТ ОО, ТОРАП ТАҒАН ЗЫН UR hh D mr ӨБ ee ele REIS Қала RERO A ECT RAE CO a Rl Y v 54 2a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99037; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3. Pleldingiceyas musti Reyni, 1800); пене а по iQ vd runana) et VR e Йозак! 60 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 99040; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80833); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. $, CORO Ad S D THEE yz ТАЛҒАН» PIERII UMS ATS y STA br OPEM Vu OD puya CT 59 Specimen: GSC 98698; Locality: E61 (GSC Loc. C-80825); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 63 6,7. Fimo Вр Т pA on Beh REN eoo ge ee и, ооо 6a,b. Specimen: GSC 99035; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 7a,b. Specimen: GSC 99034; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 1 И w __ : BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 21 e 1b 2a 2b is 3b | ба бр та 7b PLATE 22 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 107 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 22 All figures are natural size. Figure Page не 58 la,b. Specimen: GSC 98583; Locality: E52 (GSC Loc. С-90553); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 2a,b. Specimen: GSC 98584; Locality: D22 (GSC Loc. C-80768); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 3-5. САН A pe ccc e uH cc m | cue V NN 60 3. Hypotype: GSC 98587; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98590; Locality: D20 (GSC Loc. C-80765); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 5a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98591; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. СЕН аладан 77s нет Іт Ла a RT кузэ ых S c вла ое. ое 57 6. Specimen: GSC 95577 (latex cast); Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 8. Specimen: GSC 98593; Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 9. Specimen: GSC 98599 (latex cast); Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 10. Пепа ООШ eina haee а Qn nier, LOSE ee a a o a ея 57 10a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98601; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. С-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. ЕП A o. а и 58 7a,b. Specimen: GSC 98592; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-177368); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 11. Specimen: GSC 98605; Locality: I06 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 12a,b. Specimen: GSC 98602; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. С-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 13a,b. Specimen: GSC 98604; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. © ANDINIGErAS: ch ТРОН Fucini, 1905: 22222222 2 7..:.з... Т... 61 14. Specimen: GSC 98606; Locality: I17 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 15. Specimen: GSC 98609; Locality: 117 (GSC Loc. C-81703); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 16. Fuciniceras aff. intumescens (Fucini, ШОУ D кт А 20 72-2 NA 63 16a,b. Specimen: GSC 87801; Locality: E52 (GSC Loc. C-90553); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 6,8-9, BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 23 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page Il-3. Лотов (РОЛ ИОС) Бр, ee ee 64 la,b. Specimen: GSC 98744; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80834); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2a,b. Specimen: GSC 98745; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. O-93750); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 3a,b. Specimen: GSC 99016; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. A, Сети ита расле а с ин ол с Л rer A ОТИВА, Ore сен 67 Specimen: GSC 99013; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. С-56954); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 61 5-7. Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Dommergues, Meister and Fauré, 1985. .................................... 5a,b. Specimen: GSC 98743; Locality: 106 (GSC Loc. C-90542); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 6a,b. Specimen: GSC 99014; Locality: FT2 (GSC Loc. C-56954); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. 7a,b. Specimen: GSC 98742; Locality: D20 (GSC Loc. C-80765); Fannin Formation, Kunae Zone. PLATE 23 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 24 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 109 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 24 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Наше Раре 74. Protogrammoceras (rotogrammocsras) Ch раты о нее. 66 Таљ. Specimen: GSC 98747; Locality: 103 (GSC Loc. C-90559); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2a,b. Specimen: GSC 99015; Locality: ЕТ5 (GSC Loc. C-117005); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 3a,b. Specimen: GSC 98697; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 56 M Specimen: GSC 98746; Locality: D27 (GSC Loc. C-80776); Fannin Formation, Lower Toarcian. к ШЕ И moceras (Protogrammoceras) Купол (Oppel, 160259 ee eo 64 3. Hypotype: GSC 98733; Locality: D24 (GSC Loc. O-93754); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 7-9 6. Hypotype: GSC 87808; Locality: E68 (GSC Loc. C-80786); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 63 ` Protogrammoceras (Prologrom moore S НЕИН RONOM, LODO) ............... nn. 7. Hypotype: GSC 98734; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117031); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 8. Hypotype: GSC 98649; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. C-90545); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 9a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98735; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117031); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 110 BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 25 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page 1-3, Protogrammoceras (Erotogrammoceras) skidegatense, пеў Ве, истине ного er nd 1. Paratype: GSC 98741; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. C-90545); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2a,b. Holotype: GSC 98740; Locality: D25 (GSC Loc. C-80772); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 3. Paratype: GSC 98739; Locality: D24 (GSC Loc. C-0-93574); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 25 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 26 Figure E 2-4, 5,6,9-1 k 7,8. JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER EXPLANATION OF PLATE 26 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. elnogeratoldes (Blaceraioides) aures (МоПбагп, 1930). 222222556000. 9» reip La жуз o Holotype: GSC 9052; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. O-13630); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. unoceratoldes (LIOCETALOIAGS) muluta NEW. Species. nas + evs CO a lena li es 2a,b. Paratype: GSC 98644; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-81917); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 3a,b. Paratype: GSC 98705; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 4a-c. Holotype: GSC 98716; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. 0-48563; Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. СОГ PTOIQS (Lioceraloines) auvoraense ово 1930). а ан а em. nase. 5a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98641; Locality: E67 (GSC Loc. C-807853); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 6a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98643; Locality: D24 (GSC Loc. O-93574); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone 9. Holotype: GSC 9053; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. C-117033); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. 10. Hypotype: GSC 98736; Locality: E65 (GSC Loc. O-91835); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 11. Hypotype: GSC 99046; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. O-13630); Formation, Zone. (ОШОНОН (UNO БУЯ UV e Те. DUERME I ARE De EC Y eb ORE E sas 7a,b. Specimen: GSC 6489 (Harpoceras sp. A of McLearn, 1932); Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. C-117033); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. 8a,b. Specimen: GSC 98642; Locality: D26 (GSC Loc. O-93582); Fannin Formation, Lower Toarcian. 68 69 BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 27 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page 122 БОЛО НЕЕ Ire ДОВ Ob ООО! (P üolnt IVO DE ты ыты г 68 la,b. Specimen: GSC 98677; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117002); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2. Specimen: GSC 98679; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 7i 247.) поме СРАСЛИ ОТ ОИ ВТ S TM о TP e 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98611; Locality: E65 (GSC Loc. C-80783); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 4. Hypotype: GSC 99045; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 5a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98634; Locality: E67 (GSC Loc. C-80785); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 6a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98640; Locality: E65 (GSC Loc. O-91835); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 7a-c. Hypotype: GSC 98732; Locality: D24 (GSC Loc. O-93574); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. PLATE 27 BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 28 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 113 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 28 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page a. Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884). ............................................................. 71 la,b. Hypotype: GSC 98681; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. C-90545); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2a,b. Lectotype: GSC 4877; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. C-117033); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. 3. Hypotype: GSC 98682; Locality: E63 (GSC Loc. C-90545); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98685; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-80824); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 5a,b. Hypotype: GSC 87804; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 6a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98687; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 7a,b. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6491; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. C-117033); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. 8. Hypotype: GSC 98661 (latex cast); Locality: E67 (GSC Loc. C-80785); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 9a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98655; Locality: E67 (GSC Loc. C-80785); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 10a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98676; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. lla,b. Hypotype: GSC 87806; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. BULLETIN 348 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 29 Figure is natural size. Figure Page 1. Lorn aes (Рас 0 4 propina aa CW OS LIE eee ivy uh demo nmt Ране колхат re 71 la,b. Plesiotype of McLearn (1932): GSC 6490; Locality: DT2 (GSC Loc. C-117033); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone or Lower Toarcian. PLATE 29 1b BULLETINS OF AMERICAN PALEONTOLOGY, VOLUME 108 PLATE 30 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 115 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 30 All figures are natural size. The last suture is marked by an arrowhead. Figure Page к, ШШ ФИО ЖЕЛИ НЮ A Тк. А. RE, op 72 lab. Hypotype: GSC 98728; Locality: E62 (GSC Loc. C-81716); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 2. Hypotype: GSC 98713; Locality E65 (GSC Loc. C-90544); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 3a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98730; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117002); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. 4a,b. Hypotype: GSC 98731; Locality: ET5 (GSC Loc. C-117003); Fannin Formation, Carlottense Zone. BULLETIN 348 INDEX Note: Page numbers are in light face; plate numbers are in bold face type; Tf. indicates Text-figure. PRDDEOVIGUUO NS п Ore e ta oe Y cr a 7 124.19 Acumhopleurocerug Hyatt, 1900 ооо 29; 97 aciacon (d MD 1844) ee al РИСОВА BUCHEN 199 nee nee 37, 40 San (О О ЖОЛУ ен en 50797. SUTNETIQHADTOWT Erebold, 1970. пенен 45 thomsoni MEN PEIE a essen 7, 7.90.0692 ҮШФЛЛИЗ еј | A Rees 20, 51,Tf.36 whiteavesi Smith and Tipper, 1988 ....... ‘iy 30:27; 11 20,522 аб шит, SEV AICOGETOS Al: енот, 2210 ПОСОЛ, ОО песен Loc en rer ro ии 8,36,37,Tf.32 Aegoceras aenigmaticum Gemmellaro, 1884 ............. 33 alloplocum Gemmelaro, 1884 ...... sn 34 seme an O RA O E 42 taylori Ode © ЗО 1926) ое 41 aenigmaticum, Gemmellaroceras ................ 6,34,Tf.26 aequiondulatum, Protogrammoceras (P.) ..... 24,63, Tf. 38,39 Agassiceras centriglobum (Oppel, 1862) ................. 25 Age of (he Bani Formation +... ин «ин eee T2 US Ghor СВК LONDON AA Ke ло: 124159 Renner Joncion Member ein. eee a pone ее 12:15 Sandılands ВОИНОВ er 12 Alaska ove 27,28,36,37,43,46,47,51,55,56,58,65,66 ПИ. ООН QE sense een 20,54 Ао шт Zone (ЭВА) ои cor eee tem cent een 48 allijordemse, LIOCETAIOINGS (La ororo mtr aes 26,68, Tf.39 alloplocum, Gemmellaroceras c£. .................. 10,34,42 Allochthonous terranes оннан ве Pere ew О СТОЛ Amaliheus de ОШИО, 190% .,.................. 15,51,70 ГАРБО АНУ de МОНО, 1908 .................,.›» Si Cf. nudus qQuensiedb LODO)... oo nennen 51 stoken (SO WORD LS. res ec. 19,20,51,Tf.36 VIHRAENSISCEUENKONA 1954). rn 20,51,Tf.36 Amaltheus (Nordamaltheus) brodnensis Repin, 1974 ...... 52 (Nordamaltheus) bulunensis Repin, 1968 .............. ^i (Nordamaltheus) viligaensis (Tuchkov, 1954) ........... 51 Ammonites actaeon d'Orbigny, 1844 .................... 37 Gigovianus Oppel, 168025050050 eee Rr e rt rro 54 Becher J,Sowetby, Il... ғы а aes 22 саршатя Denckmanm 1097, irs os i renr on 72 centrigiobus Oppel, 1862 vic iss orsi ree s 29 confusus Quenstedt, 18862,2 гени Eee ener eit ren 25 ЖЕЛІНЕ Reynés, 1868 cc ended a 60 Jandrini Dumortier, 1809 u e. etre 38 globosis Oppel, LISO... cae eee ee A er vo 23 heterophyllus J. Sowerby, 1820 не 18 heterophyllus numismalis Quenstedt, 1845 ............. 20 kurdanus Oppel, 1962 инет Or yn d 64 laevigatus J. de C. Sowerby, 1827 ..................... 24 lamellosus d'Otbigny, 1844 ....................2222.. 41 masseanum d'Orbigny, 1844 ......................... 7 muticus d'Orbigay, 1844 viii ccs cece en mes 43 natrix Sehlotheim, 1820 °..,........+,»+, rre mew 22 nitescens Young and Bird, 1828 ...................... 67 polymorphus quadratus Quenstedt 1845 ............... 35 Tagazzonn Bauer, 1861 ,..... eere ern rer 46,47 окей Sowerby, 1818 .,..,.. en EET Sl taylor. Sowerby, 1826 ............ retener 40 valdan COrbigny, 1844 ....... oec menm 35,39 (Harpoceras) domarensis Meneghini, 1867 ............. 55 (Harpoceras) mercati Hauer var,micrasterias Meneghini 1874 "enit ТЛ 12 56 (Stephanoceras) crassus Young and Bird var. indunensis Me- ЕС Nd ере ien ote RECIBE op errato 49 (Stephanoceras) mortilleti Meneghini, 1875 ............ 49 (res) Ya Ара За LAR ,.,.. ries es 39 angionus, Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) ........... eof WA AMES) amigun, Е T E 30,70,72,Tf.39 Amaoloboceras Trueman, LOLE еек 52 Apoderoceras cf. A. subtriangulare (Young and Bird) ...... 45 Apoderoceras (Miltoceras) cf. sellae (Gemmellaro, 1884) ... 42 Тепсе А SR O r ts 27,66 АИ ЛИЙ лым ион 26,28,34,38,42,43,46,57 PONTO PES BUCKMAN; 929. ner e reyes 63 РА ПОНТА argutus Buckman, 19 29 en 64 AVETIDENAS- Забиев veer hv hens ye eet 15,54,59,61 Arieticeras aff. algovianum (Oppel, 1862) ............ 20, 54 ПР ОЕ t EET ORT UR ev Is 54 СОИ О ТАИ МА Која ес 10994 нт» 57 disputaba (ЕОС, 1908) инь. 20,21,54,Tf.37,38 aff. domarense (Meneghini, 1867) ............ 20, 55,Tf.37 С domorenie (MSIE и Би AR УШИМА ту een 54,55 [uper mas 1903. o ки пе 20,54,55,Tf.37 cf. micrasterias Meneghini, 1874) .............. 20,54,56 VOVIT (EA LIOI) ой a 56 Gli TUMEnensa Ne Dem [868) оти 20,56 SIDE OS OM LIS ее en 56 Panda О РӨЛ» е DU 29 ВИСОКО Alten, BG nC Ce у COURSE a ver ea 29 Aveyroniceras Pinna and Levi-Setti, 1971 ................ 46 AAN Онко 46 italicum (Meneghini іп Fucini, 1901) ............... 47,50 SAM LS OR DET O S ота 50». 48 BOSSATICETAS AOL FOLS нити кина ener Ge ee 63 bechei, Liparoceras (Becheiceras) ............ 19,20,52, Tf.36 Becheiceras Teman, 191$ seen ne ra 32 DECHEOCENAS Dacan ВО АДА У РРА О ПРАВИ tana 52 ВЕТО IONS) есь и eit vein. 15 ВЕТО) cc т 19,20,23,41,46,47,55,64 BENOMDENAS Wiedenmayet, ТЭТ 46 Benomeeras talcum o 47 Blasco, Levy and Nullo (1978) Fr 28,29 Blau and Meister (1991) a S EM 53 БК Mountains (Oregotmo ‚луу ado ee иод 27 9008 ЛЕРЯППНОООО 2 7... 2⁄2 рота КЙУПОО@ 2. УНИ 25.20 Bore ШЕЙ е 1055/51592, 72,72 BOUE ANB. orci eR CERCHI COND a eee 57 DU o ое ы 8 Braga (1982) .......... 46,47,48,50,55,56,57,58,60,61,63,69 Braga, Comas-Rengifo, Goy and Rivas (1982) ........... 34 Braga, Comas-Rengifo, Goy, and Rivas, (1985) 33,08 Braga Juez and Rivas, (1982) 720050000202. o Braga and Rivas (1963) an... n... 34,37,38 И LOO cn ioni n e eee cer 33,35,37,38,40,41 BOUM eer rd es С) JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 117 Па јао БЕНО а 72 БЕТІН (ШО SR ТТТ aun ИЛА Rye ee ТТА 7 ЛК TEL AI n C C CETT s... 33,57 Huanta ОР ОД еее nee 41 Еау СУ С NU, ҒЫ nn 63,66 И елу ллу О s 63 нын Тер REL dS rec n n n y. 68 сына Ы aed омео» 70 Callomon СЮ ТЫНЫНА Mad, NE CU sin dris 13 noon and Tipper (1985) riris een 7,9,11,12 Guevara Gemmellaro, 1886 cias en 59 Cie, morosa OL Imlay, [Обо 59 P dc da ORAT EI eee ete IE DT 21,59 A A ater д 47 PO О ООА 54,63,68 ЖИЕП Ж ROME s P ро 63 Cantaluppi and Brambilla, (1968).................... 47,58 Cantaluppi and Montanari, (1971) ...................... 46 Cantaluppi and Savi, (1968)...................... 47,63,68 carlottense, Fanninoceras (F) ............. 2,27,28,Tf. 30,31 (Си оу пе 2010 n m, 7319510,2 1429,90, 52; 52; 55,59,60,64,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73 Carter, Cameron and Smith (e PE а HE s 8 carteri, Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) .... бре о 11.30 МАЛТА РОУ UIDI Ave e e er er XR 12521152520 Gelonoceras Wiedenmayer, 1977 ico vens 49 Оно ТО MAT re AME 12 Charlotticeras, new subgenus ...................... 7,26,32 МЯ 26,28,31,41,42,43,53,65 Coeloceras colubriforme Bettoni, 1900 ................... 46 И А UCI 190558. ате 49 italicum Meneghini іп Fucini, 1901a .................. 47 RESTO O КИС КА 41 IE ANIOS АШ) ео, AR 49 E Г ИО л n n E 47 ВИО ПШ Мепен SV e 47 Cólera, Rivas, Sequeiros, and Valenzuela, 1978 43,44,46 Colubriforme, Reynesoceras ............... 17,46,47,48,Tf.35 Colubriforme, Reynesoceras а 2...................... 18,47 ШО s me DAMOS O e e Y 6,35,Tf.32 МОО ОЛЕ НЛ, aC PIGICOCETUS vec CTS 22,57 RU РҮ ОЎУ ОЛОТОСОТО ЕЛЕНЕ а, 517555 Е Е RER 55 КУНИ) Fomntnogeras (Буз о 4,27,28, T£.30 A E A, ANITA ALAS 43 бил Wiedenmayer, 1977 van een 49 AA (ЕО, LOST) e m и. 44 ОИЕ ТЕТОВО, ТО, и и ес а ИЗ 44,45 ИСИ СФ ОТВЕТУ, 1844) ЛОЛА ГЛАЗ 45 ШИ ШИЛЕР COO 920. за ER TCI COR 44 АИИС Орен na N 43 Piinshewa Inlet Section ...... 0). 0... еј. 14,19,74 Mu ли и сте пок. зн. TIR UR 16 Cycloceras actaeon Futterer, 1893 con 37 Cymbites IN STINE 15/0531 PECTUS О i tes 23 Ceniriglobus (Oppel, 1862) ................ 1,253,115. 23,26 laevigatus (J. de C. Sowerby, 1827) ............ 12471125 кене ТАБЫН ҚР... 24 BEEN ни SA 52 Viro a utr ҮЛ уму OR EM 16,48,70 Dactylioceras? A ЛЛ К O SEIT ТИ 48 ШЕ осетаз cf. kanense coi AA 48 Dactylioceras helianthoides ..22..222222.2.2.2....2.... 48 IoRotyliooetaudae Hyatt, [о 44,46 рамын мар па пита а 04 жа; UN 222 11,13 БАШ АИНУ Ван A ЕЕ ee, ee 72 Шама Әт хы И ne 21:92 Diver Zone у, 26,27,41,42,43,44,46,47,49,52,53,61 USO ОВО. 20,7,59 RETT ED ISI en 42 Dayiceras dayiceroides (Mouterde) ...................... 42 Dean, Donovan, and Howarth (1961) OE 14,40 Do Campane ОО а а а а а а А 41,47 ISA SS) cessere Vere AR EN. 72 DOMENET У А НАВАРА А АИ А а 72 Deroceras SOL Fucini; 1994.-222 n. 44 diornatum, Protogrammoceras (Matteiceras) cf. 23,67,Tf.39 CISPUTADUE ЕНОТ en 20,21,54, Tf. 37,38 ТЕЗ ОЛЕ PUCH, Т 1 жана т TERR 57 ROMANENE: ARENT а. 20,55,Tf.37 DOMO CES T8) си. 225 ый. 41 Dommergues, Ferretti, Géczy, and Мошегде (1983) ............ Кз ce ecce eh CAR EL УИХ 34,47,49,60 Dommergues and Meister (1990) ..... n A ЛА. 41,41 Dommergues, Meister, and Fauré (1985) ................ 67 Dommergues &nd-Mouterde; (1978) Ек. 97 Dommergues and Mouterde (1980) ..................... 67 Dommergues and Mouterde; (1981)... co e 37 IDDomunergues and Mouterde (1982) ОА 44 Dommergues, Mouterde, and Phelps (1984) ............. 38 Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas (1984) .............. 42 IDU та ТУ уы ЫЫ ДО ПАРИ е ГИ 72,73 DO OY) a ena re И 23,24 ШОТОУНЦИРОе еле 16 Donovan tna ОВО (0979) een 26,33,52 Donovan and Howarth (1951) ve eve ee TR 51 Donovan, Callomon, and Howarth (1981) ............ 26,68 Dubar and Mouterde (1978) ............. 34,40,41,44,47,63 Dubariceras Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984 .......... PETS eT OA TE Е ы RO 42,44 dubari Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984 ....... 42 Jreboldi Dommergues, Mouterde, and Rivas, 1984 ............ m ETC RS RR DE 16,15,42,53,T£.33 Е ОИ 1929) чалу ол 15,15,43 О M le M M cer 42,44,46 ШЫЛ ГЕО ао ИЧИ CC ET 38 Eimi, Atrops, and Mangold (1974) 0... 0 47 ООСО ое АТ 59 ШЕСІ: ОПО (БРА) го 59,69 EoamaltheusDHFD26,32 IONET OCOT T и а M 43,45 AO CINCO QS СЕП ШШ; 1970 и 61 Eoprotogrammoceras Cantaluppi, 1970 .................. 63 BLOS LESS o On И 37 A97 Reus Tropiocerqs ОЕ o пе 10.38 evolutum, Metaderoceras .............. 16,18,44,45, Tf. 33,34 Fannin Formation a. 7,11,24,28,31,32,45,46,47,48, 50,55,56,57,58,59,61,63,64,66,68,69,72,73 Jannini, Fanninoceras (F.) 3;5,24,25,27,29;43, 11. 27,30,31 fanninoceras МАРИ, 1930 en л. LS TU (Charlotticeras) carteri, new species ... 56,7,26,27,32, 11.30 (Charlotticeras) maudense, new species .. 6,7,26,27,32, Tf.30 (Fanninoceras) bodegae McLearn, 1932 ............. 2,27 (Fanninoceras) cariottense MoLearn, 1930 оул 2,27,28,ТЕ 30,31 4, 27,28, Tf.30 (Fanninoceras) crassum McLearn, 1932 .... BULLETIN 348 (Рапттосетаз) fannini MeLearn, 1930 = to tuere as СБ ОТО ОШО, 1905) em 22,61 ке 3,5,24,25,27,29,43,11527,30,51 И op ШОФЕР ее 37,38 ' (Fanninoceras) kunae McLearn, 1930 . 4,27,30:31,92, 11,80) | (Fanninoceras) latum McLearn, 1930 .... 4,27,21,32, 1530) 1 | DONNE гыл Eia oorr 4,31,32 Géczy QUEM EM а ME URS C IO 40 i disciforme Hillebrandt, 1981 .................... 27,28 Géezy (1967) S eene 21 AMA o A кезектен кесе ra to ey Geczy (1279) ER ee 33,38,40,47,49,52,53,61 dolmagii McLearn, 1932 ........................ 3,27,29 UR eas ura tator HO T мн kan de 4,27,30 (er llano A een ehe 19,34,38,42 , vore ОШ ЫМ зу. ио 28 lo ОО ыйы кту, y na 59,63 шин... 55,56 Gemmellaroceras Таб о че А АКРЕ е 33,37,40 | о... Рита 20 aenigmaticum (Gemmellaro, 1884) ............ 6,34,7£26 | се uwa sd ИР 46,47 mM ORE Ин E | s ed SUE ЕН SUUS PME es Г | Fantini Sestin (1978) un ада Sem and species indet, 0. 23,67,38 | бегај Group : AA ee o 27 CA О оа 35,38,39,40,58,72 ‚ ыы. Be св aA МАР EEG ML + a a AY Т9 A supay otaa 60 Vn DENS _ 7,11,34,35,36,37,39,40,41,43,44,46 жадылар E еВ Geras BUON LOTE E S УРЕ 06] 95 | JUE, LICL IOAN OS: eod hh уу vro каз 20,21,60, T£.37 | Buck 1918 33 РОЛ neveu wWiedemuaver, 1980... cer eek ener ars 60 re psa A Tee еи р 232 | занын сенен ери tnit PAL TER Gere Buc Da ГО 33 | morzanense CIAM, AI OS) aie en ann tatio hb сина 60 soeudotiuidingii Роса, 1904). еее ue. 21,20,60,Tf. 37,38 Graham N kann eser зна ТЕ И ОК т 8,22,49,76 Е AN а nei 46,47,49 grahami, Reynesocoeloceras ....... RE NEE 12,7,49 | о о е d 57,65 Grammoceras aequiondulatum Bettoni,Del Campana, 1900 .. 63 HARARE MOD ЛАСЕРИ ere se n оон 8,9,38 rina et А exe e» MAN on. REMIS. LAC . | ОРО СЕР Boom, 1931: uu ое enm mente a 58,59 Fieldingii (Кеупёв) ADEL. o - Pacis а О ° et. Jontanellense (Gemmellaro, 1886)... .. ot ae 58 penenuaum ceret a doc uet d o ee S a EEE A II A 58 pseudofieldingii CECI) Ко ТЗ 61 MES o AN A ARE 22,58 v or Postes РО ETE. iE EL ыы... омы алақаны О i anne м russes yer AS AI ыы 12 Í TE 28,29,68,71 ОШ, ЛО MOE ok e ee ои M л e А. 27,68 BREMEN o ti Үү roy л у 58,68,70,71 BENE о Еле ль 26282930 “ОО рр 1918... 3 | Ри лева dire do | шет AC cm 7,33,35,36,37,41,42,43,44,45,47,51,54,64,65,66 Bind NC M зуы етекке L ubt Oe АНЫ 61 Fabola 01975) cate ooh deis visión Sasi sa 51 ИШЕК ALL ағын siue бак E en ctos 7 БИРОА and Estilos ОНА ra en 42 A С ... een йк келіні 66 | Frebold, Mountjoy and Tempelman-Kluit (1967) ......... 51 Hall Formation (British Columbia) r. 2 cocer rere vo 34,42 ТЕЛІП ОИ ТОРИ rennen кін ен 16,15,42,53,Tf.33 А АТИ ONE s s стан Cn cr un a баасы RR o 2 Freboldi Zone ................ 7,34,35,42,43,46,47,49,50,53 Halam and Bradobaw (1979) en ЯҒ енен 12 | o A ca cirerer con HERE er 7 Harpoceras (Dumortieria) haugi Gemmellaro, 1886 ....... sm | A а sns s S GC pa ass 38 Renum Cb QU) A crece rere о 72 A ор, ea kanman кеуі 23 вопят Bottoni, 1900. ооо 63 | lnc uai t s АРА РАНИ А аа 19,23,38,61 QUAE АТ 1990 останак аи 26,68 i A A о. 47,49,60,63,68 AM ВА И оаа CR A IA үр) Бисен (OOL Др нет БМТ EMI pedis 19 demsecapillatum Fucini, 1924 0. ERO ens 64 BM sers n p 6 Ce о Cn PE 60,61 eninraeum Gemmellaroy 1884. 2... кана err nenn 38 | РИ 1900 . ee. 46,47,49 cf. exaratum (Young and Bird). Frebold, 1964a ..... 64,66 | A 2. .... эй db deno Ger Бе трен 47,56 ПАРЕ ТАНА ҮП CIS) .......... ПРЕ sd sete an 60 Fucini (19080) еони 54,63 lontanellense.@emmellaro, 1880... scout onere 2-4 58 Ene ОН) ...... u. бө Белка кн Mee rcr 44,63 lavinianum Meneghini in Fucini, 1900 ................ 61 | Brain VON a SS ре, nets rain nn ОСЫ 63 move СЕВА LISO А На ce etd 26,69 a д ре Ir rrr 54,56,57,58,68,71 ОИ Fucini: 19095. ое 63 | Pacht Lucr MU A 41,42 propinquum (Whiteaves). McLearn, 1930 ........ 28,29,71 | Fyusloteeras Haas. 1913: uo d ка eder rrr rm tee 61 eno e Ringe Fucini, 1904 aan о 60 cb capeli/niiot imlay, 1908 ......... sanken 59 SG Cedar ШЕНОН, ООВ е оа spe di bate 72 | compressum (Monestier) ss.. s eadair ernari лж 1] ШО ИШИП, 1952 ., d и 26,69 | cb. inelytum of Imlay, [968....... eoo rete 59 уои (Fucini): Monestien, 1934... ose eere re 67 i aff. intumescens (Fucini, 1901) ............... 22,63,Tf.39 тн МОТ 41,46,47,48 | lavintanum(Pbueini). oi. eere trm theorem 63 ШАШ ee cm Д3Д302 37 Ш.Д s PI Stc 21,63 Haug (1887) .......... ee ш ы 33 | Ao Ница 1968. ,............ naar СОА 59 ШООДО қал A E 40 s Oi ДУ, 1968. о, елке 59 ЕТО Оде о бу, 1939 о. 40 | | Í .—— j | | | | JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 119 ШӘП (ООБУ А. Gq ilasa ehe 43 Hildoceras (Arieticeras) domarense (Meneghini, 1867) ..... 55 Anta ESQ 19086 z... Quel кован NM Ae 54 MUSA ОЕ ео 63 micrasterias (Meneghini) of Fucini, 1908а ............. 56 ИОВ ООШ AO s receives. ook x 56 SPIO ОКШОШ ООВ uere пр а oe) etate ord 56 Da Paen DOS es UU save RON V RS 61 НЫН 2.7 34,54 ОИ ob 22000 57 s С аге ov PRO com 222 D26,28,29,30,31,34,41,42,43,45,46,50,54,56 Rl Aout (1987) е 26,30,35,38,42,45,65 М .......... EOM. Re oh ls 26,31 Во о TEM 42 Hillebrandt and Schmidt-Effing (1981) .................. 26 Hillebrandt in Westermann (1992) ................ 36,42,43 lisa wo (ТРАЈЕ КИЕ Я 47,51,58,68 ШИ (ПОЛ O 48,54 INNEN ОООО ҒЫ рата тыла TUE 8 Ue А2... ан сен: 72 әй СЕР. TORT n s 35,53 Boo and Магїп (1960). T A AAY 72 OEL Cu 222222. ñ 59 О a ан а Deme CORR 23 BEEN Ls ee eoo dM ase 51,53 ШИШ BENE REN Co S 000 enm 63 ШУАШ 900) o н Аил эзиш 65,66,67,70,72,73 Howarth and Donovan (1964) ....................... 21,23 нын. 49,51,53 Hurwal Formation (СОЧ) v он ен Doe Er 37,43 ШАШ o v o oo oce 37:52 AA A PERLE 24 Л (188 уш е Sales. C ee 23 ШЕКТЕ а ei Da ia 33,34,35,20 Hydrocarbon О енен лл 7. Милан аи ол Он О н AA 34 Ibex Zone ..... 33,34,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,46,47,53,61,63 Nr TONHORS960973 АЕ 36 EEUU е ке у sns S. iow 51 БЕТ Уы monte. то ANM 22,23,24,26,28,29,30,47,48,49,53,54,55,59,61,63,64,70 ET T нин дана ыы Јо ÓN 26,28,30,36,42,43,44,45,47,51,53,54,56,57,58,64,65,66 Imlayi, Pseudoskirroceras ...................... 13,14,15,41 Imlayi A созу лы: 7,14,20,34,35,38,40,41,42,43,44,46 Incertum, Reynesocoeloceras Cl. ...................... 12,49 MR NE ee 40,52 Tndunoceras ҰЛЫП УТ T O n Y 49 (Bettoniceras) colubriforme (Bettoni) .................. 46 (Bettoniceras) mortilleti (Meneghini) .................. 50 eibi кол ол Re 7,40 Mtumescens, Fuciniceras aff. ................... 22,63,Tf.39 Mvolutum, Lioceratoides (L.) o 0... 26,7,69,Tf.39 КО SAT o n omms 22,76 ОУ aq] ааа SS ue O ALME 18,47 Гају EAN 34,38,40,47,49,51,55,57,58,60,61,63,64,69,71 Jakobs, Smith, and Lipper, (1d dd и 2 Jakobs, Smith, and Тіррег; (19945) eere 15:00 emesoni Zone ........ 20,33,34,35,38,40,42,43,49,50,52,53 ne 47,51,54,58,68 ШУН ШОЛ му. МИНА a 35 Keller Greek: Formation (Oregon) a tee ee 27 DSC 2a ee 40,52 URAC Fanninoceras (FE) .............. 4, 27,30,31,32, T£.30 Kunae Zone ...... 7,15,20,22,23,24,27,28,29,30,31,32,33,43, 45,47,48,49,50,51,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,61,63,67,68 Un WU Goga О ona aa ob DS M N 7,9,11 si ТЛ a ETE а 412 КИШИ ПШ Ре ари a co OREL ERGO 13,18,73 kurrianum, Protogrammoceras (Р).............. 24,64, Tf.39 VERLOREN: UIDES 225. 1,24,Tf.25 НОО ID DE ee Tx ar ne 50 ЛИ ПОНОСИ (E) eee eee 4,27,31,32,Tf.30 Mesrine inta s een 72 ЖООШ recor Fucini, 19018 с. аса seca в. 68 ету Зат е атое 57 (Fieldingia) pseudofieldingi Fucini) ................... 61 Bike qO Patu buit 1931/5 SOR E. rei E ERA 22,57 compressi (Monestier, 1998-5... u. ade 22,37 noa Buckman, 1918 ........ ois vac DS 24 macrum (Nionestier, 1934) vus ccn asas 58 DIARIAS (ROYN) ara 57 SD ЖЕЗ Oba dito dui fedet 22,536,958, Tf. 37,38 Lüptonotece'as ЭРЕЦ 1923 и sues echo oi ees 29 arces Ы 2 2 I 38,54 Lewis and Ross (1991). 50 boca Yen Gd 492 x9 9 Liggeratolades pata 1919 ее 7,15,16,68,72 (Lioceratoides) allifordense (McLearn, 1930) 26,68, T£.39 (Lioceratoides) cf. grecoi (Fucini, 1901a) ............ 27,68 (Lioceratoides) involutum, new species ...... 26,7,69,ТҒ.39 (Lioceratoides) maurelli (McLearn, 1930) ........... 26,69 (Lioceratoides) naumachensis (Fucini, 1929) ........... 69 (Lioceratoides) serotinum (Bettoni, 1900) .............. 52 SSW OS A EAT ns ee +» 26,69, Tf.39 (Pacificeras) angionus (Fucini, 1931) .......... 27,7 511.59 (Pacificeras) propinquum (Whiteaves, 1884) .................. Ка а 28,29,7 1, Tf. 38,39 ИНФРА [NOT een 92 (Becheiceras) bechei (J,Sowerby, 1821) ..... 19,20,52, Tf.36 TURN ТООБО, IAM east Jk ОТОТ ДЕ a re ee ое 12 ШО АШУ mum bang НУ ЕЙ oos ense 14 a nel e EU S ERREUR ER 8 a o it 13,19,74 EHE AUS зыта 20,54,55, 11.37 NIB genus GS а EDIT ch rr tU 2 24,40,41,46,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,60,61,65,66,67 masseanum rotunda, Tropidoceras .............. 10,39, Tf.32 Matsumoto hd Ono (1941) о Е 68 МЕН OG ee ба а s.n. SI. 60 Mattelceras Wiedenmayer, 1980 .................. es 67 NT ride ин ки а 7,9,11 МЕШЕЛ S ee 7,45,59,72 Nisudedsland Section рен 15,74, Fold out maudense, Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) ... 6,7,26,27,32, TL30 ПИР LAOCEIGLOINOS U) eee a e eT AA 26,69 MSL Sum NS Cai алды IA hts n 24,28,29,30,31,68,69 М/Ф ROT бл ee ee 7,28,29,69,70,72 Mediterranean aroa ................. 19,55,56, 57,59,60,63 Meister (01986)... res 21,23,26,37,38,39,44,52,53,60,61 Moat 2222.22 722. 23,46,48,55,56,58,60,65, ТОО О «uetus is д ба en aan 55 Menesium (1670. Certo ex бине CORTO mimo oce $3 МООИ CSI ат о 56 МИ ам лава ОО Е PEU CROSS ERR 49 INES CLS SAL) se ce A Er PORA 49 МӘ ШИШИ A en ees 54 Meridianus Zone (South America) .............. 43,44,46,26 MEME BPA, LIDS тақ E ET AT INEO ЕТ 23 CoN Ou A A ne 25 Ме ДӨ VOCE OSA Sp 92S sense 15,43 evolutum (Fucini, 1924) ............ 16,18,44,45,ТЕ 33,34 momenet Frebold, 1970) ао ИНЕ 19,44,45 ? aff. mouterdei (Frebold, 1970) ...... 16,19,44,45, Tf. 33,34 A re et ere 17,42,46,Tf.33 talkeetnaense Thomson and Smith, 1992 .. 17,45, Tf. 33,34 AAA Г ie hen err tmt mrt kuki ЖАЛТ ТР 44 ОО РАЛА ЛЛ кшк кине ree ее ER 57 ПРАДУ TAS APTOLOETAS OL, - eoo ce A Oy 20,54,56 ies a er PV e РУТЕ, HS 8,12 МИЙ; Wiedenmayer, LISO сетити з; 41,42 aff. sellae (Gemmellaro, 1884) ..................... 11,42 Monestier (1934) ......... 19,23,42,47,54,55,56,57,58,60,61 МОНО A oe а 19901570 YA DO A A ДН ИО О ИА 8 ro ix A eerte ERR 34,47,58,64,71 mortilleti, Reynesocoeloceras ............... 12,49,Tf. 26,35 has Ох 35 O аре nen v iot ее ку ote ie Eb лнн ith mcer a 43,44 Mowerde and Donunergues. (1978) 2... сва 0.8 37 Mouterde, Dommergues, and Rocha (1983) ........... 23,93 Mouerde and Rocha (TIBI) ee en 60 pudet МЕШ айегтосетаз A yl ЖЕРІ ra 19,44,45 mouterdei, Metaderoceras ? aff. ........ 16,19,44,45, Tf. 33,34 Nagatoceras Matsumoto in Matsumoto and Ono, 1947 ... 68 Jo MS NI 1931 ¿..... ....... o aa ee 27 Ieotueimeeras Cantaluppi, 1970... us. rn toten 61 Azolloeeratolides Camtaluppi, [970__........... u ar ное 68 Neoprotogrammoceras Cantaluppi, 1970 .......... eee 63 МӘШПЕУЫ 2) еконо ma s te Rs 60 МАЕ (1958)... «roro aia d docte кы ота sn napana 23 КЫП... о ое 27,28,36,47,55 Nicely Formation (Oregon) rennen 24,60,63 Nordamaltneus Кери, 1968 anna 257 North American Pliensbachian ammonite zones ....... 11,14 Northwest Боре .............. 21,24,26,40,51,53,57,67,70 Northwest European standard ammonite zonation ... 8,11,14 ОРВИ О ооо нано nennen өле шісі 24 Озаосстае Buckmoan, 191 | оу ro кене hr еке тан сэу пе, E angulatum (Quenstedt) .... cese ere tester tg 53 compressum, new SPECIES ......... „инин ниске „МЕ, Open nomenclature ....................,+,...,› шеру» 17 A A A UO а BE Sha 29 ООО ОП ос) и. 35,54,65 ОТОУ о" 37,41 ER nee ann к, s St pa s nb in mE DE 22,24,27,28,29,36,37,43,46,47,55,56,57,58,59,60,63,65,70 Oregonites Wiedenmayer, 1980 ...................... 99:99, imlayi Wiedenmayer, 1980 .......................... 59 ? dawsoni, new species ........................., 20,7,59 CVO CTI эы» d qute ran eere rrr б тее ner tie вао 71 Ovaticeras facetum Верт, 1966 ........................ 71 РНЕ ШШЕ 227222724424... 8 Pacificeras Беріп, 1970 .......... . fnr eee 7,10 BULLETIN 348 Pálfy, McFarlane, Smith, and Tipper (1990) ........... 9,11 РАУ, Smith, and copper 994). АИ. ee ТУП Ве UCA онаи PRAE „ть АЯ 63 PAL TS ВОЈНА 1929. cue naris O ИЕМ S MY 66 Sb. indet.. Sey and Kalacheva,. 1980; И SI 66 Paltechioceras cf. P. harbledownense (Crickmay) .......... 36 paltum, Protogrammoceras (P.) cf. .......... 24,66,Tf. 38,39 Бап АШ. VIGO UCL ON shies ncc A CA OMS 46 Bansenigeras/ ШАУ DOS оен тепаа жете REN 20 АНАДА МЕТ E Ven sive He d nas RUN QA D SON 47 FIS А E a a ROCHE О 28,29,30,31,52 РИИ 0 US Me УЛАРЫ ШАА E81 ОР qu UR een 40 Пер о (E ОШ ШУ, S44) оаа en 41 Po tayor ДЕ Ons fon DD; 1926) orcas rmi и а 15,41 wayra h ОСО veh ТТТ ое 18 bonare Boroni, 1900 ИЯ 1,19, Tf. 25,26 ОШОЛ ƏVnQ8) Linn rna GL Е 20 tpe EIA AA E 1,20, 11; 25,26 BD ува AHA SELL, 1992 212, u HR + 20 ЛЕНА (GENIO LATO) зок, ИТА 20 105 Муны лы BUCH [9001 oor а” АР 19 ПАРОВ и УАВ VIOT n n n И ОИ 20 У AOELL AM ER, 19 MEM Uu mM ei 33 ТШШ LY OO) ТТТ ТПМ NEN 46 Pina Leva- sera, (19/09 mean 46,47,50 ОНАР ИОА ПО nn EDT 68 Pliensbachian-Toarcian transition ...................... 15 Р@ ИЗИЛ os НЕШ aai йы. RE DS КӨН CUN 35 20771815 (одело 19536) саз ur mer 6,35,Tf.32 Polyplectus kurrianus (Oppel),Monestier, 1934 ........... 64 ПОША eroe ceu аек TER 35,44,53,67 ВОО Пе us cum Se Grete о асл ео 51,73 lo uns Kam, 1920 u нене REI aliit REIS 68 Praeleioceras pseudofieldingii (Fucini) ................... 61 'PROENOCE IN ARO NUI 19315... AA н y 71 ИНО Lange, 1922 оета саки UP m 51 Prodactylioceras cf. colubriforme (Bettoni) ............... 46 (t Пе ера ое 47 GE РЕ O rar an ee 49 propinquum, Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) .... 28,29,7 1, Tf. 38,39 Protoarteiiceras, Сатар, 1970. .......... оон 54 Protogrammoceras Spath, 1913 .............. 15,16,61,63,70 (Matteiceras) cf. diornatum Dommergues et al., 1985 ........- D PERDU TE LOU. iud 5 uda wo tal азан pao 23,67,Tf.39 (Protogrammoceras) aequiondulatum (Bettoni, 1900) ......... МЕТТЕР AN ашыр ueque qa m vH ae 24,63,Tf. 38, 39 (Protogrammoceras) kurrianum (Oppel, 1862) 24,64,Tf.39 (Protogrammoceras) cf. paltum (Buckman, 1922) ...........:: B RANG AH сс SEU n че CQ e 24,66, Tf. 38,39 (Protogrammoceras) skidegatense, new species .............. RC Su ORIS INE mST наон 28. 7 OUI LI. 38,39 (Protogrammoceras)? sp. ................. 23,64,Tf. 38,39 E О КА ТЕТО ТА 64 grisseli (Fucini). Dommergues and Mouterde, 1900 ..... 67 Decatur: Meneghini, То 64 cf. serotinum, їп Sey and Kalacheva, 1980 ............. 68 Peevaoarieniceras @amtelitpplys L970 sn 54 pseudofieldingii, Fieldingiceras ............ 21,22,60,Tf. 37,38 Pseudoskirroceras Wiedenmayer, 1980 .................. 41 imlayi Smith and Tipper, 1988 ............... 13,14,15,41 WIRBT PUDE A хм 35 О 00 23,35,41 JURASSIC AMMONITES OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: SMITH AND TIPPER 121 (јин а (USGL) oi nie Pest EN NN 23 ПО ПОНОС (1883) veo s acti n и 64 ONO) оон оо er В 23,39 (Ohiineba fap HS) 7) a ee 28 Kadstockiceras Buckman, ГО, пел, 26 Қалтан а. 26 ИДО NEV ESOGCTOS: acere re ape ODE d 18,47, T£.35 ЖЕШ О н Sn ee С 40,41 epulae RM MM E RITE E 12 Kennel НОНО Member: «oso OU Deb. en MOINS ee 11,33,35,36,37,39,40,43,44,47,49,51 Ronnel Junction Section. ae 16,21,76 ЛК. 27777 72 TO Жыш 91470472 EUST QI NL E ea 70 ЕО) а ен 51,52 О ЕТЕ И 18 Пн E MN A ом 47,56 АИ ааа 2... 15,46,49 ОА (КОулбв, 186$) о ае 47 hee алал ЕШШ ағ iov a DE eben ot RI 48 colubriforme (Bettoni, 1900) ............ 17,46,47,48, TÉ.35 ain colubryorme (Bottoni, 1900 2 18,47 ШОШО ПОШИ) M cede frere terr ette e ЭИ NEN 46 О EAS PORE SE s een 48 ТОЕ ОС 1ӘШ UI ENSEM 18,47 Ре А SD SO АВА а и 2 50 LOUER USt ISO) сы EN 18,47,Tf.35 ОВО ОЕТ 186101 ан. 48 и ет 18,48 ин ея 18,48 Reynesocoeloceras (Ода нео OUR 49 (Bettoniceras) cf. colubriforme (Bettoni) ................ 46 (Bettoniceras) cf. mortilleti (Meneghini, 1875) .......... 50 BRA DEN РОСТОВ A. dese dae ovo NOE eR А 12,7,49 NAAA ДОО. 12,49 mortilleti (Meneghini, 1875) .............. 12,49, Tf. 26,35 РЕШЕ c ADT E I T 11,50 ИШ (Пу e nn ce M aye еее 42 Шана оуу у... 7 Riparloceras Schindewolf, 1962 0 en 33 S оз c олло уо. 43,44 Road 19 ОЛТУ ОА Au eme. Ку CC RO 19/20/70 EN OB SE eod E d ве 35 een 42 Rossland area (British Columbia) ....................... 42 rotunda, Tropidoceras masseanum .............. 10,39, Tf.32 ТОПИ ТОО UIS е 8,39 о. 51,52,54,67,68,70,72 AAA PME e eR ое, 20,56 НИ Formation ........................ 7,9,11,37,39 EE UD. eeu eerie recessed 23,24 а А Lieu ceri лу decree ces 33 iba oM MEM ME CMM M 37,38,39 Schlegelmilch О cm Mier ger ns кз 294 99,9 1,0917 9 Schloenbachia propinqua Whiteaves, 1884 ............ 28,70,71 ea 35 Ben 47,52,54 ШОЛАҚ, 13:183 Kur o у уух... 13,19,74 AAA a a 14,19,74 Ко Р na 14,19,74 ОПОВ О. hv n n эз» 15,74, Fold out О В АЛ. 15,20,75 O е eee n ss, 16,21,76 SECOND A er 16,21,76 ЕСЕТОВ а cL e d l... ска ние a 54 AICA Пес TEE s 57 vy chem c M M s a Г. 54 ПОЛО ЛЕ OG ан о еч 11,42 Ву and Kalagneva (1950) се 51,52,54,67 Simor АЙЧ SALOON da 71 SID Қа cR EUR. MN ка ШОШ МЕ ы ы ы MS 34 SUNMIEST, РОО Des Еби ce s n s 15,15,43 ОБО BES) 422. 52 SUSI EDEN ААА ee LUE e S d d 9,19,33,41,49 Sinemurian-Pliensbachian boundary .................... 14 O лан ehe rt s S s о EN 66 skidegatensis, Protogrammoceras (P.) 25,7,52,66,11. 38,39 АШ Ө ar о 29,36 SEIS CSS a кд о an 42 A по 18,26 A ee т И. 8 Smith, Beyers, Carter, Jakobs, Pálfy, Pessagno, and Tipper (1994) 7,8 Smith and Tipper (1986) ен. 8,26,27,46 ӘЛІШ and Tipper, (1988; о а are 43,45 Smith, Tipper end ВИШУ (1990) u. S Gea ee 11 Smith, Tipper, Taylor, and Guex (1988) ar me, не. ee. 7,12,14,26,28,30,36,38, 41,42,43,44,45,46,52,53,55,57,63,64,70,71 Smith and: Westermann (1990) una sia ae 8 SOON. nn aan ne ВВ 27 SOU AMON е ила 26,27,30,32,56,66 ЗОШ Во nen ee 72 SOWSEDV GS) a ee a 41 ЗОВУ (ISAT) нт. À 24 ЖИ о. 38,46,48,49,53,55,57,58,59,60,61,64,69 о солаат ое. Od PON IDA IE 61,63 то в. 3,68 ШТ ШУ Nee o doe сыра eon И ФИ. 40 NER GL). ватт ss n ay ОАЕ 23 ӨШІН Шы ы ы са EE LED hioc nn 43 HUA IESU ouo desta iac roms Ore ce 427 24 РАО) о оноо СН с оуу 37 A ОКЕ ее 33 ЭЕШ О) аа ee Aen cs а уу-у o 46 РИШ en 23,40,52,53 Зал ЕТІН СТИВА СОА ие 27 Sphenodiscus maudensis Whiteaves, 1884 ............... 33 Sphenodiscus requienianus? d'Orbigny, Whiteaves, 1884 .... 2,28 SPAIN ONG .............. 20,27,49,51,52,54,57,59,65,69 SINALOA 13 ЛЕП ANE ae 19,20,51,Tf.36 SUE A ыз. 18 SUUHOMANG ВТО QS) een T aa а а | нађе ere San n as ку 56,57,58,60,61,67 Ta PR лы CORE се по E 16 talkeetnaense, Metaderoceras ................ 17,45,T£.33,34 ¿E | Reo ШЕ ан РРА uw нне 14 ТӨРІНЕ FUAS ОГ a a а ee Cue e слала 22, 61 Taseko Lakes area (British Columbia) ................... 43 “E s a ЕЕЕ Io s ns UU ODE CURRERE LER EA da Fra Y 59 ОО, PANCONOGEPAS QI aa or er eX eade ee 15,41 Telegraph Creek area (British Columbia) ................ 60 ЗВОНА ОВО: en 8,20,21,34,38,41,42,44, 46,47,48,49,50,54,57,58,61,63,64,67,68,69,70 Thompson, Haggart, and Lewis (1991)... o... rs 9 Thomson and Smith (1992) ........ 26,31,35,36,38,42,43,44, 45,49,53,54,56,57,59,65,70,71,73 ТОЛОО аай, ТО ,............. RERO 19 1077072. ЕО et. 72 CU CA Pit 1882) ............ cut 30,70,72,Tf.39 SUD eno Usu ie rris l ыла T СОИНО ЕЕ IILS 7.7... A AES 72 AND OU UJ CET) en rh ora O 72 £i ud. A ec nas 42 Tipper, Smith, Cameron, Carter, Jakobs, and Johns (1991) ...... E UE En 8,11,70 TOR Яғ... 7,48,58,63,66,68,69,70,71,72,73 Твор осетив Hyatt, 1900. van ШЕ v fui 20 Den LOL EC o DIR: daa e ns ao ИАЕА 22 WEDER р, В HET LE 1,21 ee ак 21,28 ОИ e erus bacon argon 1002 2 с... 22 SCM OCRVOS Fucini, ПОЗ оона veto RERO 27 TOPADO ROS Hyatt; 1807. Lise) OS 37 actaeon (d'Otbighy, 1644). E 8,36,37,Tf.32 erpinracum (Gemmellaro, 1884). ...... oe ce ve Ой 34 ef. erythraeum (Gemmellaro, 1884) o u... os 10,38 Sandrini densicosta (Butter, 1892) i... ле пење du tes 38 Лапатт flandrini (Dumortier, 1869) ................ 9,38 па nhi UR o 1893) ... ab ose 8,9,38 masseanum rotunda (Futterer, 1893) .......... 10,39, Tf.32 Dow DET ОПЕ en a ARE 8,40,Tf.32 о 10,40 ME rurs10037&.(Buckman, 1918) ,............. en 8,39 ВО orci roc енн к ына een LAP or s 11,40 ИЕА ель ы 22 Z00050 ВИСКИ, 3924 en ИН ee 33 an ee иене 91592 "ulsequalr area (Bertish COMMA): os неона, eren PU SEINEN a ule va NN кен dad О 33,38 Hone solos al E т s ee M ЕИ т 24 m iaa ТӨТӨ: АН .. елж ИИ 33 UO EU ОА, LITO en sana dee 57 ОСУ Of British COMME . „еее оь ое a A 8 ОПО Ob QUATN (Ор) o en men ен reed 42 BULLETIN 348 QOSQO ПУНИ КЈОТО Өл LR TERR occae ое 42 ЮО ГОЛОТА ОВО) CERT es en ЛА 45 (ИО ca ОШ) a A сосын sarsa 43 oS PRUNUS. con eranc o АО a! 43 СООП И ТӘН PUER, en nenne 53 АДАБ Уали A fae a 20 АО ИО Јата Об a acct өе» iaa cho ATT EN 40 varoma d РА РО РРА РИМ n бө ВИ AA 58 valum and SU (19918). оа ne 7 Ме АМО Bustin (1992D). -a ore о КУИ. a i binder orf cos petu mq d dicey ak acs napa urea n 63 VESTS Tp apapuy A LIN. 20,51,Tf.36 ТОРООР Bockman Gis. NN a tai Gun bees 22 МЕШ ШШЕ ТАДЫ сені UIT EIE 52,68 Wallowa Mountains (Oregon) nennen nennen 27,29 SRL cane A l... erae onn rper tne ci Un 16,21,76 WESTIN 9 A da erica Ese 36,42,43 WITIVI CLO OM а aran nt НЫЛ. ҮЙЛЕНЕ 7,40,71 Wie (0900). тола TANI es on BR Ld UN e 71 ОА АУ а ы, i naa n teneor eM BR TUDO 72 Nato s Бау ФИО un nn ia MER EM TCR 14,19,74 whiteavesi, Acanthopleuroceras ............ 7,36,37,Tf.26,32 NUI GBT ZONE een ee ions 7,15,20,33,34,36,37,38,39,40,42,43,44,45,46,51,53 Wasdenmayer ШОЛ M. ОЛАРЫ a ss А О ИИ аралы 19,20,26,37,38,41,44,46,47,50,52,54,55,56,57,61 a ТОВ). АТЫ eek none oro EI Uc S ti MEAS RSV М. 37,41,42,47,48,51,55,56,57,59,60,61,63,67,68,70 VII ен вена на ТРАКА 7 ооу ЛАН ОЕ 7,8,51 ЭШЕ И К оаа ИЦ ee 41 ИН o rl E da бы 72,73 VAR сата плака баайа 72 MSN Gemmellaro 1®@б an. кайны е7 63 Yao ШШК et аталы S n 9 Y ole а Bd О) rn erem 45,49,64,66,67,73 ОО ЕЕН с 47 ОТО ера TD SOT и. oet. нис к» ІШ) LACLEDE LES) НЫНА ТЫНЫ о. 29 ZUERST. амыр Тен БЕКЕН ЕКСЕ ЫСЫ 18 | SECTION E: MAUDE ISLAN TAXA | LOCALITIES TAXA "ieldi fieldingii Fieldingiceras fieldingii Protogrammoceras (P.) kurrianum Protogrammoceras (P.) kurrianum 5 ^ olololo|z des (L.) sp. juv. Lioceratoides (L.) sp. juv. L ides (Pacificeras) angionus P.) skid Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) angionus Protogram Protogrammoceras (P.) sk Oregonites? dawsoni Oregonites? dawsoni Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) spp. Fanninoceras (Еапптосегах) spp. 1 i (F.) carlottense Fanninoceras (F.) carlottense Tiltoniceras antiquum. ° Ш апіідиит Protogrammoceras (P )? sp. Protogrammoceras (P.)? sp. Protogrammoceras (P.) cf. paltum Р.) dull Protogrammoceras (P.) cf. paltum Li 0ч ides (Pacificeras) propinquum Protogrammoceras (P.) Lioceratoides (Pacificeras) propinquum Lioceratoides (L.) involutum ojojojojojojojojo Lioceratoides (L.) involutum Lioceratoides (L.) cf. erecoi Lioceratoides (L.) cf. grecoi ides (L.) allifordense Lioceratoides (1..) allifordense Amaltheus viligaensis «Imaltheus viligaen: Canavaria? sp. Canavaria? sp. Revnesoceras sp. Reynesoceras sp. Revnesoceras colubriforme Reynesoceras colubriforme blelele Reynesoceras aff. colubriforme Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) танаепхе Reynesoceras aff. colubriforme Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) maudense Fanninoceras (l'anninoceras) kunae Fanninoceras (ГЃаппіпосеғах) crassum Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) kunae Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) crassum Tragophvlloceras n.sp? Tragophvlloceras n sp? Reynesoceras? sp. Reynesoceras? sp. Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) bodegae Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) bodegae Cymbites laevigatus Cymbites laevigatus Cymbites centriglobus Фјојојојојојојојо Сутбнех centriglobus O | Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) fannini Reynesococloceras mortilleti Reynesocoeloceras mortilleti Fuciniceras aff. intumescens Fuciniceras aff. i sp. O | Arieticeras aff. domarense 1 sp. Arieticeras aff. domarense Revnesocoeloceras cf. incertum a Revnesocoeloceras cf. incertum Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri ° Fanninoceras (Charlotticeras) carteri Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum Fanninoceras (Fanninoceras) latum Gemmellarc ] і о е Gemmellaroceras aenigmaticum Dubariceras freboldi o e Dubariceras freboldı Reynesocoeloceras spp. Reynesocoeloceras spp Metaderoceras mouterdei Metaderoceras mouterdet Dubariceras silviesi Dubariceras silviesi Oistoceras compressum [*] Oistoceras compressum. Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei o Metaderoceras? aff. mouterdei Tropidoceras n. sp. 1 Tropidoceras n. sp. 1 Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei ° Liparoceras (Becheiceras) bechei Metaderoceras talkeetnaense ° e Metack Ik Phylloceras sp. o Phylloceras sp. Phylloceras bonarellii Phylloceras bonarellii ‚Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi o е Acanthopleuroceras whiteavesi 1 Ji thomsoni e- 9-1-9-1-9- > l thomsoni Tropidoceras sp. 1 e ә Tropidoceras sp. 1 Tropick T rotunda o o e e e hd 0040 -o ° Tropidoceras masseanum rotunda Tropidoceras n. sp. 2 o ° Tropidoceras n. sp. 2 Tropidoceras actacon e hd e е 00000000 + ж Tropidoceras actaeon Miltoceras aff. sellae ... Miltoceras aff. sellae 9-19 Gemmellaroceras cf. alloplocum n Gemmellaroceras cf. alloplocum evolutum Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Metaderoceras evolutum o Pseudoskirroceras imlayi Polvmorphites confusus Polvmorphites confusus. Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta Tropidoceras cf. erythraeum Tropidoceras aff. rursicosta ZONES É ZONES Text-figure 20.—The ammonite fauna and biostratigraphy of section E. See Text-figure 11 for stratigraphic details and Text-figure 6 for the legend. PREPARATION OF MANUSCRIPTS Bulletins of American Paleontology usually comprises two or more sep- arate papers in two volumes each year. The series is a publication outlet for significant, longer paleontological monographs (1.е., more than approximately 50 printed pages), for which high quality photographic illustrations and the large quarto format are required. Submissions are welcome from any author, regardless of institutional or organizational affiliation. Authors must, however, be members of the Paleonto- logical Research Institution at time of publication; annual membership is currently US$25.00. Publication costs of the Bulletins are heavily subsidized by the Insti- tution, but authors are currently required to pay illustration charges at a rate of $120.00 per plate and $35.00 per text-figure. Important references for style and format are 1) Bulletins of American Pa- leontology “Instructions for Authors" (volume 108, number 347, pages 149-153); 2) Chicago Manual of Style (fourteenth edition) 1993. Recent issues ofthe Bulletins provide useful guides but note changes with the "Instructions for Authors" men- tioned above. Manuscripts must be typewritten, and double-spaced throughout (including direct quotations, tables and references). All manuscripts should contain a table of contents, lists of text-figures and/or tables, and a short, informative abstract that includes names of all new taxa. Format should follow that of recent numbers in the series. All measurements must be given in the metric system, alone or in addition to their English system equivalents. The maximum dimensions for pho- tographic plates are 178 mm x 229 mm (7 inches x 9 inches; outlined on this page). Single-page text-figures should be drafted for reproduction as single column (82 mm; 3% inches) or full page (178 mm; 7 inches) width, but arrangements can be made to publish text-figures that must be larger. Authors must provide three (3) printed copies of the text and accompanying illustrative material. Authors are strongly encouraged to prepare their manuscripts on word processors, as this considerably expedites publication. On initial sub- mission, however, only printed copies of the manuscript should be sent; the disk copy should be retained so that revisions can be made after the review process. The text and line-drawings may be reproduced xerographically, but glossy prints at publication size must be supplied for all half-tone illustrations and photographic plates. These prints should be identified clearly on the back. Referenced publication titles must be spelled out in their entirety. Particular care should be given to reference format. Consult the "Instructions for Authors," referred to above, as several changes have been introduced with that issue. Ci- tations of illustrations within the text bear initial capitals (e.g., Plate, Text-figure), but citations of illustrations in other works appear in lower-case letters (e.g., plate, text-figure). Format of systematic descriptions should follow that in any recent number of the Bulletins. Original plate photomounts should have oversize cardboard backing and strong tracing paper overlays. These photomounts should be retained by the author until the manuscript has been formally accepted for publication. The approximate position of each text-figure in the text should be indicated. Explanations of plates and text-figures should follow the References Cited. q = Gilbert Dennison Harris (1864 - 1952) Founder of the Bulletins of American Paleontology (1895) ISBN 0-87710-4392